Class 10
Uploaded by
jituyaraoClass 10
Uploaded by
jituyaraoPHYSICS
CLASS - X
BOOKLET - 1
CONTENTS
ELECTRICITY
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................... 03 – 32
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 33 – 37
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................... 38 – 43
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................... 44 – 48
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC CURRENT
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory (NCERT Questions with Solutions) ................................................................. 49 – 80
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 81 – 85
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................... 86 – 89
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................... 90 – 94
ANSWER KEY
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. All Topic. .................................................................................................................... 95 – 96
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
ELECTRICITY
CHAPTER
1
INTRODUCTION
ELECTRIC CHARGE
CURRENT ELECTRICITY
ELECTRIC POTENTIAL & POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE
ELECTRIC CURRENT & CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OHM'S LAW
RESISTANCE & FACTORS AFFECTING RESISTANCE
COMBINATION OF RESISTORS
HEATING EFFECT OF ELECTRIC CURRENT
ELECTRIC POWER
4 Electricity
INTRODUCTION
Electricity is an indispensable part of life in today's world. It is a controllable and convenient form of
energy for a variety of uses in houses, schools, industries, etc. Modern industrial societies rely
heavily on the use of electricity not only for lightening but also for running machinery of factory,
information and communication systems, heating, travelling, cooking, entertainment, etc. Electricity
had made life faster and easier. The early Greek philosophers knew that if you rubbed a piece of
amber, it would attract bits of straw. This ancient observation is a direct ancestor of the electronic
age in which we live. (The strength of the connection is indicated by our word electron, which is
derived from the Greek word for amber).
ELECTRIC CHARGE
If you walk across a carpet in dry weather, you can produce a spark by bringing your finger close to
a metal doorknob. Television advertising has alerted us to the problem of 'static cling' in clothing. It
happens due to a property named electric charge.
Electric charge may be defined as the intrinsic property of certain fundamental particles (electron,
proton, etc) due to which they produce electric and magnetic effects.
1. Types of Electric Charge: There are two types of charges. They are:
(A) Positive charge: A body having deficiency of electrons.
(B) Negative charge: A body having excess of electrons.
2. Charging of a Body: There are a number of methods to charge a body as:
(A) Charging by friction
(B) Charging by conduction
(C) Charging by induction etc.
3. Properties of Electric Charge:
(A) Like charges repel and unlike charges attract each other.
(B) Charge is a scalar quantity.
(C) Charge is always quantized.
(D) Charge is conserved.
(E) Charge is always associated with mass.
4. Unit of Charge: The charge on an electron is so small that it is not convenient to select it the unit
of charge. In practice, coulomb is used as the unit of charge, i.e. SI unit of charge is coulomb
abbreviated as C. One coulomb of charge is equal to the charge on 625 × 1016 electrons.
1 coulomb = charge on 625 × 1016 electrons or 6.25 × 1018 electrons
Thus, when we say that a body has a positive charge of one coulomb (i.e + 1C) it means that the
body has a deficit of 625 × 1016 electrons from the normal due share.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 5
5. Coulomb's Law
The electric force of interaction between two charged particles at rest is directly proportional to
1
the product of two charges (q1q2) and inversely proportional to the square of distance 2
r
between them.
qq
F 1 2
r2
kq q
F= 1 2
r2
Where, k is the constant of proportionality and has a value of 9 × 109 Nm2/C2 (in vacuum).
(i) This force is directed along the line joining the two charges.
(ii) For like charges, it is repulsive (positive in sign) and for unlike charges, it is attractive
(negative in sign)
(iii) Coulomb's force is analogous to the gravitational force. Both forces vary inversely as the
square of the seperation between two particles.
Info Bubble
Electric field: It is the region around a cahrge particle in which electrostatic force of attraction or
repulsion can be experienced by another charge.
Electric field intensity due to a charge Q at a point in space around it is defined as the force that a unit
positive charge would experience if placed at that point.
Electric field at a distance r from a charge Q is given as
kQ
E= ; where k is a constant. Its value is 9 × 109 Nm 2/C2 in vacuum.
r2
Force exerted by charge Q on another charge q at a distance r is
kQq
F= (By Coulomb's law)
r2
F = qE
The SI unit of electric field in N/C or V/m.
Electric field lines due to positive and negative charge may be represented diagrammatically, as shown
below.
+ –
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
6 Electricity
CURRENT ELECTRICITY
Static Electricity: A branch of physics which deals with the study of the electric charges at rest
and their effects is known as electrostatic or static electricity.
Current Electricity: A branch of physics which deals with the study of the electric charges in
motion and their effects is known as current electricity.
The source of all electricity is charge. As charge is the basis of all electrical phenomena, we need to
know the amount of charge on a body. It is measured in coulombs. Coulomb is the SI unit of charge
and its symbol is C.
Matter is generally made of protons, electrons and neutrons. Each proton carries a charge of
1.6 × 10–19 coulomb, and each electron carries an equal negative charge. Neutrons do not carry
any net charge. Normally, a body has equal number of protons and electrons, and is therefore,
electrically neutral. In certain situations, the balance of charges in a body is disturbed.
For example:- when a glass rod is rubbed with a silk cloth, some electrons get transferred from
the glass rod to the silk. The silk cloth, which gains electrons, becomes negatively charged. And
the glass rod, which is left with more protons than electrons, becomes positively charged.
Charged particles or objects can exert forces on each other. While like (similar) charges repel each
other, unlike charges attract. Another important thing about charged particles is that they can
flow, i.e., they can move in a particular direction. This flow of charged particles is called an electric
current. Charged particles such as electrons are present in all substances. But they do not flow on
their own. For flow of charges, there has to be a potential difference.
1. ELECTRIC POTENTIAL
The electric potential at a point in an electric field is defined as the amount of work done in moving
a unit positive charge from infinity to that point, without acceleration or without a change in K.E.
against the electric force, Mathematically.
W
V=
q
Since work is measured in joule and charge in coulomb, therefore electric potential is measured in
joule per coulomb (J/C). This unit occurs so often in our study of electricity, so it has been named
as volt, in honour of the scientist Alessandra Volta (the inventor of the voltaic cell).
1 joule
1 Volt =
1coulomb
Electric potential is a scalar quantity, therefore it is added algebraically. For a positively charged
body, electric potential is positive and for a negatively charged body, electric potential is negative.
(A) Electric Potential Difference: Consider a charge Q placed at a point P. Let A and B be two
other points (B being closer to A) as shown in figure.
Q B A q
P From infinity
If a charge q is brought from infinity to A, work WA will be done.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 7
WA
The potential at A will then be, VA =
q
If charge q is brought from infinity to B, the work done will be WB.
WB
The potential at B will then be, VB =
q
The quantity VB – VA is called the potential difference between points A and B in the electric field of
charge Q. Mathematically we have,
WB WA
VB - VA = -
q q
Electric potential difference is also measured in volt.
2. UNIT OF POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE
The unit of potential difference (and potential) is the volt, whose symbol is V. One volt is the
potential difference between two points in a current carrying conductor when 1 joule of work is
done to move a charge of 1 coulomb from one point to the other.
1 Joule
=1volt or 1V =1JC–1
1 Coulomb
The potential difference between two points is sometimes also called the voltage.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
1. What is the state of a rod which attracts a negatively charged balloon?
Ans. A negatively charged rod will never be attracted to a negatively charged balloon. However, a
positively charged rod will be attracted to a negatively charged balloon as unlike charges attract.
Also a neutral rod will be attracted to a negatively charged balloon (as neutral objects are attracted
to any charged object). Thus, the rod is either in neutral or positive state.
2. What do you think would be potential difference of a particle having charge 3 Coulombs, doing work
of 15 Joules to move from point A to point B in a circuit?
Ans. Work done be the charge to move from point A to point B = 15J
Therefore, Electric Potential Difference
WAB 15
(VAB ) 5 Volt Hence, the potential difference of the particle is 5 Volt.
q 3
3. How many electrons are present in 1C?
1
Ans. 1e = 1.6 x 10–19 C So, 1C = = 6.24 x 1018 electrons
1.6 x1019
So, 1 c = 6.24 x 1012 electrons
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
8 Electricity
ELECTRIC CURRENT
Consider a metallic wire ACB connected across a cell of potential difference V. Since the end A is
connected to the positive terminal, it is at a higher potential than the end B. In metals, some
electrons are loosely bound to the atoms, and can move within it. These are called free electrons.
In the metallic wire, these electrons (negative charges) move from the low-potential side B to the
high-potential side A. After reaching A, they enter the cell. Direction of current
The chemical reactions in the cell drive these C
electrons to the negative terminal. From there, they
re-enter the wire at the end B. Thus, there is a
continuous flow of electrons in the wire from B to C
to A.
We say that there is an electric current in the wire.
In a metal, the flow of negative charges constitutes A B
the current. Current in a wire connected to a cell
An electric current can also be a flow of positive charges. So, a flow of charge is called an electric
current.By convention, the direction of current is taken as the direction of flow of positive charges.
Thus, the direction of current is opposite to the direction of flow of negative charges. So, when a
wire is connected to a cell, the current in the wire is from the positive-terminal end to the
negative-terminal end.
1. MEASUREMENT OF CURRENT
The charge passing per unit time through a given place(area) is the magnitude of the electric
current at that place. Thus, Q
i=
t
Here Q is the charge that passes through a place in time t.
Unit of current From Equation, we find that current is charge divided by time. The SI unit of
charge is the coulomb and that of time is the second. The SI unit of current, therefore, is coulomb
/ second. This unit is called the ampere, whose symbol is A. Thus, if one coulomb of charge
passes through a place in one second, the current there is 1 ampere.
2. CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS
Materials that conduct electricity easily are called good conductors or simply, conductors. And,
materials that do not conduct electricity easily are called insulators.
All metals conduct electricity because they have some loosely bound free electrons, which flow
when a potential difference is applied. However, some metals conduct electricity better than
others. Silver is the best conductor. But because of the high cost of silver, electric wires are made
of copper, or in some cases aluminium.
Most non metallic solids do not conduct electricity. Although diamond and graphite are both forms of
carbon (a non metal), graphite is a conductor while diamond is an insulator. Insulators do not conduct
electricity because their electrons are tightly bound to the atoms. Rubber, plastics, wood, glass and
porcelain are some examples of insulators. Insulators have many uses. For example, they are used as
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 9
protective covers on electric wires and electrician's tools. Certain liquids also conduct electricity.
While distilled water is an insulator, addition of certain salts, acids or bases allows it to conduct
electricity. Under normal circumstances, gases do not conduct electricity.
3. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
A closed path in which a current can flow is called an electric circuit. An electric circuit may
have one or more electric elements such as bulbs (or lamps), cells, switches (or plug keys), metal
wires, etc. Each element of a circuit has a specific function to play. For example, wires can be used
to connect one element to the next. And a plug key or a switch can be used to either complete or
break the closed path, thereby starting or stopping the current in the circuit.
Some common circuit elements and their symbols are shown in Figure.
Some symbols used in circuit diagrams
4. COMMON MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
The electric current in a circuit is measured by an instrument called the ammeter, and the
potential difference between two points in it is measured by a voltmeter (in voltage
stabilizers). In these meters, a needle moving over a graduated scale gives the value of the
measured quantity. Each meter has two terminals. The terminal marked '+' is connected by a wire
to the higher-potential side of a circuit, while the terminal marked '–' is connected to the lower-
potential side.
5. USING AN AMMETER TO MEASURE CURRENT
To measure the current through an element of a circuit, an ammeter is connected in such a way
that the current flowing through it also flows through the element. Such a connection is called a
series connection. In Figure, the current 'i' flowing through the lamp also flows through the ammeter.
The reading of the ammeter gives the current through the lamp. Note that if the ammeter is
removed, there will be a gap, and the current through the circuit will stop.
i + –
A
+ –
Ammeter in a circuit
Two or more electric elements are said to be connected in series if the current flowing
through one also flows through the rest. An ammeter is always connected in series in a
circuit.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
10 Electricity
6. USING A VOLTMETER TO MEASURE POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE
Figure shows a circuit that has two lamps L1 and L2 connected to a cell. We want to measure the
potential difference across the lamp L2, i.e., between the points A and B. As A is on the side of the
positive terminal of the cell, its potential is higher than that of B. So, the '+' terminal of the
voltmeter is connected to A, and the '–' terminal, to B. The reading of the voltmeter gives the
potential difference across L2. The current flowing through the voltmeter is different from those
flowing through the other elements of the circuit. Also, even if the voltmeter is removed, the
current continues to flow in the circuit. Note that the potential difference across L2 and the
voltmeter is the same. Such a connection is called a parallel connection.
i2 + –
V
i i1
A B
L1 L2
+ –
Voltmeter in a circuit
Two or more electric elements are said to be connected in parallel if the same potential
difference exists across them.
7. GALVANOMETER
A galvanometer is an instrument that can detect the presence of a current in a circuit. The pointer
remains at zero (the centre of the scale) for zero current flowing through it. It can deflect either to
the left or to the right of the zero mark depending on the direction of current.
Galvanometers are of two types:
(i) Moving coil galvanometer
(ii) Moving magnet galvanometer
It is used to make ammeter and voltmeter as follows:
(A) Ammeter: Ammeter is an electrical instrument which measures the strength of current in 'ampere'
in a circuitry which is always connected in series in circuit so that total current (to be measured)
may pass through it. The resistance of an ideal ammeter is zero (practically it should be minimum).
(B) Voltmeter: It is an electrical instrument which measures the potential difference in 'volt' between
two points of electric circuit. The only difference between ammeter and voltmeter is that ammeter
has its negligible (approximately zero) resistance so that it may measure current of circuit passing
through it more accurately giving the deflection accordingly, while the voltmeter passes negligible
current through itself so that potential difference developed due to maximum current passing
through circuit may be measured.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 11
Voltmeter has very high resistance and the resistance of an ideal voltmeter is infinite.
A voltmeter is always connected in parallel.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
4. An electric bulb is connected in an electric circuit. If 10C charge flows through this bulb in
5 seconds, Find the current flowing through the bulb.
Ans. Charge, Q = 10C
Time taken, t = 5s
Q 10
Current, I = = = 2A
t 5
5. What is ammeter?
Ans. Ammeter is an electrical instrument which measures the strength of current in 'ampere' in a circuitry
which is always connected in series in circuit so that total current (to be measured) may pass
through it. The resistance of an ideal ammeter is zero (practically it should be minimum).
6. Draw the symbol of switch (off).
Ans.
OHM'S LAW
The electric current through a metallic element or wire is directly proportional to the potential
difference applied between its ends, provided the temperature remains constant.
If a potential difference V is applied to an element and a current i passes through it,
i V
or i=
1
V i (A)
R
Thus Ohm's Law V = iR
1volt
1ohm=
1ampere V (volt)
Here R is a constant for the given element (metallic wire) at a given temperature and is called its
resistance. It is the property of a conductor to resist the flow of charges through it.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
12 Electricity
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
7. In which direction does current is conventionally shown to flow in a circuit?
Ans. Electric current flows from the positive terminal to the negative terminal.
8. Name the components of the following circuit starting from the positive terminal of the battery in
the direction of flow of current.
+ –
Ans. Battery, Variable Resistance and bulb level. When water flows through the pipe, it experiences
various opposing forces like friction by the walls of the pipe. In other words, it experiences
resistance. An analogy can be established between the water system and electric circuits. Just as
water experiences opposition, current flowing through the conductor also experiences resistance
due to various factors.
9. If the potential difference across a 2resistor is 2V find the current.
Ans. V = IR
2=I×2
I=1A
RESISTANCE & FACTORS AFFECTING RESISTANCE
V
From equation, i
R
1
So, for a given potential difference, i
R
Thus, for a given potential difference, the current is inversely proportional to the resistance. The
higher is the resistance, the lower is the current. If the resistance is doubled, the current is halved.
Good conductors have low resistance, while insulators have very high resistance.
1. UNIT OF RESISTANCE
Potential difference is measured in volts, and current is measured in amperes. From Equation, R =
V/i. So, the unit of resistance is volt/ampere. This unit is called the ohm, and its symbol is .
We can define one ohm as follows.
If a potential difference of 1 volt is applied across an element, and a current of 1 ampere passes
through it, the resistance of the element is called 1 ohm.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 13
2. ON WHAT DOES RESISTANCE DEPEND ?
The resistance of the conductor depends on:
(A) its length
(B) its area of cross-section
(C) the nature of its material
(D) temperature (resistance increases with increase in temperature)
Resistance of a uniform metallic conductor is directly proportional to its length () and inversely
proportional to the area of cross-section (A).
1
R and R
A
Combining eqs. we get R or R=
A A
Where (rho) is a constant of proportionality and is called electrical resistivity of the material of
the conductor.
3. RESISTIVITY () : Here, is a constant for a given material at a given temperature. It is called the
resistivity of the material. the resistivity of a material is the resistance per unit length of a unit
cross section of the material. The SI unit of a material depends on its temperature. For metals and
alloys of metals, the resistivity increases with rise in temperature. The SI unit of resistivity is m.
Material Resistivity
Silver 1.6 × 10–8
Copper 1.7 × 10–8
Metals Aluminium 2.8 × 10–8
Tungsten 5.8 × 10–8
Iron 9.7 × 10–8
Manganin 48.2 × 10–8
Alloys
Nichrome 100 × 10–8
Germanium 4.7 × 10–3
Semiconductors
Silicon 2.5 × 103
Diamond 5 × 1012
Insulators
Fused quartz 1016 – 1019
4. EFFECT OF STRETCHING OF A WIRE ON RESISTANCE
Let a wire of length l1 and cross sectional area A1 be stretched to a length l2 and its cross sectional
area becomes A2.
Therefore, Volume before stretching = Volume after stretching
l1 A1 = l2 A2
R2 l2 A1
and R1 = l1 x A2
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
14 Electricity
If information of lengths before and after stretching is given, then use
A1 l1
A2 = l2
2
R2 l2
R1 = l1
If information of radius r1 and r2 is given then use.
l2 A1
l1 = A
2
2 4
R2 A1 r1
So R1 = A2 = r2
Reciprocal of resistivity of a conductor is called its conductivity. It is represented by 1p
5. EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON RESISTANCE
The variation of resistance of wire with temperature can be calculated with the formula.
Rt = R0 (1 + T)
Where Rt and Ro are the resistances at t°C and 0°C respectively and is the temperature coefficient
of the resistance of the substance.
The graph drawn between the resistance Rt and temperature t is found to be a straight line.
Rt
}R o
t°C
Info Bubble
Two wires of the same length are made from different materials. The resistance
of a wire is given by, R
A
cross-sectional areas of the wires are chosen so that the ratio is the same for
A
each. That is
A
1
2 or 2 2
A1 A2 A1 1
This is the condition for each wire of different materials to have the same
resistance when they have same length.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 15
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
10. Why alloys do not oxidise (burn) readily at high temperature?
Ans. Because with the change in temperature their resistivity changes less rapidly.
11. The length of a silver wire is 2m. Diameter of the wire is 2mm. Calculate the resistance of the silver
wire if the resistivity of silver is 1.6 × 10–8 m.
Ans. Area of cross section.
A = r2
Where r = radius of cross section
Given the diameter of cross section,
d 2
the radius is calculated as: r 1mm
2 2
A = 3.14 × (1 × 10–3)2
= 3.14 × 10–6 sq.m ...(i)
The resistance of the conductor is given by,
L
R=
A
Here,
L = length of the conductor = 2m
A = Area of cross section = 3.14 × 10–6 sq.m... from (1)
= 1.6 × 10–8 m
2
Therefore, R = 1.60 × 10–8 × = 0.01
3.14 106
12. The resistivity of copper is given to be 1.6 × 10–8 m. Resistance of the copper wire is 100. The
radius of cross section is 0.5 mm. Calculate the length of the wire.
Ans. Area of cross section,
A = r2
Where r = radius of cross section
A = 3.14 × (0.5 × 10–3)2
= 7.8 × 10–7 sq.m
The resistance of the conductor is given by,
L
R=
A
Here,
R = resistance of the conductor = 100
A = Area of cross section = 7.8 × 10–7 sq.m.... from (1)
= 1.62 × 10–8 m
The resistance of the conductor is given by,
L
R=
A
A 7.85 107
Therefore, L = R = 100 ×
1.62 108
= 4845.6 m
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
16 Electricity
COMBINATION OF RESISTORS
A conducting material (e.g., a wire) of a particular resistance meant for use in a circuit is called a
resistor. A resistor is sometimes simply referred to as a resistance. It is represented by the symbol
. Two or more resistors can be connected in series, in parallel or in a manner that is a
combination of these two.
1. SERIES CONNECTION OF RESISTORS
Two or more resistors are said to be connected in series if the current flowing through one also flows
through the rest.
The total potential difference across the combination of resistors connected in series is equal to
the sum of the potential differences across the individual resistors.
V V1 V2 V3
2. EQUIVALENT RESISTANCE IN SERIES CONNECTION
Figure (a) shows three resistors of resistances R1, R2 and R3 connected in series. The cell connected
across the combination maintains a potential difference V across the combination. The current
through the cell is i. The same current i flows through each resistor.
R1 R2 R3 Req
i i i
V V
(a) (b)
Let us replace the combination of resistors by a single resistor Req such that the current does not
change, i.e., it remains i. This resistance is called the equivalent resistance of the combination,
and its value is given by Ohm's law as Req = V/i
Thus V = iReq.
The potential differences V1 , V2 and V3 across the resistors R1 , R2 and R3 respectively are given by
Ohm's law as : V1 = iR1 , V2 = iR2 , V3 = iR3
Since the resistors are in series, V = V1 + V2 + V3
Substituting the values of the potential differences in the above equation,
iReq = iR1 + iR2 + iR3
or iReq =i(R1 +R2 +R3)
or R eq = R1 + R2 + R3
Similarly, for n resistors connected in series,
Equivalent resistance of resistors in series : Req = R1 + R2 + R 3 +..... + Rn
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 17
3. PARALLEL CONNECTION OF RESISTORS
The total current flowing into the combination is equal to the sum of the currents passing through
the individual resistors.
i i1 i2 i3
If resistors are connected in such a way that the same potential difference gets applied to each of
them, they are said to be connected in parallel.
4. EQUIVALENT RESISTANCE IN PARALLEL CONNECTION
Figure (a) shows three resistors of resistances R1, R2 and R3 connected in parallel across the points
A and B. The cell connected across these two points maintains a potential difference V across
each resistor. The current through the cell is i. It gets divided at A into three parts i1, i2 and i3,
which flow through R1, R2 and R3 respectively.
R1
i1
R2 Req
A i2 B
i3 R3
i i i
V V
(a) (b)
Let us replace the combination of resistors by an equivalent resistor Req such that the current i in
the circuit does not change (Fig). The equivalent resistance is given by Ohm's law as Req = V/i.
Thus, V
i=
R eq
The currents i1 , i2 and i3 through the resistors R1, R2 and R3 respectively are given by Ohm's law as
V V V
i1 = , i2 = , i3 =
R1 R2 R3
Since the resistors are in parallel,
i = i1 + i2 + i3
Substituting the values of the currents in the above equation,
V V V V
= + +
R eq R1 R2 R 3
or
1 1 1 1
= + +
R eq R1 R2 R 3
Similarly, if there are n resistors connected in parallel, their equivalent resistance Req is given by
1 1 1 1
Equivalent Resistance of resistors in parallel : = + +.......+
R eq R1 R2 Rn
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
18 Electricity
For two resistances R1 and R2 connected in parallel,
1 1 1 R +R2 R1R2
= + = 1 or R=
R R1 R2 R1R2 R1 +R2
The equivalent resistance in a parallel connection is less than each of the resistances.
When a resistance is joined parallel to a comparatively smaller resistance, the equivalent resistance
is very close to the value of the smaller resistance.
NOTE : If a resistor connected in series with others is removed or fails, the current through each
resistor becomes zero. On the other hand, if a resistor connected in parallel with others fails or is
removed, the current continues to flow through the other resistors.
5. DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT IN TWO RESISTORS IN PARALLEL
Consider the circuit in fig. The resistors R1 and R2 are connected in parallel. The current i gets
distributed in the two resistors.
i = i1 + i2 .....(i)
Applying Ohm's law to the resistor R1
VA – VB =R1i1· .....(ii)
And applying Ohm's law to the resistor R2
VA – VB = R2i2 .... (iii)
R1
From (ii) and (iii), R1i1 = R2i2 or i 2 i1
R2
Substituting for i2 in (i), we have
R1 R R + R2
i = i1 + i1 = i1 1 + 1 = i1 1 i1 R1
R2 R2 R2
A B
i2 R2
R2
or i1 = i
R1 + R2 i
R1
Similarly, i2 = i
R1 + R 2
i1 R2
Thus, =
i2 R1
The current through each branch in a parallel combination of resistors is inversely proportional to
its resistance.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 19
Info Bubble
If 'n' number of resistors each of same value connected in series, then the
equivalent resistance of the series combination of 'n' resistors is given by
Req = nR
If 'n' number of resistors each of same value connected in parallel, then the
equivalent resistance of the parallel combination of 'n' resistors is given by
R
Re q =
n
In the given fiqure Bulbs A and B are connected in series across the emf of
the battery, whereas bulb C is connected by itself across the battery. Voltage
drop across C has the same magnitude as the battery voltage, whereas this
same voltage is split between bulbs A and B. As a result, bulb C will glow
more brightly than either of bulbs A and B, which will glow equally brightly.
Bulb D has a wire connected across it i.e., a short circuit, so that potential
difference across bulb D is zero and it doesn't glow. If bulb A fails, B goes
out, but bulb C will glow. If bulb C fails, there is no effect on the other bulbs.
If bulb D fails we cannot detect this event, because bulb D was not glowing
initially; also, there is no effect on the other bulbs.
6. DEVICES IN SERIES AND PARALLEL
You must have seen tiny bulbs strung together for decorating buildings during festivals like Diwali,
and occasions like marriages, etc. These bulbs are connected in series, and the mains voltage is
applied to the combination. The potential difference (V) of the mains gets divided across the bulbs
(V = V1 + V2 + V3 + ... ).
So, a small potential difference exists across each bulb, close to that required to make the bulb
work. However, the same current flows through all the bulbs. So, if one bulb goes bad, the current
through it stops, and this stops the current through the rest of the bulbs as well. To make the
chain of lights work, we have to find and replace the defective bulb. This problem does not occur
with the lights in our house.
That is because in houses, lights, fans, etc., are connected in parallel. In parallel connection,
the same mains voltage gets applied to each device, but the current through each is different. If
one of them goes bad, the current in the other branches of the parallel connection does not stop.
Another advantage of parallel connection is that, unlike series connection, each device can draw a
different current, as per its requirement.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
20 Electricity
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
13. Find current which is passing through battery.
2
3
6
30V 1
Ans. Here potential difference across each resistor is not 30 V
battery has internal resistance here the concept of combination of resistors is useful.
1 1 1 1
Rp 2 3 6
So, Rp = 1
Req = Rp + 1 = 1 + 1 = 2
30
i 15A
2
14. A piece of wire of resistance R is cut into five equal parts. These parts are then connected
in parallel. If the equivalent resistance of this combination is R', then the ratio R/R' is :
(A) 1/25 (B) 1/5 (C) 5 (D) 25
R
Ans. Resistance of each one of the five parts =
5
Resistance of five parts connected in parallel is given by
1 1 1 1 1 1
R' R / 5 R/ 5 R / 5 R / 5 R / 5
1 5 5 5 5 5 25
or
R' R R R R R R
R
or 25
R'
Thus, (D) is the correct answer.
15. Show how you would connect three resistors, each of resistance 6, so that the combination
has a resistance of (i) 9 (ii) 2.
Ans. (i) In order to get a resistance of 9 from three resistors, each of resistance 6 , we connect
two resistors in parallel and this parallel combination (or resistance 3) in series with the third resistor
as shown in fig.
6
6 6 9
C D A B
A B A C D B
6
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 21
(ii) In order to get a resistance of 2 from three resistors, each of resistance 6 , we connect
all the three resistors in parallel as shown in fig (b) as equivalent resistance in parallel combination,
6
6
6
i.e., Rp is given by Rp = = 2. A
3 B A B
6
CELL
The main function of the cell is to convert chemical energy into electrical energy.
Electro chemical cells are of three types –
(A) Primary Cell (B) Secondary cell (C) Fuel cell.
1. Primary Cell:– It is an electrochemical cell which cannot be recharged but the chemicals have to
be replaced after a long use.
The reactions taking place in the cell are irreversible Eg :– Daniel cell, Dry cell etc.
2. Secondary Cell:– Electrical energy can be converted into chemical energy and chemical energy
can be converted into electrical energy in these cells.
The chemical reaction taking place in these cells are reversible Eg : – Edison cell, iron nickel cell.
3. Fuel Cell:– It is an electro chemical cell that converts the chemical energy from a fuel into
electricity through an electrochemical reaction of hydrogen fuel with oxygen or another oxidizing
agent.
Determination of internal resistance of a cell:–
+ —
V
K1
+ —
K2
R
Connect a voltmeter to a cell through key K1. Also, connect a resistor R to a cell through K2. First
put in key K1. The reading shown by voltmeter gives us the emf of the cell since negligible current
flows through cell due to high resistance of the voltmeter, insert key K2 also so that current flows
through resistor R. If r is the internal resistance of the cell and V– is the reading shown by voltmeter
then. E = I (R + r)
IR = V (i)
So E = V + Ir
E V
r (ii)
I
EV E V
From (i) & (ii), r = or r V R
(V / R)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
22 Electricity
1. Grouping of cell :–
Cells in series
E1 r1 E2 r E3
2 r3 E4 r4 En rn
A B
Eeq, req
A B
Eeq = E1 + E2 + E3 + E4 + ...................En
&
req = r1 + r2 + r3 + r4 +...................rn
If n cells each of emf E, are arranged in series and r is the internal resistance of each cell, then
total emf = nE
E r E r E r E r E r
I
R
ne
I R nr
There may be two cases.
nE
(i) If nr << R then I = = n x (current due to one cell)
R
So series combination is advantageous.
E
(ii) If nr >> R then I = = (current due to one cell)
R
So, series combination is not advantageous.
Note :– If polarity of m cells is reversed, then equivalent emf = (n–2m)E, while equivalent resistance
is still nr+R, so current in R will be
n 2m E
I
nr R
2. Cells in Parallel
If m cells each of emf E and internal resistance r be connected in parallel and if this combination is
connected to an external resistance then the emf of the circuit is E.
r
Internal resistance of the circuit =
m upto m
E 3 r3
E 2 r2
E 1 r1
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 23
E
mE
and I = R r =
m mR r
There may be two cases :
mE
(i) If mR < <r then I = = m x (current due to one cell)
r
So, Parallel combination is advantageous.
E
(ii) If mR > > r then I = = current due to one cell
R
So, parallel combination is not advantageous.
If emf and internal resistance of each cell are different then,
E1 E2 En
r1 r2 rn
Eeq =
l l l
r1 r2 rn
HEATING EFFECT OF ELECTRIC CURRENT
When an electric current passes through a bulb, the filament gets so hot that it glows and emits
light. When a current passes through the filament of an electric iron, the iron becomes very hot.
This increase in temperature is due to what is called 'the heat produced due to current'. Suppose a
resistor R is connected to a cell. The cell maintains a potential difference V across the resistor,
driving a current i through it. R
So, V = iR ......(i) i
V
The current through the resistor is actually a flow of negative charges (electrons). Inside the cell,
the negative charges flow from the positive to the negative terminal. The cell does work = QV to
take a charge through the potential difference V between its terminals. This increases the energy
of the charge by QV. This increased energy gets converted to heat in the resistor. So, the energy
appearing as heat is given by
U = QV ......(ii)
The charge that passes through the wire in time t is
Q =it. ......(iii)
Using (i), (ii) and (iii), we find that the heat produced in the wire in time t is
U =QV = (it) (iR) =i2 Rt.
From Equation the heat produced is proportional to the square of the current, if R and t remain
constant. So, if the current passing for a given time through a given resistance is doubled, the
heat produced becomes four times. Similarly, for a given i and t, the heat produced is proportional
to R. If the same current i passes through two resistances in a given time, more heat will be
produced in the larger resistance. The heat produced can also be written as.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
24 Electricity
V
2
V2
U = i2Rt = Rt or U= t
R R
For a given V and t, the heat produced is inversely proportional to R. So, if the same potential
difference is applied across two resistances, more heat will be produced in the smaller resistance.
We have seen above that the increased energy of a charge gets converted to heat in the resistor.
The increase in energy comes from the work done by the cell. This uses up the chemical energy of
the cell. So, the energy appearing as heat in the resistor ultimately comes at the expense of the
chemical energy of the cell.
Not always is the work done by a cell converted to heat. Immediately after a motor is connected to
a cell, the speed of the shaft of the motor increases. A part of the work done by the cell goes into
producing the increase in kinetic energy. And a part is used to overcome friction, etc. When the
motor achieves a constant speed, its kinetic energy does not change. So the work done by the cell
is only used to overcome friction, etc. This appears as heat. That is why the cover over a motor
becomes warm on use.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
16. It is given that the electric power of heater is 2000 W and the potential difference is 200 V, then
calculate the current flowing through the heater.
Ans. Given P = 2000W and V = 200V
We know that P = VI
2000
I = P/V =
200
I = 10A
17. The heat produced in each second is 200J in 5 resistance. Calculate the Potential difference.
Ans. Given H = 200J and R = 5
From Joule’s law H = I2Rt
H
I=
Rt
200
I=
51
I = 6.324 A
from Ohm’s law V = IR
V = 6.324 × 5
V = 31.62 V
18. Name a few practical applications of heating effect of current.
Ans. Electric fues, Electric iron, Electric heater.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 25
APPLICATIONS OF THE HEATING EFFECT OF CURRENT
The heating effect of electric current has many uses. Electric bulbs, room heaters, electric irons,
immersion heaters, toasters, electric fuses and a number of other appliances work on this principle.
In all of these, a wire of suitable resistance, commonly called the heating element, is connected to
the power supply. The current passing through the element produces heat in it, which is used for
some specific purpose.
1. ELECTRIC BULB : An electric bulb has a simple structure. It consists of a sealed glass bulb that
has a tungsten filament connected to two electrical contacts. The bulb is filled with an unreactive
gas like argon or nitrogen. To produce white light, the filament has to be heated to about 3000°C
by passing a current through it. Obviously, the material of the filament should such that it does not
melt at this temperature. Tungsten is used for the filament because its melting point is about
3400°C. The sealed glass bulb serves two purposes. First, it protects the filament from oxidation
and the effects of humidity. Secondly, the small enclosed volume makes it easier to maintain the
required temperature, as without it the loss of heat would be more.
2. FUSE : A fuse is a safety device that does not allow excessive current to flow through an electric
circuit. It consists of a metallic wire of low melting point, fixed between the two terminals of a fuse
plug. The fuse plug fits into a fuse socket connected in the circuit. Fuses are available in various
shapes. The fuse plug is used in household wiring. It is made of porcelain.
A fuse is connected in series with an appliance (such as a TV) or a group of appliances (such as
the lights and fans in a room). So, the current through the fuse is the same as the current through
the appliance or the group of appliances. If this current exceeds a safe value, the heat produced in
the fuse wire causes it to melt immediately. This breaks the circuit, preventing any damage. Figure
shows examples of how a fuse is connected in circuits.
Good-quality fuse wires are made of tin, as it has a low melting point. Some fuse wires are made of
an alloy of tin and copper. The thickness of the fuse wire depends on the circuit in which it is to be
used. If a section of the circuit is meant to carry a maximum of 5A current, the fuse wire should
also be able to carry currents up to 5A. Similarly, for wiring meant for 15A, the fuse wire should be
thicker, and should be able to carry currents up to 15A.
12V 12V
Fuse
Fuse
(a) (b)
3. DISADVANTAGES OF THE HEATING EFFECT OF CURRENT
A current always produces some heat, whether we use the heat or not. If the heat produced
cannot be utilized, it represents a wastage of energy. A considerable amount of energy is thus
wasted in the transmission of electricity from the generating station to our homes. Sometimes, the
heat produced in a device is so much that it can damage the device, unless proper cooling
arrangements are made. To dissipate the heat produced in TV sets, monitors, etc., their cabinets
have grills for air to pass. Certain components of a computer get so hot that they have fans to cool
them.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
26 Electricity
ELECTRIC POWER
Power is the rate of doing work, or the rate at which energy is produced or consumed. The
electrical energy produced or consumed per unit time is called electric power. In an electric circuit,
the power is
U i2 Rt
P= i2 R
t t
Using iR = V
P = Vi
V2
P=
R
The energy consumed and power are related as
U = Pt .
1. UNIT OF POWER
The SI unit of energy is the joule, and that of time is the second. The SI unit of power is therefore
joule/second. This unit is called the watt, whose symbol is W.
2. RATING OF ELECTRIC APPLIANCES
Take an electric bulb and see what is written on it. Apart from the name and the symbol of the
company, we will find values of power and potential difference. For example, it could be 60W, 220V.
It means that 220V should be applied across this bulb, and when 220V is applied, the power
consumed will be 60W. We will find similar markings on all electric· appliances. For an electric
appliance, the values of power and voltage taken together form what is called the rating of the
appliance.
From the rating of an appliance, you can easily calculate its resistance by using the equation P =
V2
. Note that higher the power rating, smaller the resistance. So, a 1000W heater has less
R
resistance than a 100W bulb. We can also calculate the current drawn by an appliance by using the
P
relation i = .
V
3. KILO WATT HOUR
Power is the rate of energy consumed or produced. If 1 joule of energy is used per second, the
energy is used at the rate of 1 watt. In other words, if energy is used at the rate of 1 watt, the
total energy used in 1 second is 1 joule. How much energy is used in 1 hour if it is used at the rate
of 1000 watt?
It is (1000 watt) × (3600 second) = 3,600,000 joule.
This amount of energy is called 1 kilowatt hour, written in short as kWh.
Thus, 1 kWh =3,600,000 J = 3.6 × 106 J.
The electrical energy used in houses, factories, etc., is measured in kilowatt hours. The cost of
electricity is fixed per kilowatt hour. One kilowatt hour of electrical energy is called one unit.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 27
4. ELECTRICAL SAFETY
(A) Earthing: Earthing means to connect the metal case of electrical appliance to the earth (at
zero potential) by means of a metal wire called "earth wire". In household circuits, we have
three wires, the live wire, the neutral wire and the earth wire. One end of the earth wire is
buried in the earth. We connect the earth wire to the metal case of the electrical appliance
by using a three-pinplug.
The metal casing of the appliance will now always remain at the zero potential of the earth.
We say that the appliance has been earthed or grounded. If, by chance, the live wire
touches the metal case of the electric iron (or any other appliance) which has been earthed,
then the current passed directly to the earth through the earth wire. It does not need our
body to pass the current and therefore, we do not get an electric shock. Actually, a very
heavy current flows through the earth wire and the fuse of house-hold wiring blows out or
melts. And it cuts off the power supply. In this way, earthing also saves the electrical
appliance from damage due to excessive current.
(B) Miniature Circuit Breaker: These days a device called a miniature circuit breaker (MCB) is also
used instead of or in addition to fuses, in the household electric circuits. It is a switch that
automatically switches off a circuit if the current in it exceeds the specified maximum limit.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
19. Several electric bulbs designed to be used on a 220 V electric supply line, are rated 10 W.
How many lamps can be connected in parallel with each other across the two wires of 220
V line if the maximum allowable current is 5 A?
V2 (220)2
Ans. Resistance of each bulb, r = 4840
P 10
220V
Total resistance in the circuit, R 44
5A
Let n be the number of bulb (each of resistance r) to be connected in parallel to obtain a resistance
R.
r r 4840
Clearly, R = or n = 110
n R 44
20. Compare the power used in the 2 resistor in each of the following circuits :
(i) a 6 V battery in series with 1 and 2 resistors, and
(ii) a 4 V battery in parallel with 12 and 2 resistors.
Ans. (i) Since 6 V battery is in series with 1 and 2 resistors, current in the circuit,
6V 6V
I = 2A
1 2 3
Power used in 2 resistor, P1 = I2R = (2A)2 × 2 = 8W
(ii) Since 4 V battery is in parallel with 12 and 2 resistors, potential difference across 2
resistor, V = 4V.
V2 (4V)2
Power used in 2 resistor, P2 = 8W
R (2 )
1P 8W
Clearly, P 8W 1
2
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
28 Electricity
21. Two lamps, one rated 100 W at 220 V, and the other 60 W at 220 V, are connected in parallel
to the electric mains supply. What current is drawn from the line if the supply voltage is 220
V?
V2 (220)2
Ans. Resistance of first lamp, r1 = 484
P 100
V2 (220)2
resistance of the second lamp, r2 = 806.7
P 60
Since the two lamps are connected in parallel, the equivalent resistance is given by
1 1 1 r +r 1
= + = 2
Rp r1 r2 rr
12
r2r 1 484×806.7 390442.8
or Rp = r +r = 484+806.7 = 1290.7 = 302.5
1 2
Current drawn from the line, i.e.,
V 220V
I = R 302.6 = 0.73 A
p
ON YOUR TIPS
• Charge is the fundamental property of a matter that exhibits electrostatic attraction or repulsion
over other matter. Any material body which has unequal number of positive and negative charges is
considered as an electrically charged body.
• Materials can be classified according to the ability of the charge to move through them as conduc-
tors and insulators.
• Conductors are the materials in which the charge is free to move and hence it's a good conductor
of electricity. For example: silver, copper,gold,water etc.
• Insulators are the materials through which the charge cannot move freely. For example: rubber,
plastic, glass etc.
• Electric charge has following properties:
(i) Additive nature: total charge of the system is equal to the sum of electric charges located
in a system.
(ii) Conservation of charge: The total charge of an isolated system always remains conserved.
(iii) Quantization of charge: Electric charge of any system is always an integral multiple of the
least amount of charge.
(iv) Invariance of charge: Charge is invariant of speed, it remains constant.
• SI unit of charge is coulomb denoted by C.
• The term polarization means to separate into opposites that is when two sides of the object gain
opposite charge, the object is said to be polarized.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 29
• The property of any charge to be present in only separate group or bundle of specific minimum
charge is known as a quantized charge.
• The rate at which charge, either negative or positive, flow through a given cross sectional area or
surface from higher potential is termed as electric current.
• Any circuit which is not complete is considered as open circuit. Current does not flow in this type of
circuit.
• Any circuit which is complete and hence potential difference is created across it, hence leading to
the current flow.
• The potential difference is defined as the amount of work done (W) by external agent in moving a
unit charge (Q) from one point to another.
• Electric potential is defined as the energy per unit charge (Le., per coulomb) at a point in a field
• The SI unit of Electric Potential Difference is Volt (V).
• The Dimensions of electric potential difference are ML2T–3A–1.
• If I is the current flowing through the conductor and V is the voltage or potential difference across
its ends, then:
Which is the same as:
IV
VI
V=R×I
This is known as “Ohm’s law.”
• Common electrical components are resistor, capacitor, inductor, galvanometer, voltmeter, ammeter,
rheostat, variable capacitor.
• Factors which affect the resistance are length of the material, cross sectional area of the conduc-
tor, nature of material, temperature.
• When a voltage applied across the ends of the metallic wire, the free electrons begin to move and
collide with the atoms. The concept behind heating of the electrical devices is the increase in
internal energy due to the collision between the valence electrons which are responsible for the
conduction. This is known as heating effect of electric current.
• Heat produced is directly proportional to the square of I, resistor R and time t. Where H is in
calories, time in seconds and resistor is in ohm. This is known as Joule's law.
• Heating effect of electric current is used in electric bulbs, electric fuse.
• There are two ways by which an electric current can flow through a conductor (like wire). One way
is a direct current (DC) and the other way is an alternating current (AC).
• An electric current that flows uniformly in the same single direction is called direct current or DC.
• The household wiring is of two types: Tree system, ring system.
• Electric fuse is a safety device, it is used to protect an electric circuit against electric shock, fire,
damage to an electric appliance due to short-circuit and overloading.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
30 Electricity
NCERT QUESTIONS WITH SOLUTION
1. What does an electric circuit mean ? 7. How much energy is given to each coulomb
Sol. An electric circuit is a closed and continuous of charge passing through a 6V battery?
path consisting of many devices like resistors, Sol. Work done, W = QV Where, Q = 1C; V = 6V
electric bulbs, etc. through which an electric W = 1C × 6V = 6J
current flows.
8. Does current flow more easily through a thick
2. Define the unit of current. wire or a thin wire of the same material when
Sol. The SI unit of current is ampere (A). Current connected to the same source? Why?
flowing through a conductor is said to be 1 Sol. The current flows more easily through a thick
ampere if 1 coulomb of charge flows through wire than through a thin wire. This is because
it in 1 second. the resistance R of a thick wire (large area
3. Cal c ul at e the numb er of el ec trons of cross-section) is less than that of a thin
constituting one coulomb of charge. 1
wire (small area of cross-section) as R .
Sol. Number of electrons constituting 1 coulomb A
is given by, 9. Let the resistance of an electrical component
remai ns constant whi l e the potenti al
Q
n= , where, Q = 1 C and e = charge of a difference across the two ends of the
e
component decreases to half its former value.
single electron = 1.6 × 10–19 C What change will occur in the current through
1C it?
or n = = 6.25 × 1018 electrons.
1.6 1019 C Sol. We know that I = V/R, when potential
4. Name a device that helps to maintain a difference becomes V/2, and resistance
potential difference across a conductor. remains constant, then, current becomes
Sol. A battery can be used to maintain a potential 1/2 of its former value.
difference across a conductor. 10. Why are coils of electric toasters and electric
5. What is meant by saying that the potential irons made of an alloy rather than a pure
difference between two points is 1 V ? metal?
Sol. Potential difference between two points is 1 Sol. This is because (i) resistivity of an alloy is
volt if 1 joule of work is done to carry a generally higher than that of pure metals
charge of 1 coulomb from one point to the (ii) an alloy has a high melting point and it
other. does not oxidise at high temperatures.
6. On what factors does the resistance of a 11. (a) which among iron and mercury is a better
conductor depend? conductor? Given, iron = 10.0 × 10–8 m and
Sol. The resistance (R) of a conductor depends mercury = 94.0 × 10–8 m.
upon (b) Which material is the best conductor?
(i) its length (): R Sol. (a) Iron is a better conductor than mercury
as resistivity () for iron is less than that for
1
(ii) its cross-sectional area (A): R mercury.
A (b) Silver is the best conductor because its
(iii) Nature of material i.e., resistivity () of resistivity () is least.
its material: R
(iv) Temperature: more the temperature,
more will be its resistance.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 31
12. Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit 15. An electric lamp of 100, a toaster of
consisting of a battery of three cells of 2V resistance 50 and a water filter of resistance
each, a 5 ohm resistor, an 8 ohm resistor, 500 are connected in parallel to a 220V
and a 12 ohm resistor, and a plug key, all source. What is the resistance of an electric
connected in series. iron connected to the same source that takes
as much current as in three appliances and
what is current through it?
I
Sol. Sol. Resistance of the electric lamp, R1 = 100 ;
2V2V 2V k
( resistance of toaster, R2 = 50; resistance
of water filter, R3 = 500
13. Redraw the circuit of Q. 12, putting in an Since R1, R2 and R3 are connected in Parallel,
ammeter to measure,the current through the their equivalent resistance (Rp) is given by
resistors and a voltmeter to measure the
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 10 1 16 4
voltage across the 12 ohm resistor. What
Rp R1 R2 R3 100 50 500
500
500 125
would be the reading in the ammeter and
the voltmeter? 125
Rp
V
+ 4
Current through the three appliances, i.e.,
V 220
I 7.04 A
R p 125 / 4
I A Since the electric iron drawing the same
+
2V2V 2V k current when connected to the same source
( (220 V), its resistance must be equal to Rp.
Sol. Since all the three resistances are in series, Thus, resi stance of the electric i ron,
total resistance in the circuit, 125
R = 5 + 8 + 12 = 25 31.25
4
Current in the circuit, Current through the electric iron, I = 7.04 A
V 222 6 16. What are the advantages of connecting
I 0.24 A ,
R 25 25 electrical devices in parallel with the battery
thus, ammeter will read 0.24 A. instead of connecting them in series.
Potential difference across 12 ohm resistor, Sol. (a) In case of devices in parallel. if one device
V = I × R = 0.24 × 12 = 2.88 V gets damaged (or open), all other will work
as usual as the whole circuit does not
14. Judge the equivalent resistance when the
break. This is not with the devices
following are connected in parallel (a) 1
connected in series because when one
and 106 (b) 1, 103 and 106.
device fails, the circuit breaks and all
Sol. (a) Approx. 1 (slightly less than 1) as other
devices stop working.
one (106) is very large as compared to
(b) Since potential difference across all
1. In parallel combination of resistors, the
devices is same in parallel Circuit, they
equivalent resistance is lesser than the least
will draw required current according to
resistance (in this case, 1).
their resistances. This is not so in series
(b) Again, resistance is approx. 1(slightly
circuit where same current flows through
less than 1).
all the devices, irrespective of their
resistances.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
32 Electricity
17. How can three resistors of resistances 2, The equivalent resistance is given by,
3 and 6 be connected to give a total
1 1 1 1 1 6 3 2 1 12 1
resistance of (a) 4 (b) 1 ?
Re 4 8 12 24 24 24 2
Sol. (a) The get a total resistance of 4 from
resistors of resistance 2, 3 and 6, or Re = 2
the resistors are joined as shown below.
19. Why does the cord of electric heater not
glow while the heating element does?
Sol. The cord of an electric heater is made of
A B thick copper wire and has much lower
resistance than the heating element. For the
The resistors having resistances 3 and same current (I) flowing through the cord
6 are connected i n paral lel . This and the element, heat produced in the
combination is connected in series with element is much more than that produced in
the resistor of resistance 2. Let us the cord. As a result, the element becomes
check it mathematically, equivalent very hot and glows whereas the cord does
resistance of 3 and 6 resistors is, not become hot and as such does not glow.
20. C om pute t he heat ge ne rate d whi l e
36 36
R1 2 transferring 96000 coulombs of charge in one
36 9
hour through a potential difference of 50 V.
Now, R1 and 2 resistors are in series, Sol. Here, charge, Q = 96000C; time, t = 1 hr
their equivalent resistance is Re = R1 + 2 potential difference, V = 50V.
= 2 + 2 = 4. Heat produced, H = V I t = V × q [q = I t]
(b) To get a resistance of 1 from three = 96000C × 50V = 4.8 × 106 J.
given resistors of resistance 2, 3, 6, 21. An electric iron of resistance 20 takes a
are joined as shown below. current of 5A. Calculate the heat developed
in 30s.
Sol. Here, resistance, R = 20, current, I = 5A,
A B time, t = 30 s.
Heat produced, H = I2 R t = (5)2 5 20 × 30
They all are connected in parallel. Their
= 1.5 × 104 J.
equivalent resistance is given by,
22. What determines the rate at which energy is
1 1 1 1 3 2 1 6 delivered by a current?
1
R 2 3 6 6 6 Sol. Electric power determines the rate at which
R = 1 energy is delivered by a current.
18. What is (a) the highest, (b) the lowest total 23. An electric motor takes 5A from a 220V.
re si st ance t hat can be s ec ured b y Determine the power and energy consumed
combinations of four coils of resistance 4, in 2Hr.
8, 12, 24? Sol. Here, current, I = 5A; potential difference,
Sol. (a) The highest resistance is secured when V = 220V; time,
all the resistors are connected in series. t = 2hr = 2 × 60 × 60 = 7200
The equivalent resistance is given by, Power = 220 × 5 = 1100 W
Re = 4 + 8 + 12 + 24 = 48. Energy consumed = P · t = 1100 × 7200
(b) The lowest resistance is secured when = 7.92 × 106 J
all the four coils are connected in parallel.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 33
EXERCISE - I
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (C) Potential difference between the point is zero
(D) All of them
1. Two particles having charges q1 & q2 when
7. If ‘I’ is the current through a wire and e is
kept at a certain distance exert force F on
the charge of electron, then the number of
each other. If distance is reduced to half,
electrons in t second will be given by :
force between them becomes :
le
F (A) (B) lte
(A) (B) 2F
t
2 e lt
(C) (D)
F lt e
(C) 4F (D)
4 8. A wire of resistance R is cut into n equal
parts. These parts are then connected in
2. All the following statements are correct
parall el. The equi valent resi stance of
except:
combination will be :
(A) A body is said to be positively charged
(A) nR (B) R/n
when it has got excess of electrons
(C) n/R (D) R/n2
(B) When a body is charged positively, some
electron escape from it 9. Three resistance each of 8 are connected
(C) The presence of moisture in the air to a triangle. The resistance between any
reduces the conductivity of charge two terminals :
(D) Both (A) and (C) (A)12 (B) 2
16
4 (C) 6 (D)
3. coulomb of charge contains _______ 3
25
10. The smallest resistance that can be obtained
electrons:
from a combination of ‘n’ identical resistors
(A) 1015 (B)1018
each of resistance R is :
(C) 1020 (D) none of these
4. Assuming that the charge of an electron is R R
(A) (B)
1.6 x 10–19 C, the number of electrons passing n n2
through a section of wire per second, when (C) nR (D) n2R
the wire carries a current of 1 A is :
1
(A) 6.25X1018 (B) 1.6x1019 11. A man has five resistors each of value
.
(C)1.6x1019 (D) 0.625 x 1017 5
What is the maximum resistance he can
5. If a charged body attracts another body, obtain by connecting them ?
the charge on the other body :- (A) 1 (B) 5
(A) must be negative 2
1
(B) must be positive (C) (D)
2 5
(C) must be zero
(D) may be negative or positive or zero 12. The filament of an electric bulb is made of
tungsten because :
6. Current between two points will not be flowing (A) Its resistance is negligible
if : (B) It is cheaper
(A) Both the points have same potentials (C) Its melting point is high
(B) Circuit is open (D) Its filament is easily made
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
34 Electricity
13. In the circuit shown in Fig., the reading of 20. When two electric bulbs of 40 W and 60 W
the voltmeter V will be are connected in parallel with a source, then
12V the :
– + (A) bulb of 40 watt gives more light
(B) intensity of both bulbs are same
(C) intensity depends on the type of electric
source (A.C. or D.C.)
(D) bulb of 60 watt gives more light
V
(A) 4 V (B) 2 V 21. The current flowing through a resistor
(C) 6 V (D) 3V connected in an electrical circuit and the
14. An electric heater can boil a certain amount potential difference developed across its ends
of water in 10 minute and another heater are shown in the following diagrams.
can do it in 15 minute, both working at the 20 2
same voltage. If the two heaters are 130 0 1
30
connected in parallel across the same voltage 0 0
3
0
as before how much time will they take to
boil the same amount of water?
(A) 9min (B) 12.5min
(C) 7.5min (D) 6min mV mA
15. An electric iron of heating element of
The value of resistance of the resistor in
resistance 88 is used at 220 volt for 2
ohms is -
hours. The electric energy spent, in unit, will
(A) 100 (B) 150
be :
(C) 200 (D) 250
(A) 0.8 (B) 1.1
(C) 2.2 (D) 8.8
22. To determine the equivalent resistance of a
16. Correct power rating of a bulb used in our series combination of two resistors R1 and
country (India): R2, a student arranges the following set up:
(A) 100 volt (B) 100 volt
(C) 100 W-220 volt (D) 10 volt
+ – R1 R2
17. Number of Joules in 1 kWh is :
(A) 3.6 x 107 J (B) 3.6 x 106 J
(C) 3.6 x 10 J
5
(D) 3.6 x 104 J
+ –
18. Two i ndenti cal heater wi res are fi rst
A
connected in series and then in parallel with
a source of electricity. The ratio of heat
produced in the two cases is :
(A) 2:1 (B) 1:2 V
(C) 4:1 (D) 1 :4
This circuit gives –
+
19. You are given three bulbs 25 W, 40 W and 60 (A) incorrect reading for current I as well as
W. Which of them has the lowest resistance? potential difference V
(A) 25 watt bulb (B) 40 watt bulb (B) correct reading for current I but incorrect
(C) 60 watt bulb (D) insufficient data reading for potential difference V
(C) correct reading for potential difference
V but incorrect reading for current I
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 35
(D) correct reading for both current I as well
as potential difference V – +
23. To determine the equivalent resistance of A
+ –
two resistors R1 and R2 when connected in
series, a student arranged the circuit
components as shown in the diagram. But R1 R2
he did not succeed to achieve the objectives. (C)
A
+ – – + V
+ –
R1 R2
– +
A
A
+ –
R1
V
R2
– + (D)
Which of the following mistakes has been
V
committed by him in setting up the circuit ? – +
(A) Position of ammeter is incorrect
(B) Position of voltmeter in incorrect
25. The plotted points correctly showing the
(C) Terminals of voltmeter are wrongly
dependence of the current I on potential
connected
difference V across a resistors R for linear
(D) Terminal of ammeter are wrongly
resistor is -
connected
24. The correct set up for determi ning in
equivalent resistance of two resistors R1 and
A
R2 when connected in parallel is- I
(A)
– +
A
+ –
V
R1
R2 B
(A)
I
A
+ – (B)
V
– +
A
A
+ – C
R1 I
R2
(B) (C)
V
+ – V
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
36 Electricity
Reason : Since R1 < r in the given circuit.
D So, power transfer in external resistance will
be maximum when R = 0.
I 5. Assertion : Since all the current coming to
(D) our house returns to the power house. (Since
current travels in a closed loop), so there is
no need to pay the electricity bill.
V
Reason : The electricity bill is paid for the
ASSERTION - REASON power used, not for the current used.
The following questions consist of two statements,
Assertion and Reason. While responding to these TRUE OF FALSE
questions choose any one correct option. 1. A coulomb is the same as (ampere × second).
(A) If both assertion and reason are true and 2. In metals, the electric current is mainly due
the reason is correct explanation of assertion. to the movement of free electrons.
(B) If both assertion and reason are true but 3. Free electrons move to the right in a certain
reason is not a correct explanation of wire. This indicates that current is towards
assertion. the right in the wire.
(C) If assertion is true and reason is false. 4. Ohm's law is applicable to all conductors of
(D) If assertion is false and reason is true. electricity.
1. Assertion : If there is current in a wire, 5. The V-I graph for two metallic wires A and B
potential drop has to be there. are shown below. Here, resistance of wire A
Reason : If potential drop is zero, the is greater than resistance of wire B.
resistance may be zero. A
2. Assertion : A voltmeter is an inherently
B
inaccurate instrument. l
Reason : A voltmeter is always connected
in parallel in a circuit.
V
3. Assertion : Two bulbs of 25W and 100W
rated 200V are connected in series across 6. A current of 0.5 A exists in a 60-ohm lamp.
200V supply. Ratio of powers of both the The applied potential difference is 30 V.
bulbs in the series is 2:1.
Reason : In series, current in both bulbs is 7. It is not possible to construct wires of the
the same; therefore power depends on the same length, one of iron and the other of
resistance of the bulb. aluminum, such that they have the same
4. Assertion : For zero value of R in circuit, resistance at the same temperature.
power transfer in external resistance will be
maximum. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE
R
1. What causes the potenti al di fference
between the two terminals of a cell?
2. You have two metallic wires of resistances
6 and 3. How will you connect these wires
to get the effective resistance of 2?
3. What happens to the other bulbs in series
circuit, if one bulb blows off?
4. How can an ammeter be converted into a
E = 20 volt
voltmeter?
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 37
5. Resistance of an incandescent filament of a 5. A battery E is connected to three identical
bulb is comparatively much more than that lamps P, Q and R as shown in figure. Initially
when it is at room temperature. Why? the switch S is kept open and the lamp
6. Name and define the smallest commercial unit P and Q are observed to glow with some
of electricity. brightness. Then, switch S is closed.
7. What do you understand by the term fuse in
an electric circuit? P Q
8. In how much time will a bulb of 100W consume
an energy of 2 kWh?
9. Write S.I unit of resistivity. [CBSE 2015] + S
E
SHORT ANSWER TYPE –
R
1. Draw a circuit diagram to show experimental
set up for verification of Ohm's law.
2. An electrician puts a fuse of rating 5A in
that part of domestic electrical circuit in How will the brightness of glow of bulbs P
which an electric heater of rating 1.5 kW, and Q will change? Justify your answer.
220V is operating. What is likely to happen
6. A metal wire has diameter of 0.25mm and
in this case and why?
electrical resistivity of 0.8 × 10–8 -m.
3. Why does the cord of an electric heater not
(i) What will be the length of this wire to
glow while the heating element does?
make a resistance 5?
4. 320 J of heat is produced in 10s in a 2
(ii) How much will the resistance change, if
resistor. Find the amount of current flowing
the diameter of the wire is doubled?
through the resistor.
[CBSE 2016]
5. An electric bulb is rated 220V and 100W.
7. Show how would you join three resistance's,
Calculate the power consumed when it is
each of resistance 9 so that the equivalent
operated on 110V.
resistance of combination is: [CBSE 2018]
LONG ANSWER TYPE (i) 13.5 (ii) 6
1. Define charge. What do you understand by
positive and negative charge ? Write down
the expressi on for force between two
charges.
2. State Ohm’s law. How it can be verified
experimentally? [CBSE 2009, 2015]
3. Two resistances when connected in parallel
give resultant value of 2, when connected
in series the value becomes 9. Calculate
the value of each resistance.
4. A electric iron consumes energy at a rate of
840 W when heating is at the maximum rate
and 360 W when the heating is at the
minimum rate. The applied voltage is 220V.
What i s the val ue of current and the
resistance in each case?
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
38 Electricity
EXERCISE - II
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 4. According to Coulomb's law, which of the
1. Two metal spheres are at different electric following is correct, for the diagram given
potentials and they are joined by a conducting below ?
wire as shown in figure given below. Which
of the following statements is correct related F12 F21
to the figure shown below ? q1 q2
r
High potential Low potential (A) q1 q2 < 0 (B) q1 q2 > 0
(C) q1 q2 = 0 (D) q1 q2 > 100 C
X
A´ B
Y 5. If 50 joule of work must be done to move an
electric charge of 2 C from a point, where
(A) X represents electric current while Y potential is –10 V to another point where
represents electron potential is V volt. Then, the value of V is -
(B) X represents proton while Y represents (A) 5 V (B) – 15 V
electron. (C) + 15 V (D) +10 V
(C) X represents electron while Y represents
electric current 6. Three resistances of magnitude 2, 3 and
(D) X represents electric current while Y 5 ohm are connected in parallel to a battery
represents proton. of 10 volts and of negligible resistance.
T h e p o t e nt i al d i f fe re nc e a c r os s 3
2. A voltmeter and an ammeter are connected resistance will be- [IAO-Stage-1/2012]
in series to an ideal cell of emf E. If the (A) 2V (B) 3V
voltmeter reading is V, and the ammeter (C) 5V (D) 10V
reading is l. Then - [NSO]
I. V < E
7. Which of the following is not true about an
II. The voltmeter resistance is V/I.
electric charge ?
III. The potential difference across the
(A) Charge on a body is always an integral
ammeter is E – V.
multiple of the charge on an electron
IV. Vol tm et er res i s tanc e + am me te r
(B) Charge is a scaler quantity
resistance = E / l
(C) Net charge on an isolated system is
(A) I and II only (B) II and III only
always conserved
(C) III and IV (D) I, II, III, IV
(D) Charge can be converted into energy
and energy can be converted into charge.
3. An air conditioner is rated 260 V, 2.0 kW.
The air conditioner is switched on for 10 hours
8. In case of the circuit shown below, which of
each day. What is electrical energy consumed
the following statement is/are/true ?
in 30 days ? [NSO]
12 V
(A) 20 kW h (B) 2000 kW h + –
(C) 600 kW h (D) 420 kW h
B 4
A
R1 R2 R3
2
3
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 39
(A) R1, R2 and R3 are in series
V
(B) R2 and R3 are in series (A) Value of ratio when the potential
I
(C) R2 and R3 are in parallel
(D) The equivalent resistance of the circuit difference is 0.8 V is not equal to the
R1R 3 V
value of ratio
is R +R I
2 3
(B) This graph illustrates the non-ohmic law
(C) While plotting this graph, the temperature
9. Two metal wires of identical dimensions are
remains constant
connected in series. If 1 and are the
(D) All of these
conductivity of the metal wires respectively,
the effective conductivity of the combination
is -
12. An electric bulb rated 220 V, 60 W is working
σ 1 +σ 2 σ 1σ 2 at full efficiency. Another identical bulb is
(A) σ σ (B) σ +σ connected in the same circuit having power
1 2 1 2
supply of 220 V. [NSO]
2σ1σ 2 σ 1 +σ 2 (i) If both the bulbs are connected in series
(C) σ +σ (D) 2σ σ then the total power consumption will be
1 2 1 2
60 W.
(ii) If only one bulb is connected then the
10. The equivalent resistance between A and B
total power consumption will be 30 W
is -
10 (iii) If the both bulbs are connected in parallel
then the total power consumption will be
20 120 W.
A B
20 Which of the above statement(s) is/are
correct regarding the circuit ?
40 (A) Only (i) and (ii) (B) Only (ii) and (iii)
(C) Only (iii) (D) Only (i)
(A) 10 (B) 50
(C) 20 (D) 30 13. What is the potential difference across 2
in the given circuit ? [NSO]
11. Following graph was plotted between V and
I values, across a metal wire. Which of the
fol l owi ng statement(s) i s/are correct 5
regarding this ?
2 3
4V
1.5 – + + –
V (volt)
A
1.0
(A) 2.5 V (B) 1 V
0.5 (C) 1.6 V (D) 5 V
14. In the circuit shown here, the ammeter A reads
0 5 A and the voltmeter V reads 20 V. The correct
0.2 0.4 0.6 value of resistance R is (Assume the voltmeter
(ampere) is not ideal). [NSEP-Stage-1/2014]
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
40 Electricity
(A) 30 volt (B) 18 volt
R
A (C) 15 volt (D) 14 volt
17. Which one of the below circuit is properly
V
connected with the electrical components :
+ –
(A) Exactly 4 + –
(B) Slightly greater than 4 – –
V + A
(C) Slightly less than 4
+ V +
(D) Zero. – + –
A
15. A ring is made of wire having a resistance R0 P Q
= 12. Find the points A and B, as shown in
the figure, at which a current carrying + – + –
conductor should be connected so that the – +
resistance R of the sub-circuit between these + V + A
8 A + V –
points is equal to . – –
3
l1 R S
(A) P (B) Q
A B (C) R (D) S
18. Three identical bulbs are connected in parallel
with a battery. The current drawn from the
l2 battery is 6A. If one of the bulbs gets fused,
what will be the total current drawn from
1 5 1 1
(A) 8 (B) 3 the battery?
2 2
R
1 3 1 1
(C) 8 (D) 2
2 2 R
16. Two batteries, one of emf 18 volts and internal R
resistance 2 and the other of emf 12 volts
and internal resistance 1, are connected
as shown. The voltmeter V will record a
V
reading of: (a)
V Fused R
R
2
18 V R
1
V
12 V
(b)
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 41
(A) 4 A (B) 1 A 24. Find the current through the resistor R4 if R1
(C) 3 W (D) 2 A = R2 = R3 = 20 , R4 = 40 . The emf of the
battery is 4 V.
19. When some potential difference is maintained
between A and B, current I enters the
network at A and leaves at B. Which of the R3 R1
A R2 B
following is incorrect.
20 C 5
A B
R4
5 20
(A) 0.08 A (B) 0.16 A
D (C) 1 A (D) 2 A
(A) The equivalent resistance between A and
B is 8 . 25. In the circuit shown below, the ammeter
(B) C and D are at the same potential. A reads 5A and the voltmeter V reads 20
(C) No current flows between C and D. V (Fig.). The correct value of resistance
(D) Current (3/ 5) flows D to C.
R is:- [NSEP Stage-I 2014]
20. A bulb draws 24 W when connected to a 12
R
V supply. Find the power if it is connected to A
a 6 V supply. (Neglect resistance change due
to unequal heating in the two cases.)
(A) 5 W (B) 4 W V
(C) 6 W (D) 3 W
(A) exactly 4
21. If 6.4 A current flows continuously for 4 (B) slightly greater than 4
seconds through a circuit, find the number (C) slightly less than 4
of electrons flowing : (D) zero
(A) 4.8 × 10–19 (B) 4.8 × 1019
26. In the adjacent circuit what is the current
(C) 1.6 ×10–19 (D) 16 × 1019
flowing from N to K? [IJSO/Stage-I/2017]
22. Two wires that are made up of two different A B J K
materials, whose specific resistances are in
the ratio 3 : 2, length 4 : 3 and area 5 : 4. G H L
The ratio of their resistances is - D C N M
[NTSE/STAGE-1/2018]
120V
5 8 10 8
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) 3A (B) 2A (C) 1A (D) 0.5A
8 5 8 10
27. In the given circuit. The voltmeter reads 117
23. If a copper wire is stretched to make it 0.1%
V and ammeter reads 0.13A. If the resistance
longer, then the percentage change in its
of voltmeter and ammeter are 9 k and
resistance is approximately
(A) 0.1% (B) 0.2% 0.015 respectively, the value of R is _____.
(C) 0.4% (D) 0.8% [IJSO/Stage-I/2018]
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
42 Electricity
V 30. What is the equivalent resistance between
points P and Q in the given circuit diagram ?
R
A
(A) 500 (B) 1k
(C) 1.5k (D) 2k T
28. In the adjacent circuit, the voltages across
AD, BD and CD are 2 V, 6 V and 8 V
6 6
respectively. If resistance RA = 1 k, then
the values of resistance RB and RC _____
R S
and _____ respectively.
6
[IJSO/Stage-I/2019]
3 3
P Q
(A) 4 (B) 10
10
(A) 4 k and 6 k (C) 5 (D)
3
(B) 2 k and 1 k
(C) 1 k and 2 k
31. When a 3 resistance coil is connected
(D) data insufficient as battery voltage is
across the terminals of a battery, the current
not given
is 1.5 A. When a 5 resistance is connected
29. Two bulbs 60 W, 220 V and 100 W, 220 V are across the same battery, the current is 1 A.
connected in series to a 440 V supply. Which Find the internal resistance of the battery.
of the two bulbs fuses ? What happens if (A) 1 (B) 2
these bulbs are connected in parallel ? (C) 3 (D) 4
[NTSE/STAGE-1/2017]
(A) 60 W bulb fuses when connected in series 32. In the given circuit, find the power dissipated
both bulbs fuses when connected in in the 6 resistance.
parallel. 3
6 1
(B) 100 W bulb fuses when connected in
series both bulbs fuses when connected
in parallel. 10 40 4
(C) 100 W bulb fuses when connected in
parallel both bulbs fuses when connected
4 1 3
in parallel
(D) 60 W bulb fuses when connected in (A) 18 W (B) 9 W
series, no bulbs fuses when connected (C) 10 W (D) 20 W
in parallel
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 43
33. An electric current of 5 amperes is divided
into three branches, along three wires of same
material with same cross-section but with
their lengths in the proportion of 1 : 2 : 3.
Then the current in the middle branch will
be: [NTSE-Stage-1]
30 10
(A) A (B) A
11 11
15
(C) A (D) 2.5 A
11
34. A 500 W bulb and a 500 W heater operate at
their rated voltages. Which of the following
is true ? [NTSE-Stage-1]
(A) Filament of bulb reaches a much higher
temperature then heater
(B) Filament of heater reaches a much higher
temperature then bulb
(C) Both filament attain same temperature
(D) Nothing can be predicted
35. If current through a resistance is increased
by 100% simulaneously reducing resistance
value to 25%, the new power dissipated will
be - [NTSE-Stage-1]
(A) No change
(B) Increased by 100%
(C) Decreased by 400%
(D) Increased by 400%
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
44 Electricity
EXERCISE - III
1. Incandescent bulbs are designed by keeping
14
in mind that the resistance of their filament (A) A (B) 2 A
13
increases with the increase in temperature.
If at room temperature, 100 W, 60 W and 40 (C) 3 A (D) 1.75 A
W bulbs have filament resistances R100, R60
and R40, respectively the relation between
4. The plot represents the flow of current
these resistance is -
through a wire at three different time
1 1 1
(A) = (B) R100 = R40 + R60 intervals. The ratio of charges flowing through
R 100 R 40 R 60 the wire at different intervals is -
1 1 1
(C) R100 > R60 > R40 (D) R > R R l(A)
100 60 40
2
2. Consider a thin square sheet of side x and
thickness y made of a material of resistivity 1
. The resistance between two opposite
faces, shown by the shaded areas in the 0 t(s)
figure is - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
(A) 1 : 2 : 3 (B) 1 : 1 : 1
(C) 3 : 2 : 2 (D) 2 : 3 : 3
y
x
5. The resistors R1, R2, R3 and R4 in the given
(A) Directly proportional to x circuit are all equal in value and connected
(B) Directly proportional to y with a negligible resistance wire. Which of
(C) Independent of x the following is correct relationship between
(D) Independent of y the voltmeters readings V1, V2 and V3 ?
3. Find the current supplied by the source in V2
V1 V3
figure. The resistors are mounted in a
cylindrical form.
15 V
2 2 R1 R2 R3 R4
6 12V
Front wire 6 (A) V1 = V2 = V3 (B) V1 = V2 > V3
Back wire
6 (C) V1 < V2 < V3 (D) V1 = V2 < V3
6
6 6. In the network shown the potential difference
between A and B is (R=r1=r2=r3=1 , E1=3V,
E2=2 V, E3= 1V)
6
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 45
r1 E1 10. In the circuit shown below find the current
(l) supplied by the battery.
R r2 E2
A B l
5 5
r3 E3 5V 5 5
(A) 1 V (B) 2 V (C) 3 V (D) 4 V
5 5
7. An electric iron uses a power of 1320 W when
set to higher temperature. If set to lower
temperature on third of higher temperature
current is used. If iron is connected to a
potential of 220V, then power used to lower (A) 5 A (B) 10 A
temperature is _______ . (C) 2.5 A (D) 0.6 A
(A) 220 W (B) 440 W
(C) 660 W (D) 880 W 11. In the circuit diagram shown below, what is
the reading of ideal Ammeter (A) ?
8. Graphs shows the number of units consumed
by a family for six months. Find the cost of
3
energy for four months from March to June if
M.S.E.B. increased its unit rate from Rs. 3.50
to Rs. 4.50 for April and May and again 3 6
decreased by Rs. 2 for June :
A
2
500
400 6
300
200
100 12 V
0 1 2
Jan Feb March April May June (A) A (B) A
3 3
(A) Rs. 6000 (B) Rs. 6,030 1 1
(C) Rs. 6,300 (D) Rs. 6,200 (C) A (D) A
2 3
9. Consider the circuit shown in figure. The 12. Find equivalent resistance between the points
voltmeter on the left reads 10 V and that P and Q.
one the right reads 8 V. Find (a) the current
1.5 2 100
through the resistance R, (b) the value of R,
P
and (c) the potential difference across the
battery. 3 4
6
10V 8V
V V 100 10
15 2
A B C
25
R 4
Q
(A) 1 (B) 4
(A) 19 V (B) 10 V (C) 18 V (D) 17 V (C) 3 (D) 5
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
46 Electricity
13. The resistance of all the wires between any C
two adjacent dots is R. Then equivalent
E
resistance between A and B as shown in figure
is : B
A D
A
3r 3r
(A) (B)
5 4
4r 5
(C) (D)
5 3r
(A) 7/3 R (B) 7/6 R
17. Figure shown three resistors configurations
(C) 14/8 R (D) None of these
R1, R2 and R3 connected to 3V battery. If the
power dissipated by the configuration R1, R2
14. In the box shown, current i enters at H and
and R3 is P1, P2 and P3, respectively, then
leaves at C.
[JEE-2008]
i 2i i i i
If iAB = ,iDC = ,iHA = ,iGF = ,iHE = ,
6 3 2 6 6
choose the branch in which current is zero.
1
1 1 1 3V
C 3V 1 1
3V
1 1
A D 1 1 1 1
1 R2
G R1 R3
F (A) P1 > P2 > P3 (B) P1 > P3 > P2
H
(C) P2 > P1 > P3 (D) P3 > P2 > P1
i E
(A) BG (B) FC
18. Cost of coal is Rs. 5 per kg and can produce
(C) ED (D) None of these
energy of 20MJ/kg. If a power station used
15. n identical cells are joined in series with its coal to produce electri ci ty with 25%
two cells A and B in the loop with reversed efficiency, then the cost of coal for producing
polarities. EMF of each cell is E and internal 1 unit (1 kw/h) of electricity in Rs.
resistance r. Potential difference across cell (A) 0.9 (B) 3.6
A or B is (here n > 4). (C) 9.0 (D) 36.0
2E 1 19. Electric power of a heater is 1200 W when
(A) (B) 2E 1–
n n connected to a 240 V supply. The resistivity
and area of cross section of the coil are
4E 2 10–5 m and 0.4 mm2, respectively. If the
(C) (D) 2E 1–
n n radius of each turn is 7mm, find the number
16. In the circuit shown in figure, all wires have of turns present in the coil.
equal resistance r. Find the equivalent (A) 22 (B) 44
resistance between A and B. (C) 11 (D) 4
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Electricity 47
20. Three batteries with emf E1, E2 and E3 are 24. When two identical batteries of internal
connected as shown in the figure. If their resistance 1 each are connected in series
terminal voltages are 4 V, 2 V and 6 V, across a resistor R, the rate of heat produced
respectively, then find the ratio of their in R is J1. When the same batteries are
internal resistance. connected in parallel across R, the rate is J2.
E1 =10V E2 =6V If J1 = 2.25 J2, then the value of R in is -
[JEE-2010]
r1 r2 (A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
r3 25. Two batteries of different emfs and different
internal resistance are connected as shown.
E3=2V The voltage across AB in volts is -[JEE-2011]
6V 1
(A) 1 : 1 : 1 (B) 3 : 2 : 1
(C) 1 : 3 : 1 (D) 3 : 2 : 2
21. Two bulbs A and B are connected to a 200 V
A B
supply. The maximum current that can flow
through A and B is 0.5 A and 1.2 A,
respectively. The effective resistance of the
two bulbs in series and parallel is 280.0 3V 2
and 60.0 , respectively. (A) 4.5 V (B) 3 V
Which of the two bulbs, the one with high
(C) 5 V (D) 4.9 V
wattage or low wattage will fuse when
26. A physics student is doing an experiment with
connected in series ?
a heating element by immersing it in a water
(A) The bulb with low wattage will fuse
beaker. If the resistance offered by it is 150
(B) The bulb with high wattage will fuse
, the current in it is 5 A for 5 minute and
(C) Both bulb will fuse
rise in the temperature of water is 15°C, then
(D) None of these
find the mass of water heated.
22. Resistance of a given wire is obtained by
Take specific heat capacity of water as 1
measuring the current flowing in it and the
cal g–1°C–1.
voltage difference applied across it. If the
percentage error in the measurement of the (A) 17.05 kg (B) 17.65 kg
current and the voltage difference are 3% (C) 17.85 kg (D) 18 kg
each, then error in the value of resistance 27. An ice block of mass 4 kg at 0°C temperature
of the wire is - [JEE-Main 2012] is completely converted into water at 0°C at
(A) 6% (B) zero the end of 5 minute when it is in contact
(C) 1% (D) 3% with a heating coil. If 220-volt potential
23. The supply voltage to a room is 120 V. The difference is applied to the coil, then find
resistance of the lead wires is 6. A 60W out the current passing through it.
bulb is already switched on. What is the (A) 20.4 A (B) 19 A
decrease in voltage across the bulb, when a
(C) 20 A (D) 21 A
240 W heater is switched on in parallel to
the bulb ? [JEE-Main 2013] 28. A rectangular metal plate, shown in the
(A) 13.3 Volt (B) 10.4 Volt adjacent figure has a charge of 420 C
(C) zero Volt (D) 2.9 Volt assumed to be uniformly distributed over it.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
48 Electricity
Then how much is the charge over the 31. An average human adult radiates about 100W
shaded area ? No part of metal plate is cut. energy mainly in infra-red region of the elec-
(Circle and the diagonal are shown for clarity tromagnetic spectrum 50 persons are sitting
only. = 22/7) in a hall with an air conditioning system which
is 50% efficient. How much electricity must
be used to maintain temperature of the hall
at 25°c for 4 hours?[IJSO/Stage-I/2021]
14 cm (A) 5 units (B) 10 units
(C) 20 units (D) 40 units
28 cm
(A) 45 C (B) 450 C
(C) 15 C (D) 150 C
29. A piece of wire P and three identical cells
are connected in series. An amount of heat
is generated in a certain time interval in the
wire due to passage of current. Now the
circuit is modified by replacing P with
another wire Q and N identical cells, all
connected in series Q is four times longer in
length than P. The wire P and Q are of same
material and have the same diameter. If the
heat generated in second situation is also
same as before in the same time interval,
the find N. [IJSO/Stage-I/2019]
(A) 1 (B) 6
(C) 16 (D) 36
30. A heating element in the form of a wire with
uniform circular cross sectional area has a
resistance of 310 and can bear a maxi-
mum current of 5.0 A. The wire can be cut
into pieces of equal length. The number of
pieces, arranged suitably, so as to draw maxi-
mum power when connected to a constant
voltage of 220V, is [IJSO/Stage-I/2020]
(A) 7 (B) 8
(C) 44 (D) 62
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
CHEMISTRY
CLASS - X
BOOKLET - 1
CONTENTS
CHEMICAL REACTIONS & EQUATIONS
S.NO. ............................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................... 03 – 39
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 40 – 46
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................... 47 – 50
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................... 51 – 54
ACIDS, BASES & SALTS
S.NO. ............................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................... 55 – 92
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 93 – 97
3. Exercise - II .............................................................................................................. 98 – 101
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 102 – 106
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
METALS AND NON-METALS
S.NO. ............................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................. 107 – 163
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................................................. 164 – 168
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................. 169 – 172
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 173 – 176
ANSWER KEY
S.NO. ............................... PAGE NO.
1. All Topic .................................................................................................................. 177 – 180
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
CHEMICAL REACTIONS
CHAPTER
1
AND EQUATIONS
Physical INTRODUCTION Chemical
Change Change
Definition CHEMICAL REACTION Characteristics
with examples
CHEMICAL EQUATION
Definition Types of Writing of a Unbalanced &
Chemical Chemical balanced chemical
Equation Equation Equations
Word Symbol Balancing of chemical
Equation Equation equation
EFFECT OF OXIDATION REACTION IN EVERYDAY LIFE
Corrosion Rancidity
TYPES OF CHEMICAL REACTIONS
Combination Decomposition Displacement Double Redox
Reaction Reaction Reaction Displacement Reaction
Reaction
Oxidation Reduction
4 Chemical Reactions & Equations
INTRODUCTION
Chemistry is defined as that branch of science which deals with the composition and properties of
matter and the changes that matter undergoes by various interactions.
A chemical compound is formed as a result of a chemical change and in this process different types
of energies such as heat, electrical energy, radiation etc. are either absorbed or evolved. The total
mass of the substance remains the same throughout the chemical change.
We observe many changes taking place in our daily life. The milk turns sour if kept for a long time at
room temperature, freezing of water, melting of candle wax, milk changes to curd, rusting, digestion
of food in our body etc. are all examples of changes we come across in our day to day life. These
changes can be categories into two depending upon whether a new substance is formed in them or
not.
1. PHYSICAL CHANGE :– A change in which the physical properties of the substance changes but
the chemical composition does not change i.e. no new substance is formed. The substance is
restored to its original state as soon as the cause of change is withdrawn.
Example: Freezing, Melting, Boiling, Condensation etc.
2. CHEMICAL CHANGE :– In a chemical change, reacting substances change into a new substances
with a different composition. The new substances cannot be changed back to the original substance
even if the cause of change is withdrawn. In such changes, the nature and the properties of the
substance changes and we say a chemical reaction has taken place.
Example: Rusting of iron, buring of candle, calcination of lime stone etc.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PHYSICAL & CHEMICAL CHANGE
S.No. Physical change Chemical change
1 The identity of the substanc e is The identity of the original
maintained. substanc e is c ompletely lost.
2 The c hange is temporary, the The c hange is permanent.
substanc e returns to its original
state as the c ause of c hange is
withdrawn.
3 No new substanc e is produc ed. A new substance is always
produced.
4 Heat change may or may not Heat change always oc c ur.
occ ur.
5 Only the physical state or some The substanc e after the c hange
of the physic al properties of the c an not c ome bac k to its original
substanc es are c hanged. state even when the c ause of
Eg. Iron tawa is left exposed to c hange is withdrawn.
air, melting of wax. Eg. Fermentation of ric e, breathing,
c urding of milk.
CHEMICAL REACTION
The processes, in which a substance or substances undergoes a chemical change to produce new
substance or substances, with entire new properties, are known as chemical reactions.
The nature and identity of products is totally different from those of the reactants.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 5
1. IMPORTANT CHARACTERISTICS OF CHEMICAL REACTIONS
Whenever a chemical change that is a chemical reactions occurs, one of the following is most likely
to occur, indicating the occurrence of the reaction.
Example:
H2 + O2 H2O
Reactants Product
(A) Change in state: The physical state of the substances normally changes.
e.g (i) Formation of solid MgO from solid Mg and gaseous O2.
(ii) Formation of solid Pbl2 (ppt) from liquid solutions of Pb(NO3)2 and Kl.
(iii) Formation of H2 gas from the reaction of solid Zn with liquid H2SO4.
(iv) Two volumes of hydrogen gas react with one volume of oxygen gas to form two volume
of water.
2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O()
or when electric current is passed through water it splits into its elements
2H2O
Electric current
2H2 g O2 g
(B) Change in colour : In some of the chemical reactions change in colour can be observed.
e.g. (i) Formation of brown rust on black iron nails.
(ii) Formation of yellow ppt. of lead iodide from colourless solution of Pb(NO3)2 and Kl.
(iii) When copper carbonate (green) is heated strongly it leaves behind a black residue.
heat
CuCO3 s CuO s CO2 g
Copper Copper oxide Carbon
carbornate Black dioxide
green
(C) Evolution of a gas: In some cases, a gas may be evolved.
e.g. (i) Evolution of H2 gas, in the reaction between Zn and dil HCl
(ii) Evolution of CO2 gas, during burning of any fuel, which contains carbon.
(iii) Heating a mixture of potassium chlorate (KClO3) and manganese dioxide (MnO2) gives
oxygen gas.
heat
2KClO s
3 MnO
2KCl s 3O2 g
2
Potassium chlorate Potassium chloride Oxygen gas
Note: MnO2 is used as a catalyst in this reaction.
This reaction is used for the preparation of oxygen in the laboratory.
(D) Change in temperature: All the reactions are accompanied by temperature change. i.e.
increase or decrease in temperature. On this basis, reactions can be categorised as :
(i) Endothermic reaction : A chemical reaction
which is accompanied by the absorption of en-
ergy is called as endothermic reactions.
Heat
C (s) + 2S (s) CS2 ()
Heat
N2 (g) O2 (g) 2NO(g)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
6 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(ii) Exothermic reaction : A chemical reaction which is accompanied by the release of energy
is called exothermic reaction.
Heat
Mg (s) + O2 (g)
2MgO (s) + Energy
Some example, that chemical reaction is taking place.
(i) Burning of wood: When we burn wood, we obtain ash as a residue.
(ii) Digestion of food: Any food we eat, undergoes several chemical reactions to produce
required amount of energy and essential contents of body needs.
(iii) Rusting of iron: A flaky mass originates over iron metal when exposed to air and water
over a period of time.
ACTIVITY – 1
• Clean a magnesium ribbon about 2 cm long by rubbing it with sandpaper.
• Hold it with a pair of tongs. Burn it using a spirit lamp or burner and collect the ash so formed in a
watch-glass as shown in Fig. 1.1. Burn the magnesium ribbon keeping it as far as possible from your
eyes.
Burning
Magnesium ribbon magnesium
ribbon
Magnesium oxide
• What do you observe?
Ans. We observe that magnesium ribbon burns with a dazzling white flame and changes into a white
powder. This powder is magnesium oxide. It is formed due to the reaction between magnesium and
oxygen present in the air.
2Mg(s) + O2(g) 2MgO(s)
ACTIVITY – 2
• Take lead nitrate solution in a test tube.
• Add potassium iodide solution to this.
• What do you observe?
Ans. We observe that both the substances react together and the following reaction takes palce :
Pb(NO3)2(aq) + 2Kl(aq) 2KNO3(aq) + Pbl2
(yellow ppt)
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 7
We observed that in this reaction between soluble lead nitrate and Potassium lodide. to form the
insoluble salt Lead lodide. Pbl2(s); which precipitates out as a bright yellow solid.
CHEMICAL EQUATION
A chemical reaction is represented through names or symbols and formulae of the substances
involved in the reaction. This representation is called a chemical equation. The substance or
substances which takes part in a chemical reaction are called reactants.
The new substance or substances formed as a result of a chemical reaction are called products.
A chemical equation may be a word equation or a symbol equation.
Word equation : A chemical equation represents a chemical reaction briefly in words, writing
complete names of reactants and products is called a word equation.
Example : Sodium + water Sodium hydroxide + Hydrogen
In the above reaction sodium & water are reactants and sodium hydroxide & hydrogen are products.
Symbol Equation : When symbols and chemical formulae of the reactants and products are used
then it is called symbol equation.
Example : Na + H2O NaOH + H2
1. RULES FOR WRITING A WORD EQUATION
(A) The substances taking part in chemical reaction, reactants are always written on the left
hand side of arrow.
(B) The substances formed after the chemical reaction, products are always written on the
right hand side of arrow.
(C) A plus sign (+) is put in between the reactants or between the products if their number is
two or more.
(D) An arrow () is put between the reactants and products. The arrow shows the direction
in which the reaction proceeds. The arrow is read as "to yield" or "to form".
A symbol equation is more convinient, time saving and informative as compared to a word equation.
Chemical equations may also be categories as balanced and unbalanced equations :
Unbalanced equations : In an unbalanced equation, the number of atoms of different elements
on both sides of the equation are not equal. For example, in the equation give below, the number of
Mg atoms on both sides of the equation is one (same), but the number of oxygen atoms are not
equal. It is known as an unbalanced equation.
Mg + O2 MgO
Balanced equations : In a balanced equation, the
number of atoms of different elements on both sides of
A chemical equation that
the equation are always equal. The balanced equation conserves the amount of
for the burning of magnesium ribbon in oxygen is written all elements and electrical
as : charges, is said to be
2Mg + O2 2MgO balanced.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
8 Chemical Reactions & Equations
Is it necessary to balance chemical equations ?
The number of atoms of elements on both sides of a chemical equation should be equal in accordance
with the law of conservation of mass.
2. STEPS IN BALANCING OF CHEMICAL EQUATIONS
A number of steps are involved in balancing a chemical equation, e.g.,
(I) Na + H2O
NaOH + H2
Step 1 :
Examine the number of atoms of different elements present in unbalanced equation.
Number of atoms in
reactants
Step 2:
Pick an element to balance the equation. In the above equation Na and O are balanced, Hydrogen is
not.
Step 3:
To balance Hydrogen on both sides we need to multiply H2O by 2 which makes Hydrogen atoms
equal to 4 on the reactants’ side. To make Hydrogen 4 on the product’s side, multiply NaOH by 2.
Now oxygen has become 2 on both sides. But Sodium atom has become two on the product’s side.
Multiply Na by 2 on the reactant’s side so that they become equal on both sides. The steps are as
follows :
(i) Na + 2H2O
NaOH + H2
It must be kept in mind that we
(ii) Na + 2 H2O
2 NaOH + H2 can put coefficients but we
cannot change the subscripts in
(iii) 2 Na + 2 H2O
2 NaOH + H2 the formula, i.e., to balance
Oxygen atoms, we can put the
The equation is now balanced. coefficient 4 as 4 H2O and not
H2O4 or (H2O)4.
(II) Fe + H2O
Fe3O4 + H2
Step 1 :
Element Number of atoms in
reactants
Step 2 :
Pick up the compound which has the maximum number of atoms whether a reactant or a product,
and in that compound select the element which has the highest number of atoms, e.g., we select
Fe3O4 in the above equation :
To balance oxygen atoms,
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 9
In reactant
To equalise the number of atoms, we put the coefficient on the left side of the formula. A coefficient
is a small whole number, like coefficients used in algebraic equations. The partly balanced equation
becomes as follows :
Fe (s) + 4 H2O (g)
Fe3O4 (s) + H2 (g) (Partly balanced)
Step 3 :
Pick up the second element to balance this partly balanced equation. Let us try to balance
hydrogen atoms. In partly balanced equation, atoms of hydrogen are :
To equalise the number of Hydrogen atoms, we use 4 as the coefficient of H2 in the products.
Fe (s) + 4H2O (g)
Fe3O4 (s) + 4H2(g)
Step 4 :
Pick up the third element to be balanced. The element which is left to be balanced is Fe.
Atoms of Iron
To equalise iron, we use 3 as coefficient of Fe in reactants.
3 Fe + 4 H2O
Fe3O4 + 4H2
Step 5 :
Check the correctness of the balanced equation.
Atoms
The equation is balanced because atoms of all the elements are equal on both sides.
This method of balancing equation is known as hit and trial method.
Examples :
(i) Zinc reacts with dilute sulphuric acid to give zinc sulphate and hydrogen. Write the word & symbol
equations for the reaction ?
Ans. The word equation for the reaction is –
Zinc + Sulphuric acid Zinc sulphate + Hydrogen
The symbol equation for the reaction is –
Zn + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
10 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(ii) In order to white wash a house a man mixed 10 kg of quick lime with 30 litres of water. On adding
lime, he noticed that the water started boiling even when it was not being heated. Explain what is
the reason behind it and write the reaction involved.
Ans. When quick lime (CaO) was added to water, formation of slaked lime [Ca(OH)2] has taken place,
with the evolution of a large amount of heat. i.e. its an exothermic reaction, which caused solution
to boil.
CaO(s) + H2O() Ca(OH)2(s) + heat
Calcium oxide Calcium hydroxide
3. SPECIALITIES OF CHEMICAL EQUATION
(A) We get the information about the substances which In a balanced chemical
are taking part and formed in the reaction. equation an integer precedes
the formula of each substance.
(B) We get the information about the number of molecules This number is know as
of elements or compounds which are either taking part stoichiometric coefficient.
or formed in the chemical reaction. If no number is there,
stoichiometric coefficient is
(C) We also get the information of weight of reactants or
taken as 1.
products.
(D) In a chemical equation if any reactant or product is in gaseous state, then its volume can
also be determined.
(E) In a chemical equation with the help of product we can get information about the valency as
well.
4. LIMITATIONS OF CHEMICAL EQUATIONS AND THEIR RECTIFICATIONS
(A) We do not get information about the physical state of reactants and products.
For example : solid, liquid or gas.
(B) No information about the concentration of reactants and products is obtained.
(C) No information about the speed of reaction and sense of timing can be obtained.
(D) Information regarding the favourable conditions of the reactions such as pressure, tem-
perature, catalyst etc. can’t be obtained during the reaction.
(E) We do not get information whether energy is absorbed or evolved during the reactions.
(F) We do not get information whether the reaction is reversible or irreversible.
(G) We do not get information about the necessary precautions to be taken for the completion
of reactions.
The above limitations are rectified in the following manner :
(A) The physical state of reactants and products are represented by writing them in bracket.
Writing State Symbols :
The chemical equations or symbol equations which we have enlisted don’t mention the physical
states of the reactant and product species involved in the reaction.
(A) In order to make the equation more informative,
the physical states are also mentioned with the Energy change (like heat)
help of certain specific symbols known as state can be shown by adding it
symbols. These symbols are either on reactant side or
(s) for solid state product side as per if it is
() for liquid state absorbed or released
(g) for gaseous sate respectively
(aq) for aqueous solution i.e., solution prepared in water.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 11
(B) The precipitate formed in the reactions is represented by symbol and gaseous substance
by symbol. The abbreviation ‘ppt’ is also used to represent the precipitate, if formed.
(C) To express the concentration, dilute(dil.) or concentrated(conc.) is written below the
formula.
Mg + H2SO4 MgSO4 + H2
(dilute)
(D) Favourable conditions required for the completion of reaction are written above and below
the arrow.
500 C, Fe/Mo
N2 3H2
200 atm
2NH3
(E)
Reversible reaction is represented by (
) symbol and irreversibe reaction by ()
symbol.
(F) The heat absorbed in the chemical reaction is written on the right side by putting negative
(–) sign and heat evolved in the chemical reaction is written on the right side by putting
positive (+) sign.
2NH3 22400 Calorie (Exothermic reactions)
N2 3H2
2NO – 43200 Calorie (Endothermic reactions)
N2 O2
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
1. Why should a magnesium ribbon be cleaned before burning in air?
Ans. Magnesium ribbon should be cleaned to remove the dust particles present at the upper surface so
that the surface comes directly in contact with air.
2. Write the balanced equation for the following chemical reactions :
(i) Hydrogen + Chlorine Hydrogen chloride
(ii) Barium chloride + Aluminium sulphate Barium sulphate + Aluminium chloride
(iii) Sodium + Water Sodium hydroxide+ Hydrogen
Ans. (i) Hydrogen + Chlorine Hydrogen chloride
H2 +Cl2 2HCl
(ii) Barium chloride + Aluminium sulphate Barium sulphate + Aluminium chloride
3BaCl2 + Al2(SO4)3 3BaSO4 + 2AlCl3
(iii) Sodium + Water Sodium hydroxide + Hydrogen
2Na + 2H2O 2NaOH + H2
3. Write a balanced chemical equaion with state symbols for the folllowing reactions :
(i) Solutions of barium chloride and sodium sulphate in water react to give insoluble barium sulphate
and the solution of sodium chloride.
(ii) Sodium hydroxide solution (in water) react with hydrochloric acid solution (in water) to produce
sodium chloride solution and water.
Ans. (i) BaCl2(l) + Na2SO4(aq) BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl(l)
(ii) NaOH(aq) + HCl(aq) NaCl(l) + H2O (l)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
12 Chemical Reactions & Equations
TYPES OF CHEMICAL REACTIONS
Chemical reactions are classified into various categories depending upon the types of changes
taking place. The different types of reactions are as follows :
Chemical Reactions
Combination Decomposition Displacement Double Redox
Reactions Reactions Reactions Displacement Reactions
Reactions
1. COMBINATION REACTIONS
The reactions in which two or more substances combine to form a single new substance are called
combination reactions.
Combination may take place,
(A) Between two or more elements.
(B) Between two or more compounds.
(C) Between elements and compounds.
(A) Combination of elements :
(i) Burning of Coal
C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g)
Carbon Oxygen Carbon dioxide
(ii) Formation of Water
2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O()
Hydrogen Oxygen Water
(iii) Burning of Magnesium in air
2Mg(s) + O2(s) 2MgO(s)
Magnesium Oxygen Magnesium oxide
(iv) Formation of Iron sulphide
Fe(s) + S(s)
FeS(s)
Iron Sulphur Iron sulphide
(B) Combination of compounds : Info Bubble
(i) Formation of Ammonium chloride After white washing of walls Calcium hydroxide reacts
NH3(g) + HCl(g) NH4Cl(s) slowly with the carbon dioxide in air to form a thin layer
of calcium carbonate on the walls. Calcium carbonate is
Ammonia Hydrogen Ammonium formed after two to three days of white washing and
Chloride Chloride gives a shiny finish to the walls. It is interesting to note
that the chemical formula for marble is also CaCO3.
(ii) Formation of Calcium Carbonate Ca(OH)2(aq) + CO2(g) CaCO3(s) + H2O(l)
CaO(s) + CO2(g) CaCO3(s) (Calcium (Calcium
hydroxide) carbonate)
Calcium oxide Carbon Calcium
(Quick lime) dioxide carbonate
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 13
(C) Combination of an element and a compound
(i) Reaction of carbon monoxide with oxygen
2CO(g) + O2(g) 2CO2(g)
(ii)
2. DECOMPOSITION REACTIONS
Chemical reactions in which a single compound breaks
down to produce two or more simpler substances. i.e. A n im p o r ta nt e x am p l e o f
a compound decomposes into simpler substances are decomposition reaction in our
called decomposition reactions. body is digestion of food. When
They are opposite to combination reactions. we eat rice, wheat or potatoes,
the starch gets decomposed to
There are three ways in which decomposition reactions
simple sugar and proteins get
can be carried out, i.e., energy required in decomposition converted into simple substances
reaction can be supplied in the following ways: called amino acids in our body.
(A) Electricity (B) Heat (C) Light
(A) Electrolysis : When decomposition reaction is carried out with the help of electric current, the
process is called electrolysis (‘electro’ means electric, ‘lysis’ means break down), e.g. when electric
current is passed through acidified water (water mixed with a few drops of acid so as to make it a
good conductor), it decomposes into Hydrogen and Oxygen.
electric current
2 H2O 2 H2 + O2
Other examples of electrolysis are:
Decomposition of silver
electric current
(i) 2NaCl
2Na + Cl2 salts is used in black and
white photography.
electric current
(ii) 2Al2O3 4Al + 3O2
ACTIVITY – 3
Aim : To demonstrate electrolysis of water.
Materials Required : Plastic mug, drilling machine or screw driver, carbon electrodes, 6 volt
battery, dil. H2SO4, water
Procedure :
1. Take a plastic mug.
2. Drill two holes at the base and insert carbon electrodes as shown in figure.
3. Fill the mug with water to its half and add a few drops of dilute sulphuric acid.
4. Fill a graduated measuring cylinder with water and invert it in the apparatus so that one of
the two electrodes is enclosed within it.
5. Fill another graduated cylinder with water and invert it over the second electrode.
6. Allow the current to pass through the voltameter and leave the apparatus undisturbed for
some time.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
14 Chemical Reactions & Equations
7. Bubble formation starts at both the electrodes.
8. Observe the volume of gases collected in the inverted measuring cylinders.
9. Collect the gases in respective cylinders and test them separately.
10. Bring a match stick near each of the gases in the cylinders and note down the observations
and write conclusion about the gas.
Plastic Mug
Hydrogen
Oxygen
Test tube
Water
Graphite rod Water
Rubber stopper
Anode Cathode
6V
Switch
Battery
Electrolysis of Water
Observation : The volume of one of the gases is twice the volume of other gas. One of the
gases catches fire and burns with ‘pop’ sound whereas in other gas match stick burns brightly.
Conclusion : Water, on electrolysis decomposes to hydrogen gas and oxygen gas. Hydrogen gas
burns explosively whereas oxygen gas helps in burning, i.e., hydrogen is highly combustible and
oxygen is supporter of combustion.
(B) Thermal Decompositions: When decomposition reaction is carried out by heating, it is called
thermal decomposition reaction, e.g.,
heat
CaCO3 (s) CaO (s) + CO2 (g)
Limestone Quick lime
heat
FeSO4 (s) Fe2O3 (s) + SO2(g) + SO3(g)
Ferric oxide
heat
2Pb(NO3)2(s) 2PbO (s) + 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
heat
ZnCO3 (s) ZnO (s) + CO2 (g)
(C) Photochemical Decomposition :
Chemical reaction in which a compound decomposes into simpler substances on the absorption of
light energy is called photo-decomposition reaction.
sunlight
2AgCl (s) 2Ag (s) + Cl2 (g)
Silver Chloride Silver Chlorine
(White) (Grey in colour)
sunlight
2AgBr(s) 2Ag(s) + Br2(g)
Silver Bromide Silver Bromine
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 15
Other examples of photochemical reactions : Silver bromide and silver iodide also decompose in
the same manner.
sunlight
2 AgI (s) 2 Ag (s) + I2 (g)
3. DISPLACEMENT REACTIONS
Those reactions in which a more reactive element displaces a less reactive element from a compound
are called displacement reactions.
Reactivity or Activity series of metals : The arrangement of different metals in the decreasing
order of their reactivity is called reactivity or activity series of metals.
Significance of reactivity series: The reactivity series tells us about :
(i) Feasibility of a displacement reaction.
(ii) Liberation of hydrogen gas in the reaction.
(iii) Occurrence of a metal in earth’s crust
Lithium Li Most Reactive
Potassium K
Barium Ba
DECREAS ING REACTIVITY
Sodium Na
Calcium Ca
Magnesium Mg
Aluminium Al
Zinc Zn
Iron Fe
Nickel Ni
Tin Sn
Lead Pb
Hydrogen H
Copper Cu
Mercury Hg
Silver Ag
Gold Au
Platinum Pt Least Reactive
These reactions mostly occur in solution form, e.g.,
Zn (s) + CuSO4 (aq)
ZnSO4 (aq) + Cu (s)
Blue Colourless Reddish brown
Pb + CuSO4 (aq)
PbSO4 + Cu (s)
Mg + CuSO4
MgSO4(aq) + Zn (s)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
16 Chemical Reactions & Equations
Mg(s) + ZnSO4 (aq)
MgSO4 (aq) + Zn (s)
Mg (s) + FeSO4 (aq)
MgSO4 (aq) + Fe (s)
Zn (s) + FeSO4 (aq)
ZnSO4 (aq) + Fe (s)
On the basis of the above reactions, we can conclude Mg > Zn >Fe > Pb > Cu > Ag is the order of
reactivity.
Zn (s) + H2SO4 (dil.)
ZnSO4 (aq) + H2 (g)
Mg (s) + H2SO4 (dil.)
MgSO4 (aq) + H2 (g)
These reactions show that Zn and Mg are more reactive than Hydrogen because they displace
Hydrogen from dilute acids.
4. DOUBLE DECOMPOSITION REACTIONS (DOUBLE DISPLACEMENT REACTIONS)
Those reactions in which two different atoms or groups
of atoms are displaced by other atoms or groups of
atoms, i.e., two compounds exchange their ions are All precipatation and
neutralization reactions
called double displacement reactions. are double
e.g. : BaCl2 (aq) + Na2SO4 (aq)
BaSO4 (s) + 2NaCl (aq) displacement reactions.
Other examples of double displacement reactions are :
NaOH (aq) + HCl (aq)
NaCl (aq) + H2O
AgNO3 (aq) + NaBr (aq)
AgBr (s) + NaNO3 (aq)
AgNO3 (aq) + KI (aq)
AgI + KNO3 (aq)
FeSO4 (aq) + 2 NaOH (aq)
Fe (OH)2 (s) + Na2SO4 (aq)
CuSO4 + H2S(g)
CuS (s) + H2SO4 (aq)
Pb (NO3)2 + 2 HCl (aq)
PbCl2 (s) + 2 HNO3 (aq)
CH3COOH + NaOH
CH3COONa + H2O (l)
CH3COONa + HCl
CH3COOH + NaCl (aq)
NaHCO3 + NaOH
Na2CO3 + H2O (l)
When acidic salts reacts with base to form salt and water, it is also called neutralization reaction.
5. REDOX REACTIONS
Those reactions in which oxidation and reduction take place simultaneously are called redox reactions.
To understand redox reactions, we need to know about oxidation and reduction process.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 17
Some examples of redox reactions are :
Oxidation
MnO2(s) + 4 HCl (Conc). MnCl2(aq) + Cl2 (g) + 2H2O
(i)
Reduction
Oxidation
Cu (s) + I2 (s) CuI2 (s)
(ii)
Reduction
(A) Oxidation :
(i) It is a process in which oxygen or an electronegative element is added.
4Na + O2
2 Na2O (Addition of oxygen)
2Mg + O2
2 MgO (Addition of oxygen)
2 Fe + 3 Cl2
2 FeCl3 (Addition of electronegative element)
(ii) It can also be defined as a process in which hydrogen or an electropositive element is
removed.
Hg2Cl2
Hg + HgCl2 (Removal of electropositive element)
Cu
CH3CH2OH
300o C
CH3CHO + H2 (Removal of Hydrogen)
(iii) In terms of electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which loss of electrons takes place.
Fe2+ Fe3+ + e
(Loss of electron)
(B) Reduction.
(i) It is a process in which addition of Hydrogen or an electropositive element takes place.
2 Na + H2 2NaH (Addition of Hydrogen)
Hg + HgCl2 Hg2Cl2 (Addition of an electropositive element)
Cu + CuCl2 Cu2Cl2 (Addition of an electropositive element)
CuO + H2 Cu + H2O (Removal of Oxygen and addition of hydrogen)
(ii) It is also defined as a process in which Oxygen or an electronegative element is removed.
AuCl3 AuCl + Cl2 (Removal of an electronegative element)
(iii) In electronic concept, reduction process involves gain of electrons.
Fe3+ + e Fe2+ (Gain of electron)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
18 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(C) Oxidising and Reducing Agents :
Oxidising Agent : A substance that oxidises the other substance and gets itself reduced is called
an oxidising agent. It
(i) Add oxygen or an electronegative element to other materials.
(ii) Remove hydrogen or an electropositive element from other materials.
(iii) Gain electrons.
Reducing Agent. A substance that reduces the other substance and gets itself oxidised is called
an reducing agent. It
(i) Add hydrogen or an electropositive element to other materials.
(ii) Remove oxygen or an electronegative element from other materials
(iii) Lose electrons.
Example 1. Fe + S
FeS
Fe
Fe2+ + 2e (Oxidation)
S + 2e
S2 (Reduction)
2
Fe is getting oxidised to Fe2+ (Ferrous ion) whereas S gets reduced to S (Sulphide ion)
Fe is losing electrons, therefore, it acts as a Reducing agent.
S is gaining electrons, therefore, it acts as an Oxidising agent.
Example 2. Cu (s) + 2AgNO3 (aq)
Cu (NO3)2 (aq) + 2 Ag (s)
Cu (s)
Cu2+ + 2e (Oxidation)
2 Ag+ + 2e
2 Ag (Reduction)
Cu (s) + 2 Ag+ (aq)
Cu2+ (aq) + 2 Ag (s)
Cu is a reducing agent because it is losing electrons whereas Ag+ is an oxidising agent.
Example 3. 2 Na + Cl2
2NaCl
2 Na
2 Na+ + 2e [Oxidation]
Cl2 + 2e
2Cl
Na is a reducing agent whereas Cl2 is an oxidizing agent.
Example 4.
Reduction
Fe2O3 + 2Al Al 2O3 + 2Fe
Oxidation
Fe2O3 is an oxidizing agent whereas Al is a reducing agent.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 19
Example 5. Zn + CuSO4
ZnSO4 + Cu
Reduction
Zn + Cu24 Zn2+ + Cu
Oxidation
Zn is a reducing agent whereas Cu2+ is an oxidizing agent
Reduction
2H2S + SO2 2H2O + 3 S
Example 6.
Oxidation
H2S is a reducing agent whereas SO2 is an oxidizing agent.
MODERN CONCEPT OF OXIDATION AND REDUCTION
Electronic concept : This concept is applicable when reactants are ionic in nature.
Oxidation is defined as a process in which an atom, ion or molecule looses one or more eletrons.
Mg Mg2 2e
Cu Cu2 2e
Reduction is defined as a process in which atom, ion or molecule gains one or more electrons.
Cl e Cl–
Zn2 2e Zn
Oxidising agent : A substance i.e. atom, ion or molecule that oxidises other one and in return gets
reduced itself by gain of electron is called Oxidising agent.
Examples of Oxidising agent
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
20 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(i) Non-metals such as halogens and oxygen, ozone are good oxidising agents. Among halogens
fluorine is the strongest oxidising agent.
(ii) Oxides of elements such as CaO, MgO, CuO, P4O10, Na2O etc.
(iii) Acidified K2Cr2O7
Cr2O72 14H 6e 2Cr3 7H2O
(iv) Hydrogen peroxide H2O2
H2O2 2H 2e 2H2O
(v) Potassium permangnate KMnO4
(a) In acidic medium
MnO4 8H 5e Mn2 4H2O
i.e. Mn7 5e Mn2
(b) In alkaline medium
MnO4 e MnO24
i.e. Mn7 e Mn6
(c) In neutral medium
MnO4 2H2O 3e MnO2 4OH
i.e. Mn7 3e Mn4
Reducing agent : A substance i.e., atom, ion or molecule which reduces the other one and gets
oxidised it self by loss of electrons is called a reducing agent.
Example :
(i) All the metals are strong reducing agents. For e.g. , Na, K, Zn, Al, V, Cr, Fe etc.
(ii) Metallic hydrides such as, CaH2, NaH, LiH etc.
(iii) Strongest reducing power is shown by Lithium in its solution state.
(iv) Compounds such as FeSO4, HI, HCl, HBr, H2S, SnCl2, O3 and H2O2 etc. also show strongreducing
power.
(v) In the reaction of stannous chloride (SnCl2) and mercuric chloride (HgCl2), stannous chloride
acts as a reducing agents as it oxidation state is increased from +2 to +4
Sn2 Sn4 2e Oxidation
The overall reaction can be written as
Sn2 2Hg2 2Hg1 Sn4
COOH
2
l C2O4 2H
COOH
(Oxalic acid)
C2O24 2CO2 2e
The substance which act as both oxidising and reducing agents are O3, H2O2, H2SO3, HNO2, NaNO2,
SO2, Na2S2O3 etc.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 21
VALENCY, OXIDATION STATE AND OXIDATION NUMBER
Valency of an element is defined as number indicating its combining capacity.
For example,
(i) It represents the number of hydrogen atoms which can combine with a given atom.
(ii) It also represents the number of single bonds which an atom can form.
(iii) It is also defined as a number of electrons its atom is able to lend, borrow or share.
(iv) In any case valency is a pure number and has no plus or minus sign associated with it. In ionic
compounds the hereby oxidation state of an element is the same as the charge on the ion formed
from an atom of the element. For example, in potassium bromide, potassium is said to be in the + 1
oxidation state and bromine in – 1 oxidation state. It ionizes as
KBr K Br
(v) Oxidation state of aluminium in Al2O3 is +3 and the total oxidation number of two aluminium
atoms is +6.
(vi) Thus oxidation state of an element is its oxidation number per atom.
Difference between the magnitude of valency and the oxidation number :
For example, consider the following compounds of carbon:
CH4 CH3Cl CH2Cl2 CHCl3 CCl4
Methane Methyl chloride Methylene chloride Chloroform Carbon tetrachloride
In each case one atom of carbon shares a total of 4 pairs of electrons with other atoms. Carbon
atom is, therefore, tetravalent in each case.
Oxidation number for carbon in CH4, CH3Cl, CH2Cl2, CHCl3 and CCl4 is –4, –2, 0, +2 and +4 respectively.
Oxidation and Reduction in terms of Oxidation Number :
The term oxidation refers to any chemical change involving increase in oxidation number whereas
the term reduction applies to any chemical change involving decrease in oxidation number
Consider the following chemical changes :
(i) 2H2 O2 2H2O
Here in oxidation number of hydrogen changes from 0 (in H2) to + 1 (in H2O). It is, therefore, a case
of oxidation of hydrogen.
(ii) Sugar (C12H22O11) burns to give CO2 and water. In this oxidation number of carbon increases from
0 (in C12H22O11) to +4 in CO2. The sugar is, therefore, said to have undergone oxidation.
(iii) When oxygen reacts with hydrogen to give water [example (i)] the oxidation number of oxygen
decreases from 0 (in O2) to –2 (in H2O). It is, therefore, a case of reduction of oxygen.
In the same reaction, oxidation number of hydrogen increases, and that of oxygen decreases,
i.e., hydrogen undergoes oxidation while oxygen undergoes reduction. Thus oxidation and reduction
occur together.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
22 Chemical Reactions & Equations
An oxidising agent is a substance which brings about oxidation. It contains an atom which
undergoes a decrease in oxidation number. It can also be defined as a substance which
picks up electrons and thus brings about de-electronation.
Oxidation Number or Oxidation State :
Definition of Oxidation Number : The oxidation number is defined as a positive or negative number
that represents a charge that an atom appears to have in a given species when the bonding
electrons are counted as per the certain prescribed set of rules.
Rules for assigning oxidation number : Oxidation number for atoms & ions can be assigned using the
following set of rules.
Rule 1 : The oxidation number of an atom in an element in its free uncombined state is zero,
regardless of whether the element exists as monoatomic or polyatomic molecule. For example, each
fluorine atom in F2, each phosphorus atom in P4 & the silver atom in Ag,is assigned as oxidation
number of zero.
Rule 2 : The oxidation number of a monoatomic ion is same as the charge on the ion. For example,
the oxidation number of calcium ion is +2, in sulphur S–2 ion has oxidation number of –2.
Rule 3 : Oxidation numbers conventionally assigned to atoms in their chemical compounds are as
follows :
(a) Oxygen = –2 (except in peroxides where it is –1). For example, the oxidation state of oxygen in
SO2, KClO3 and KMnO4 is –2. In Na2O2 & H2O2, the oxidation number of oxygen is –1. In the very rare
instance when oxygen is bound to an element that is more electronegative than itself, such as in
OF2, Oxygen exhibits an oxidation number of +2 and in O2F2, oxygen shows +1 oxidation number.
(b) Hydrogen = +1 (except in metallic hydrides where it is –1). For example the oxidation number of
hydrogen atom in H2O, H2O2,NH3, CH3COOH is +1. In LiH, it is –1.
(c) Group IA elements (alkali metals) = +1.
(d) Group IIA elements (alkaline earth elements) = +2.
(e) Halogen atoms in binary ionic compounds (halides) = –1. The halogen atom in NaI,KBr, CsI has
an oxidation number of –1.
Rule 4 : The algebraic sum of the positive & negative oxidation numbers in a compound is zero.
The oxidation number of a specified atom in a compound can therefore be determined as illustrated
below.
Oxidation number of Mn in KMnO4
Let oxidation number of Mn be x
Oxidation number of oxygen is –2
& Oxidation number of K is +1
+1 + x + 4 (–2) = 0
x=+7
Therefore, the oxidation number of Mn in KMnO4 is +7
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 23
Rule 5 : The algebraic sum of the positive and negative oxidation states or numbers of the atoms in
a polyatomic ion is equal to charge on the ion.
(i) Let us find out the oxidation number of chromium in Cr2O72
Let the oxidation number of chromium be x and oxygen as –2,
Sum of oxidation numbers = 2 x + 7 (–2) = – 2
2 x – 14 = – 2
x=+6
Thus the oxidation number of chromium in Cr2O72 ion is +6.
(ii) Oxidation number of S in H2SO4 is as,
Let oxidation number of S be x, Hydrogen as +1 and oxygen as –2
Sum of oxidation numbers of various atoms in H2SO4
2x (+1) + x + 4 x (–2) = 0
2+x=8
x–8=2
x=6
oxidation number of S in H2SO4 = +6
(iii) Oxidation number of S in Na2S2O3
2 + 2x – 6 = 0
2x – 4 = 0, we have
x = +2
Oxidation number of S in Na2S2O3 = +2
(iv) Oxidation state of Mn in Mn2O7 is as,
Let the oxidation state of manganese be x.
Sum of oxidation numbers of various atoms in Mn2O7 is as,
2(x) + 7 (–2) = 0
2 x = + 14
x = +7
Distinction between valency and oxidation state / oxidation number :
(i) Valency is always a whole number, on the other hand the oxidation number of the element may
be a whole number or fractional.
(ii) Valency of the element is never zero except of noble gases but the oxidation number of the
element may be zero.
(iii) Valency is the combining power of an element with no plus or minus sign. On the other hand
oxidation number is the charge present on the atom of the element while being in combination.
It may have plus or minus sign.
Note : The oxidation number changes with the following cases.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
24 Chemical Reactions & Equations
Oxidation Oxidation number increases
Reduction Oxidation number decreases
Oxidizing agent Oxidation number decreases
Reducing agent Oxidation number increases
Oxidation State / Oxidation number in Complex molecules :
(i) Carbon in Glucose (C6H12O6)
Let the oxidation number of carbon be x, hydrogen +1 and oxygen –2
Sum of oxidation number of various atoms in C6H12O6 is
6x + 12 (+1) + 6 (–2) = 0
6x + 12 – 12 = 0
6x = 0
x=0
In glucose the oxidation state of carbon is zero.
(ii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4]
The oxidation state of CO is zero, hence the oxidation state of nickel will also be zero.
(iii) Sulphur in (CH3)2SO
i.e., dimethyl sulphoxide.
Let the oxidation state of S be x, oxygen –2, and each methyl group is +1
Sum of oxidation numbers of various atoms in (CH3)2SO is
+2 + x – 2 = 0
x=0
Thus the oxidation state of sulphur in (CH3)2SO is zero.
(iv) Boron in LiBH4
In metal hydrides, the oxidation state of hydrogen is –1 and the metal Lithium is +1
Sum of oxidation number of various atoms in LiBH4 is,
+1 + x – 4 = 0
x = +3
Thus the oxidation state of B in LiBH4 is +3
Fractional values of Oxidation numbers are possible with the following components :
(i) Hydrazoic acid N3H
Let the oxidation no. of nitrogen be x and hydrogen +1.
3x + 1 = 0
3x = – 1
1
x
3
x = – 0.333
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 25
The oxidation number of N in N3H is –1/3.
(ii) Na2S4O6
Let the oxidation no. of sulphur be x, sodium +1 and oxygen –2,
2 + 4x + 6(–2) = 0
2 + 4x – 12 = 0
4x = + 10
x = 10/4= 2.5
The oxidation number of S in Na2S4O6 is 2½
BALANCING OF REDOX REACTIONS
The redox reactions can be balanced by following methods
(i) Oxidation number method
(ii) Ion-electron method
Balancing by oxidation number method :The various steps involved in balancing a redox equation
by oxidation number method are:
(i) Write the skeleton equation.
(ii) Indicate the oxidation numbers of all the atoms involved in the equation above their symbols.
(iii) Identify the elements which undergo change in oxidation number.
(iv) Calculate the increase and decrease in oxidation number per atom with respect to the reactants.
If more than one atom is involved, then multiply with the number of the atoms undergoing the
change to calculate the total change in oxidation number.
(v) Equate the increase and decrease in oxidation number on the reactant side by multiplying the
formulae of the oxidising and reducing agents suitably.
(vi) Balance the equation with respect to all the atoms except hydrogen and oxygen.
(vii) Finally balance hydrogen and oxygen atoms also.
(viii) In the reactions taking place in the acidic medium, balance the O atoms by adding required
number of H2O molecules to the side deficient in O atoms. Then balance the H atoms by adding H+
to the side deficient in H atoms.
(ix) In the basic medium, first balance the number of negative charges by adding required number
of OH– ions to the side deficient in the magnitude of the charges. Then add H2O molecules on the
other side in order to balance the OH– ions added.
Let us try to balance a few chemical equations by oxidation number method.
Example: Balance the following chemical equations by the oxidation number method
CuO NH3 Cu N2 H2O
Solution: The balancing is done in the following steps:
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
26 Chemical Reactions & Equations
1. Write the O.N. of each atom in the skeleton equation
2 2 3 1 0 0 1 2
CuO N H3 Cu N2 H2 O
2. Calculate the increase and decrease in O.N. w.r.t. reactant atoms
3. Equate the increase and decrease in O.N. on the reactant side.
3CuO 2NH3 Cu N2 H2O
4. Balance the number of Cu and N atoms on both sides of the equation.
3CuO 2NH3 3Cu N2 H2O
5. Now balance H and O atoms by hit and trial method
3CuO 2NH3 3Cu N2 3H2O
Balancing by Ion-electron method (or half reaction method) :
Balancing can also be done by another method known as ion-electron method. It is based on the
principle that the electrons lost during oxidation half reaction in a particular redox reaction is equal
to the electrons gained in the reduction half reaction. The method is, therefore, called half reaction
method. The balancing is completed in the following steps :
(i) Write the redox reaction in ionic form.
(ii) Find out species which are getting oxidised and also which are getting reduced.
(iii) Split the whole equation into two half reactions i.e. oxidation half reaction and reduction half
reaction.
(iv) While balancing each half reaction add electrons for the number of atoms of each element.
(v) In the acidic medium, and neutral medium add water molecules to the side deficient in O and H+
to the side deficient in hydrogen.
(vi) In the basic medium, for each excess of oxygen, add one water molecule to the same side and
two OH– ions to the other side. If hydrogen is still unbalanced, add on OH– ion for each excess
hydrogen on the same side and one water molecule to the other side.
(vii) Multiply one or both half reactions by suitable number so that the number of electrons become
equal in both the equation.
(viii) Add the two balanced half reactions and cancel any term common to both sides.
Example: Balance the following chemical equation by ion-electron method.
Cr2O72 Fe2 H Cr3 Fe3 H2O
Solution: Step I. Separation of the equation in two half reactions
(i) Write the O.N. of all the atoms involved in the skeleton equation
6 2 2 1 3 3 1 2
(Cr2 O7 )2 (Fe)2 (H) (Cr)3 (Fe)3 H2 O
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 27
(ii) Identify the atoms which undergo change in O.N.
6 2 1 3 3
(Cr 2 O7 )2 (Fe)2 (H) (Cr)3 (Fe)3 H2O .
(iii) Find out the species involved in the oxidation and reduction half reactions.
Thus, the two half reactions are:
Oxidation half reaction: Fe2+ Fe3+
Reduction half reaction: (Cr2O7)2– Cr3+
Step II. Balancing of oxidation half reaction:
The oxidation half reaction is: Fe2+ Fe3+
(i) As the increase in O.N. as a result of oxidation is 1, add one e– on the product side to balance
change in O.N.
Fe2+ Fe3+ + e–
(ii) The charge is already balanced, and thus the equation is alo balanced
Fe2+ Fe3+ + e– .....(i)
Step III. Balancing of reduction half reaction :
6 3
The reduction half reaction is: (Cr2 O7 )2 (Cr)3
(i) The decrease in O.N. per Cr atom is 3 and the total decrease in O.N. for two Cr atoms is 6.
Therefore, add 6e– on the reactant side
2
Cr2O7 6e Cr3
(ii) Balance Cr atoms on both sides of the equation
2
Cr2O7 6e 2Cr3
(iii) In order to balance O atoms add seven H2O molecules on the product side and then to balance
H atoms add 14 H+ on the reactant side.
2
Cr2O7 6e 14H 2Cr3 7H2O .....(ii)
Step IV. Adding the two half reactions :
In order two equate the electrons, multiply the equation (i) by 6 and then add to equation (ii) in
order to get the final equation.
Fe2 Fe3 e 6 = 6 Fe2+ 6 Fe3+ + 6e–
6Fe2 Cr2O27 14H 6Fe3 2Cr3 7H2O
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
28 Chemical Reactions & Equations
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
4. Why is the amount of gas collected in one of the test tubes in electrolysis of water, double of the
amount collected in the other? Name this gas.
Ans. The gas collected in one of the test tubes is double because it is hydrogen gas and the other test
tube contains oxygen. These two gases are formed by the electrolysis of water. The volume of
hydrogen is double than that of oxygen in water.
5. What is the difference between displacement and double displacement reaction. Write equations
for these reactions.
Ans. In displacement reaction, one element from its salt is displaced by a more reactive element. For
example in following reaction, Cu is displaced by Zn from CuSO4 because Zn is more reactive.
CuSO4 + Zn ZnSO4 + Cu
In double displacement reaction, exchange of ions takes palce between two reactants to forms net
products.
Na2SO4(aq) + BaCl2(aq) BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl(aq)
6. Explain the following in terms of gain or loss of oxygen with two examples each.
(a) Oxidation (b) Reduction
Ans. (a) Oxidation : The reactions in which gain of oxygen take place are called oxidation.
Examples : (i) 2Cu + O2 2CuO (ii) 2H2 + O2 2H2O
(b) Reduction : The reaction in which loss of oxygen takes place are called reduction.
Examples : (i) ZnO + C Zn + CO (ii) CuO + H2 Cu + H2O
7. A shiny brown coloured element ‘X’ on heating in air becomes black in colour. Name the element ‘X’
and the black coloured compound formed.
Ans. The shiny brown coloured element ‘X’ is copper. When it is heated in air, it becomes black due to the
deposit of copper oxide.
2Cu + O2
Heat
2CuO
Brown Black
EFFECTS OF OXIDATION IN EVERYDAY LIFE
Redox reactions play a vital role in our everyday lives. The effect of these reactions is majorily due
to the oxidation of the primary substance. The effect is both beneficial as well as harmful.
Beneficial effects of oxidation
(i) Combustion reactions : A chemical reaction in which a substance burns or gets oxidised in
the presence of air or oxygen is called combustion reeaction. For example, kerosene, coal,
charcoal, wood etc. burn in air and thus, undergo combustion.
(ii) Methane (CH4) a major constituent of natural gas undergoes combustion in excess of
oxygen upon heating.
CH4 (g) + 2O2 (g) CO2 (g) + 2H2O () + energy
(Methane)
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 29
(iii) Butane (C4H10) the main consistuent of L.P.G. also undergoes combustion.
2C4H10 (g) + 13O2 (g) 8CO2 (g) + 5H2O (g) + energy
(butane)
(iv) Carbohydrates such as glucose, fructose, starch etc. are the major source of energy to the
human body. They undergo oxidation with the help of oxygen that we inhale to form carbon
dioxide and water. For example :
C6H12O6 (s) + 6O2 (g) 6CO2(g) + 6H2O () + energy
Damaging effects of oxidation :
Oxidation has damaging effect on metals as well as on food. The damaging effect of oxidation on
metals is studied as corrosion and that on food is studied as rancidity.
1. CORROSION OF METALS
Corrosion is the process of deterioration of metals as a result of its reaction with air, moisture and
acids present in environment surrounding it.
Corrosion causes damage to buildings, bridges, ships and many other articles especially made of iron.
Corrosion of iron is the commonest and is called rusting.
Rust : Iron corrode readily when exposed to moisture and gets covered with a brown flaky substance
called rust. It is called rusting of iron, Rust is a hydrated Iron (III) oxide, Fe2O3 · xH2O
4Fe 3O2 xH2O
2Fe2O3.xH2O
from air
Experiment to show that rusting requires both air and water
We take three test tubes and put one clean iron nail in each of the three test tubes :
(A) In the first test tube containing iron nail, we put some anhydrous calcium chloride to absorb
water (or moisture) from the damp air present in the test tube and make it dry.
(B) In the second test tube containing iron nail, we put boiled water. Boiled water does not
contain any dissolved air or oxygen in it. A layer of oil is put over boiled water in the test
tube to prevent the outside air from mixing with boiled water.
(C) In the third test tube containing an iron nail, we put unboiled water so that about two-third
of the nail is immersed in water and the rest is above water exposed to damp air.
After one week, we observe the iron nails kept in all the three test tubes.
Oil
Iron nail Iron nail
Dry water Iron nail
Tap water
Anhydrous Boiled Rust
calcium chloride water
(a) (b) (c)
Observation :
(A) No rust is seen on the surface of iron nail kept in dry air in the first test tube. This tells us
that rusting does not takes place in air alone.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
30 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(B) No rust is seen on the surface of iron nail kept in air free boiled water in the second test
tube. This tells us that rusting does not take place in water alone.
(C) Red brown rust is seen on the surface of iron nail kept in the presence of both air and water in the
third test tube. This tells us that rusting takes place in the presence of both air and water
together.
Rusting takes place under the following conditions:
(i) Presence of air (or oxygen)
(ii) Presence of water (or moisture). Unreactive metals such
(iii) Presence of impurities in the metal speed up the as go l d, pl at in u m ,
rusting process. Pure iron does not rust. palladium, titanium etc.
corrode negligibly.
(iv) Presence of electrolytes in water also speeds up
the process of rusting.
(v) The position of the metal in the electrochemical series determines the extent of corrosion.
More the reactivity of the metal, there will be more possibility of the metal getting corroded.
Other examples of corrosion are :
(i) Copper reacts with moist carbon dioxide in the air and slowly loses its shiny brown surface
and acquires a green coating of basic copper carbonate.
2Cu (s) + CO2 (g) + O2 (g) + H2O ()
CuCO3.Cu(OH)2 (green)
moist air
(ii) Silver articles become black after sometime when exposed to air because it reacts with
sulphur to form a coating of silver sulphide.
2Ag (s) + H2S (g) Ag2S (s) + H2 (g)
from air black
(iii) Lead or stainless steel lose their lusture due to corrosion.
(iv) Unreactive metals such as Gold, Platinum, Palladium, Titanium etc. do not corrode.
Corrosion of Aluminium :
Aluminium objects lose their lustre and become dull after some time. This is due to corrosion of
aluminium. When aluminium is exposed to moist air, its surface is covered with a thin impervious
(non-penetrable) layer of aluminium oxide (Al2O3). This layer does not allow moist air to come in
contact with the metal and hence protects the metal underneath from further damage. Thus, a
common metal which is highly resistant to corrosion is aluminium.
Prevention of Rusting/ Corrosion :
Rusting/Corrosion can be prevented if objects are not allowed to come in contact with the damp
air. Some common methods generally used are given below.
(i) By painting the articles such as window grills, iron gates, steel furniture, railway coaches,
bodies of cars, buses etc.
(ii) By greasing and oiling the articles such as mechanical tools, machine parts etc.
(iii) By galavanisation, i.e. coating the surface of iron objects with a thin layer of zinc.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 31
2. RANCIDITY
The oxidation of oils or fats in food, resulting into a bad taste
and bad smell is called rancidity. It is caused due to prolonged Vitamin E and Vitamin C
exposure of food in air. Oxygen present in air oxidises fats/ ( As co r bi c ac i d ) a r e
the two antioxidants
oil present in food to form volatile substances, which have bad occurring in natural fats.
odour. The food is said to become rancid.
(A) Prevention of rancidity :–
(i) Rancidity can be prevented by adding antioxidants to foods containing fats and oils. Antioxidants
are reducing agents so when they are added to food it do not get oxidised easily and hence do
not rancid. The two common anti oxidants are –
(a) BHA (Butylated Hydroxy Anisole)
(b) BHT (Butylated Hydroxy Toluene)
(ii) Rancidity can be prevented by packaging fat and oil containing foods in nitrogen gas.
(iii) It can be retarted by keeping food in refrigerator.
(iv) It can also be retarded by storing food in air tight containers.
(v) It can be retarded by storing foods away from light.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
7. Why do we apply paint on iron articles?
Ans. We apply paint on iron articles to prevent them from corrosion. Paint disconnects the reaction
between iron and air or water.
8. Oil and fat containing food items are flushed with nitrogen. Why?
Ans. Oil and fat containing food items are flushed with nitrogen to prevent them from damage. When
such items come in contact of air, they get oxidised and become rancid. Their smell and taste
changes.
9. Explain the following terms with one examples each.
(a) Corrosion (b) Rancidity
Ans. (a) Corrosion : The process of damaging or chemically eaten up the surface of some metals they
are left for some time in moist air is called corrosion.
Conditions of corrosion:
(i) Presence of moisture (water) (ii) Presence of air
Example : Rusting of iron is a common example of corrosion.
(b) Rancidity : When facts and oils are oxidised, they become rancid and their smell and taste
change. This phenomenon is called rancidity.
Example : Fat and oil containing substances are damaged and their taste or smell is changed.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
32 Chemical Reactions & Equations
ON YOUR TIPS
A complete chemical equation representing the reactants products and their physical state
symbolicaly.
Chemical equation is a balanced so that the number of atoms of each type involved in a reaction
are the same on the reactant and product sides of the equation.
In a combination reaction to a more substances combine to form a new single substance.
Decomposition reaction are opposite to combination reactions. In a decomposition reaction a
substance decomposes to give two or more substances.
Reaction in which energy is absorbed known as endothermic reactions.
When an element is displaced another element from its compound known as displacement reaction.
Two different atoms or groups of atoms are exchange known as double displacement reaction.
Precipitation reaction produce insoluble salts.
Reaction also involve the gain or loss of oxygen or hydrogen by substances oxidation is the gain of
oxygen or loss of hydrogen reduction is loss of oxygen or gain of hydrogen.
In terms of electronic concept, oxidation is defined as a loss of electrons while reduction is defined
as a gain of electrons.
Corrosion is the slow eating up of metals by the action of air and moisture on their surfaces.
Corrosion in case of Iron is known as Rusting.
Advantages of corrosion: Though corrosion is undesirable, it can be advantageous in case of
aluminium which on exposure to air, gets coated with a protective layer of aluminium oxide. This
protects the metal underneath from further corrosion and damage.
Rancidity: When oils and fats or foods containing oils and fats are exposed to air, they get oxidised
due to which the food becomes stale and gives a bad taste or smell. This is called Rancidity.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 33
NCERT QUESTIONS WITH SOLUTION
1. Why should a magnesium ribbon be cleaned 4. A solution of a substance 'X' is used for white
before it is burnt in air? washing.
Sol. Magnesium is an extremely reactive metal. (i) Name the substance 'X' and write its
When stored, it reacts with oxygen to form formula.
a layer of magnesium oxide on its surface. (ii) Write the reaction of the substance 'X'
This layer of magnesium oxide is quite stable with water.
and prevents further reaction of magnesium Sol. (i) The substance 'X' is calcium oxide. Its
with oxygen. The magnesium ribbon is cleaned chemical formula is CaO.
by sand paper for removing this layer so that (ii) Calcium oxide reacts vigorously with wa-
the underlying metal can be exposed to air. ter to form calcium hydroxide (slaked lime).
CaO(s) + H2O() Ca(OH)2(aq)
2. Write the balanced equation for the follow-
ing chemical reactios. Calcium oxide Water Calcium hydroxide
(i) Hydrogen + Chlorine Hydrogen chlo- (Quick lime) (Slaked lime)
ride
5. Why is the amount of gas collected in one of
(ii) Barium chloride + Aluminium sulphate
the test tubes is double of the amount col-
Barium sulphate + Aluminium chloride
lected in the other? Name this gas.
(iii) Sodium + Water Sodium hydroxide +
Sol. Water (H2O) contains two parts hydrogen and
Hydrogen
one part oxygen. Therefore, the amount of
Sol. (i) H2(g) + Cl2(g) 2HCl(g) hydrogen and oxygen produced during elec-
(ii) 3BaCl2(aq) + Al2(SO4)3(aq) 3BaSO4(s) trolysis of water is in a 2 : 1 ratio. During
+ 2AlCl3(aq) electrolysis, since hydrogen goes to one test
(iii) 2Na(s) + 2H2O() 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g) tube and oxygen goes to another, the amount
of gas collected in one of the test tubes is
3. Write a balanced chemical equation with
double of the amount collected in the other.
state symbols for the following reactions.
(i) Solutions of barium chloride and sodium 6. Explain the following terms with one example
sulphate in water react to give insoluble each.
barium sulphate and the solution of sodium (a) Corrosion (b) Rancidity
chloride. Sol. (a) Corrosion: Corrosion is defined as a pro-
(ii) Sodium hydroxide solution (in water) cess where materials, usually metals, de-
reacts with hydrochloric acid solution (in teriorate as a result of a chemical reac-
water) reacts with hydrochloric acid solution tion with air, moisture, chemicals, etc.
(in water) to produce sodium chloride solu- For example, iron, in the presence of mois-
ture, reacts with oxygen to form hydrated
tion and water.
iron oxide.
Sol. (i) BaCl2(aq) + Na2SO4(aq) BaSO4(s) +
4Fe + 3O2 + nH2O 2Fe2O3.nH2O
2NaCl(aq)
Hydrated iron oxide
(ii) NaOH(aq) + HCl(aq) NaCl(aq) +
This hydrated iron oxide is rust.
H2O()
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
34 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(b)Rancidity: The process of oxidation of (c) Carbon is getting oxidised.
fats and oils that can be easily noticed
(d) Lead oxide is getting reduced.
by the change in taste and smell is known
as rancidity. (1) (a) and (b) (2) (a) and (c)
For example, the taste and smell of but- (3) (a), (b) and (c) (4) all
ter changes when kept for long. Sol. (1) (a) and (b)
Rancidity can be avoided by:
(1) Storing food in air tight containers 10. Fe2O3 + 2Al Al2O3 + 2Fe
(2) Storing food in refrigerators The above reaction is an example of a
(3) Adding antioxidants
(1) Combination reaction.
(4) Storing food in an environment of
(2) Double displacement reaction.
nitrogen
(3) Decomposition reaction.
7. Give an example of a double displacement
reaction other than the one given in Activ- (4) Displacement reaction.
ity. Sol. (4) The given reaction is an example of a
Sol. Sodium carbonate reacts with calcium chlo- displacement reaction.
ride to form calcium carbonate and sodium
chloride. 11. What happens when dilute hydrochloric acid
Na2CO3(aq) + CaCl 2(aq) CaCO3(s) is added to iron filings? Tick the correct an-
+ 2NaCl(aq) swer.
In this reaction, sodium carbonate and (1) Hydrogen gas and iron chloride are
calcium chloride exchange ions to form two produced.
new compounds. Hence, it is a double (2) Chlorine gas and iron hydroxide are
displacement reaction. produced.
8. Identify the substances that are oxidised and (3) No reaction takes place.
the substances that are reduced in the fol- (4) Iron salt and water are produced.
lowing reactions. Sol. (1) Hydrogen gas and iron chloride are
(i) 4Na(s) + O2(g) 2Na2O(s) + O2(g) produced. The reaction is as follows:
(ii) CuO(s) + H2(g) Cu(s) + H2O() Fe(s) + 2HCl(aq) FeCl2(aq) + H2
12. What is a balanced chemical equation? Why
Sol. (i) Sodium (Na) is oxidised as it gains oxygen
should chemical equations be balanced ?
and oxygen gets reduced.
Sol. A reaction which has an equal number of at-
(ii) Copper oxide (CuO) is reduced to copper
oms of all the elements on both sides of the
(Cu) while hydrogen (H2) gets oxidised to
chemical equation is called a balanced chemi-
water (H2O).
cal equation. The law of conservation of
9. Which of the statements about the reaction mass states that mass can neither be cre-
below are incorrect? ated nor destroyed. Hence, in a chemical re-
2PbO(s) + C(s) 2Pb(s) + CO2(g) action, the total mass of reactants should,
be equal to the total mass of the products.
(a) Lead is getting reduced.
It means that the total number of atoms of
(b) Carbon dioxide is getting oxidised.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 35
each element should be equal on both sides (c) Aluminium + Copper chloride Alu-
of a chemical equation. Hence, it is for this minium chloride + Copper
reason that chemical equations should be (d) Barium chloride + Potassium sulphate
Barium sulphate + Potassium chloride
balanced.
Sol. (a) Ca(OH)2 + CO2 CaCO3 + H2O
13. Translate the following statements into (b)Zn + 2AgNO3 Zn(NO3)2 + 2Ag
chemical equations and then balance them. (c) 2Al + 3CuCl2 2AlCl3 + 3Cu
(a) Hydrogen gas combines with nitrogen to (d) BaCl2 + K2SO4 BaSO4 + 2KCl
form ammonia.
(b) Hydrogen sulphide gas burns in air to give 16. Write the balanced chemical equation for the
following and identify the type of reaction in
water and sulphur dioxide.
each case.
(c) Barium chloride reacts with aluminium sul-
(a) Potassi um bromi de(aq) + Bari um
phate to give aluminium chloride and a pre- iodide(aq) Potassium iodide + Barium bro-
cipitate of barium sulphate. mide
(d) Potassium metal reacts with water to give (b) Zinc carbonate(s) Zinc oxide(s) +
potassium hydroxide and hydrogen gas. Carbon dioxide(g)
Sol. (a) 3H2(g) + N2(g) 2NH3(g) (c) Hydrogen(g) + Chlorine(g) Hydrogen
(b) 2H2S(g) + 3O2(g) 2H2O() + 2SO2(g) chloride(g)
(c) 3BaCl2(aq) +Al2(SO4)3 (aq) 2AlCl3(aq) (d) Magnesium(s) + Hydrochloric acid(aq)
+ 3BaSO4(s) Magnesium chloride(aq) + Hydrogen(g)
(d) 2K(s) + 2H2O() 2KOH(aq) + H2(g) Sol. (a) 2KBr(aq) + BaI2 (aq) 2KI(aq) +
BaBr2(s); Double displacement reaction
14. Balance the following chemical equations. (b) ZnCO3(s) ZnO(s) + CO2(g) ; Decom-
position reaction
(a) HNO3 + Ca(OH)2 Ca(NO3)2 + H2O
(c) H2(g) + Cl2(g) 2HCl(g) ; Combination
(b) NaOH + H2SO4 Na2SO4 + H2O reaction
(c) NaCl + AgNO3 AgCl + NaNO3 (d) Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
(d) BaCl2 + H2SO4 BaSO4 + HCl ; Displacement reaction
Sol. (a) 2HNO3 + Ca(OH)2 Ca(NO3)2 + 2H2O(g) 17. What does one mean by exothermic and
endothermic reactions? Give examples.
(b) 2NaOH + H2SO4 Na2SO4 + 2H2O
Sol. Chemical'reactions that release energy in the
(c) NaCl + AgNO3 AgCl + NaNO3
form of heat, light, or sound are called
(d) BaCl2+ H2SO4 BaSO4 + 2HCl exothermic reaction.
Example: Mixture of sodium and chlorine to
15. Write the balanced chemical equations for yield table salt
the following reactions.
1
(a) Calcium hydroxide + Carbon dioxide Na(s) + Cl (g) NaCl(s) + 411 kJ of en-
2 2
Calcium carbonate + Water ergy
(b) Zinc + Silver nitrate Zinc nitrate + In other words, combination reactions are
Silver exothermic.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
36 Chemical Reactions & Equations
Reactions that absorb energy or require en- Combination reaction: A + B AB + En-
ergy in order to proceed are called endot- ergy
hermic reactions. For example: In the pro- 2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O() + Energy
cess of photosynthesis, plants use the en-
ergy from the sun to convert carbon dioxide 20. Write one equation each for decomposition
and water to glucose and oxygen. reactions where energy is supplied in the form
of heat, light or electricity.
6CO2(g) + 6H2O()
Sunlight
C6H12O6(aq) +
Sol. (a) Thermal decomposition:
Glucose
2FeSO4(s)
Fe2O3(g) + SO2 (g) +
6O2(g)
SO3(g)
(b) Decomposition by light:
18. Why is respiration considerd as exothermic Light
2AgCl(s) 2Ag(s) + Cl2(s)
reaction ? Explain.
(c) Decomposition by electricity:
Sol. Energy is required to support life. Energy in
Electricity
2Al2O3(aq)
our body is obtained from the food we eat. 4Al(s) + 3O2(g)
During digestion, large molecules of food are 21. What is the difference between displacement
broken down into simpler substances such and double displacement reactions? Write
as glucose. Glucose combines with oxygen in equations for these reactions.
the cells and provides energy. The special Sol. In a displacement reaction, a more reactive
name of this combustion reaction is respira- element replaces a less reactive element from
tion. Since energy is released in the whole a compound.
process, it is an exothermic process. A + BX AX + B; where A is more reactive
C6H12O6(aq) + 6O2(g) 6CO2(g) than B
In a double displacement reaction, two at-
+ 6H2O() + Energy
oms or a group of atoms shift places to form
new compounds.
19. Why are decomposition reactions called the AB + CD AD + CB
opposite of combination reactions? Write For example:
equations for these reactions. Displacement reaction:
CuSO4(aq) + Zn(s) ZnSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
Sol. Decomposition reactions are those in which
Double displacement reaction:
a compound breaks down to form two or more
substances. These reactions require a source Na2SO4(aq) + BaCl 2 (aq) BaSO4 (s) +
2NaCl(aq)
of energy to proceed. Thus, they are the
exact opposite of combination reactions in 22. In the refining of silver, the recovery of silver
which two or more substances combine to from silver nitrate solution. involved displace-
give a new substance with the release of ment by copper metal. Write down the reac-
energy. tion involved.
Sol. 2AgNO3(aq) + Cu(s) Cu(NO3)2(aq) + 2Ag(s)
Decomposition reaction: AB + Energy A
+B
23. What do you mean by a precipitation reac-
2H2O()
Electrolysis
2H2(g) + O2(g) tion? Explain by giving examples.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 37
Sol. A reaction in which an insoluble solid (called 25. A shiny brown-cloured element 'X' on heat-
precipitate) is formed is called a precipita- ing in air becomes black in colour. Name the
tion reaction. element 'X' and the black coloured compound
For example: formed.
Na2CO3(aq) + CaCl2(aq) CaCO3(s) +
Sol. ‘X’ is copper (Cu) and the black-coloured
2NaCl(aq)
compound formed is copper oxide (CuO). The
In this reaction, calcium carbonate is ob-
tained as a precipitate. Hence, it is a pre- equation of the reaction involved on heating
cipitation reaction. Another example of pre- copper is given below.
cipitation reaction is: Heat
2Cu + O2 2CuO
Na2SO4(aq) + BaCl2(aq) BaSO 4 (s) +
2NaCl(aq) (Shiny brown in colour) (Black in colour)
In this reaction, barium sulphate is obtained 26. Why do we apply paint on iron articles?
as a precipitate.
Sol. Iron articles are painted because it prevents
24. Explain the following in terms of gain or loss them from rusting. When painted, the con-
of oxygen with two examples each. tact of iron articles from moisture and air is
(a) Oxidation (b) Reduction cut off. Hence, rusting is prevented. Their
Sol. (a) Oxidation is the gain of oxygen. presence is essential for rusting to take
place.
For example:
27. Oil and fat containing food items are flushed
CO2 + H2 CO + H2O with nitrogen. Why?
(i)
Addition of oxygen-oxidation Sol. Nitrogen is an inert gas and does not easily
react with these substances. On the other
2Cu + O2 2CuO hand, oxygen reacts with food substances
(ii)
Gain of oxygen - oxidation and makes them rancid. Thus, bags used in
packing food items are flushed with nitrogen
In equation (i), H2 is oxidized to H2O and gas to remove oxygen inside the pack. When
in equation (ii), Cu is oxidised to CuO. oxygen is not present inside the pack, ran-
(b) Reduction is the loss of oxygen. cidity of oil and fat containing food items is
avoided.
For example:
CO2 + H2 CO + H2O OTHER SOLVED EXAMPLE
(i)
Removal of oxygen - reduction 1. What happens chemically when quick lime is
added to water ?
CuO + H2 Cu + H2O Sol. Calcium hydroxide (or slaked lime) is formed
(ii)
Loss of oxygen - reduction
accompanied by a hissing sound. So much
heat is evolved during the reaction that the
in equation (i), CO2 is reduced to CO and
reaction mixture starts boiling. The chemical
in equation (ii), CuO is reduced ro Cu.
equation for the reaction is :
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
38 Chemical Reactions & Equations
CaO(s) + H2O(aq) Ca(OH)2(s) + heat
(Quick lime) (Slaked lime)
2. What is an oxidation reaction ? Identify in
the following reactions :
(i) the substance oxidised
(ii) the substance reduced.
ZnO + C Zn + CO
Sol. Oxidation involves the addition of oxygen or
the removal of hydrogen in a chemical reaction
5. Identify the type of reaction in the following
while reduction involves the addition of
examples :
hydrogen or removal of oxygen.
In the given reaction : (i) Na 2 SO 4 (aq) + BaC l 2 (aq )
(i) Carbon (C) is oxidised to carbon BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl(aq)
monoxide (CO).
(ii) Fe(s) + CuSO4(aq) FeSO4(aq)
(ii) Zinc oxide (ZnO) is reduced to zinc
+ Cu(s)
(Zn)
3. Which gas is evolved when dilute hydrochloric (iii) 2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O()
acid reacts with zinc ? Write the molecular Sol. (i) It i s an ex am pl e of d oubl e
formula of the gas. displacement reaction.
Sol. Hydrogen gas is evolved. Its molecular formula (ii) It is an example of displacement
is H2. reaction.
4. State any two observation in an activity (iii) It is an example of combination
which may suggest that a chemical reaction reaction.
has taken place. Give examples in support 6. Solid calcium oxide was taken in a container
of your answer. and water was added slowly to it
Sol. (i) In a tube take small amount of solid (i) State two observations made in the
sodium carbonate (Na2CO3). To this experiment.
add a few drops of hydrochloric acid. (ii) Write the name of the chemical
(ii) A colourless and odourless gas will formula of the product.
evolve which shows that a chemical Sol. (i) Water will start boiling and hissing
reaction has taken place. The gas will noise will be produced.
turn lime water milky when passed
(ii) Calcium hydroxide (slaked lime) will be
through it.
formed.
CaO(s) + H2O(aq) Ca(OH)2(s) + heat
Calcium oxide Calcium hydroxide
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 39
7. A house wife wanted her house to be white
washed. She bought 10 kg of quick lime from
the market and dissolved in 30 litres of water.
On adding lime to water, she noticed that
the water started boiling even when it was
not being heated. Give reason for her
observation. Write the corresponding equation
and name the product formed.
Sol. A supension of slaked lime also called calcium
hydroxide is formed when water is added to
quick lime.
CaO(s) + H2O() Ca(OH)2(s) + heat
(Slaked lime)
Since the reaction is highly exothermic, the
solution started although it was not being
heated. The suspension of slaked lime is
allowed to cool for sometime, preferably
overnight. It is then decanted and the liquid
obtained is used for white washing.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
40 Chemical Reactions & Equations
EXERCISE – I
MULIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (ii) In beaker A and B exothermic process
1. Which of the following is/are exothermic has occurred.
processes (iii) In beaker A and B endothermic process
(i) Sublimation of NH4Cl has occurred.
(iv) In beaker C endothermic process has
(ii) Quick lime is added to water
occured.
(iii) Evaporation of water
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii) and (iii)
(iv) Dilution of an acid
(C) (iii) and (iv) (D) (ii) and (iv)
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii) and (iii) 6. W hi ch of the fol l ow i ng i s a d oubl e
(C) (iii) and (iv) (D) (ii) and (iv) displacement reaction?
2. Fe2O3 + 2Al Al2O3 + 2Fe, is a (A) 2H2 + O2 2H2O
(i) combination reaction (B) FeSO4 + Zn ZnSO4 + Fe
(ii) Displacement reaction (C) CH4 + 2O2 2H2O + CO2
(iii) redox reaction (D) Na2SO4 + BaCl2 BaSO4 + 2NaCl
7. Which of the following is not a decomposition
(iv) Double displacement reaction
reaction?
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii) and (iii)
(A) CaCO3CaO + CO2
(C) (iii) and (iv) (D) (ii) and (iv)
(B) 2KClO32KCl + 3O2
3. Silver Bromide, On exposure to sunlight turns
(C) Digestion of food in the body
grey due to
(D) H2 + Cl22HCl
(A) Formation of silver by its decomposition
8. Which of the following represent a double
(B) Oxidation of silver Bromide displacement reaction?
(C) Sublimation of silver Bromide (A) 2H2 + O2 2H2O
(D) Decomposition of bromine gas from silver (B) 2Mg + O22MgO
bromide (C) AgNO3 + NaClAgCl + NaNO3
4. Water on el ectrol y si s decomposes to (D) H2 + Cl22HCl
hydrogen and oxygen. the mole ratio of H2 9. Which of the following is a displacement
and O2 is reaction?
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 1 : 1 (A) CaCO3CaO + CO2
(C) 2 : 1 (D) 4 : 1 (B) CaO + 2HClCaCl2 + H2O
5. 50 ml of water was taken in a beaker A, (C) Fe + CuSO4 FeSO4 + Cu
B and C. A small amount of CuSO4, NaOH (D) NaOH + HClNaCl + H2O
and NaCl were added to beaker A, B and 10. The reaction H2 + Cl2 2HCl is a –
C respectively. The temperature of beaker (A) Decomposition reaction
A and B increased where i n beaker c (B) Combination reaction
decreases. The correct statement (s) is/are (C) Double displacement reaction
(i) In beaker C exothermic process has (D) Displacement reaction
occurred.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 41
11. Which of the following is a decomposition 17. Conversion of CaCO 3 in to CaO as per
reaction? following reaction is an example of –
(A) NaOH + HClNaCl + H2O CaCO3 CaO + CO2
(B) NH4CNOH2NCONH2 (A) Decomposition reaction
(C) 2KClO32KCl + 3O2 (B) Reduction reaction
(D) H2 + I22HI (C) Oxidation reaction
12. Which of the following statement is incorrect? (D) None of these
(A) In oxidation, oxygen in added to a 18. Fe2O3 + 2Al Al2O3 + 2Fe This reaction
substance. is an example of –
(B) In reduction, hydrogen is added to a (A) Combination reaction
substance. (B) Double displacement reaction
(C) Oxidizing agent in oxidized. (C) Decomposition reaction
(D) Reducing agent is oxidized. (D) Displacement reaction
13. Which of the following is a combustion 19. In reaction SO2 + 2H2S 2H2O + 3S the
reaction– reducing agent is –
(A) Boiling of water (A) SO2 (B) H2S
(B) Melting of wax (C) H2O (D) S
(C) Burning of petrol 20. What happens when dil hydrochloric acid is
(D) None of these added to iron fillings?
14. Which of the following is a redox reaction? (A) Hydrogen gas and Iron chloride are
(A) CaCO3CaO + CO2 produced.
(B) H2 + Cl2 2HCl (B) Chlorine gas and Iron hydroxide are
produced.
(C) CaO + 2HCl CaCl2 + H2O
(C) No reaction takes place
(D) NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O
(D) Iron salt and water are produced.
15. Which statement i s correct about the
following reaction? 21. When Iron nails are added to an aqueous
solution of copper sulphate, a chemical
ZnO + COZn + CO2
change occurs, which of the following is not
(A) ZnO is being oxidized
true about this reaction?
(B) CO is being reduced
(A) Blue colour of the solution fades.
(C) CO2 is being oxidized (B) Iron nails becomes brownish in colour.
(D) ZnO is being reduced (C) It is a displacement reaction.
16. The reaction C + O2 CO2 + Heat is a (D) Iron nails dissolves completely.
–
22. When in a chemical reaction, a product is
(A) Combination reaction obtained as a precipitate, it is shown by the
(B) Oxidation reaction following sign :
(C) Exothermic reaction (A) (B)
(D) All of the above (C) (D)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
42 Chemical Reactions & Equations
23. When dilute sulphuric acid is added in a 30. H2S(g) + Cl2(g) 2HCl(g) + S(s)
conical flask containing zinc granules, then: The reaction is interpreted as :
(A) SO2 gas is evolved (A) H2S is getting oxidised and Cl2 is getting
(B) SO3 gas is evolved reduced
(C) H2 gas is evolved (B) H2S is getting reduced and Cl2 is getting
(D) Zinc sulphate and H2 gas are produced oxidised
24. Food items after exposed to atmosphere (C) Only H2S is oxidised
become rancid due to the process of :
(D) Both H2S and Cl2 are reduced
(A) oxidation (B) reduction
31. What is the oxidation number of sulphur in
(C) corrosion (D) hydrogenation
peroxy mono sulphuric acid (H2SO5) ?
25. What is not true in a balanced chemical
equation?
(A) number of atoms of different elements (A) 8 (B) 6
on both sides are equal (C) 5 (D) 4
(B) mass of both sides are equal 32. Oxidation is defined as :
(C) number of charged ions on both sides (A) loss of electron
are equal (B) gain of electron
(D) total of charges on both sides are equal
(C) loss of proton
26. Which one of the following changes is not
(D) gain of proton
oxidation?
33. From the following metals whose nitrate
(A) combination (B) decomposition
produces NO2 gas on heating
(C) corrosion (D) rancidity
(A) Na (B) K
27. The reaction between aqueous solutions of
sodium chloride and silver nitrate is (C) Pb (D) None of these
(A) Displacement reaction 34. The equation given below indicates NaCl +
(B) Synthesis reaction AgNO3 AgCl + NaNO3 :
(C) Double displacement reaction (A) Chemical decomposition
(D) Analysis reaction (B) Chemical combination
28. CH4 + Cl2 CH3Cl + HCl reaction is an (C) Chemical displacement
example of- (D) Chemical double displacement
(A) Synthetic (B) Analytical 35. From the given reactions which is a redox
(C) Displacement (D) Neutralisation reaction ?
29. A brown and bright element "x" when heated
(A) CuO(s) + H2O(g)Cu(s) + H2O( )
in presence of air turns into black substance
(B) 2Cu(s) + O2(g) 2CuO(s)
"y". If Hydrogen gas is passed over this
heating material again ''x'' is obtained. "x" and (C) C(s) + 2H2(g) CH4(g)
''y'' are (D) All of the above
(A) Cu & CuO (B) S & SO2
(C) C & CO2 (D) Na & NaH
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 43
36. Displacement reaction is : 42. The chemical reaction HNO 3 + KOH
(A) CaO(s) + H2 O(l) Ca(OH)2 (aq) KNO3 + H2O is an example of -
(B) Pb(s) + CuCl2(aq) PbCl2(aq) +Cu(s) (A) neutralization
(C) MnO2(s) + 4HCl(l) MnCl2(s) + 2H2O(l) (B) double displacement
+ Cl2(g) (C) neutralization and double displacement
(D) C6H12O 6 + 6O2 6CO2 + 6H2O (D) combination
37. What is the instrument called for water 43. Which one is a double displacement reac-
electrolysis process ? tion?
(A) Voltameter (B) Voltmeter (A) BaCl2 + Na2SO4 BaSO4 + 2NaCl
(C) Hydrometer (D) Lactometer (B) CaO + H2O Ca(OH)2
(C) 2Pb(NO3)2 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2
38. Which of the following is endothermic reaction ?
(D) Zn + 2AgNO3 Zn(NO3)2 + 2Ag
(A) C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g)
44. The heating of ferrous sulphate is an ex-
(B) N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g)
ample of __________ reaction and the reac-
(C) 2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O(l) tion between iron and copper sulphate is an
(D) 2CH3OH (l) + 3O2(g) example of __________ reaction.
2CO2(g)+4H2 O(l) (A) displacement, decomposition
39. What is the color of the solution of copper (B) decomposition, displacement
sulphate? (C) combination, displacement
(A) Green (B) Light green (D) combination, decomposition
(C) Blue (D) Pink 45. A black mass is obtained on strongly heating
40. Which type of reaction takes place when an a mixture of iron fillings and sulphur powder.
iron nail is dipped in a solution of copper When this black mass was treated with dilute
sulphate? sulphuric acid a gas with smell of rotten eggs
(A) Combination is liberated. The gas is -
(B) Displacement (A) SO3
(C) Double displacement (B) SO2
(D) Decomposition (C) a mixture of SO2 and SO3
41. BaCl2(aq) + Na2SO4(aq) BaSO4(s) +2NaCl(aq) (D) H2S
The types of reaction are : 46. Following is the reactivity series in decreas-
ing order of their reactivity -
(A) Displacement (B) Precipitation
Magnesium > Zinc > Iron > Lead > Copper >
(C) Combination
Silver > Gold
(D) Double displacement
Which one of the following metals can dis-
(A) (a) & (c) (B) (a), (b), & (c)
place copper from copper sulphate solution?
(C) (b) & (c) (D) (b) & (d)
(A) Zn (B) Ag
(C) Au (D) None
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
44 Chemical Reactions & Equations
ASSERTION-REASON 3. When wat er contai ni ng di l . H 2 SO 4 i s
In the following questions , a statement of assertion electrolysed, H2 gas is obtained at positive
is followed by a statement of reason. Mark the correct electrode (anode).
choice as: 4. Oxidizing agent gets oxidized in a chemical
(A) If both assertion and reason are true and reaction.
reason is the correct explanation of assertion. 5. The reaction of zinc with copper chloride
(B) If both assertion and reason are true but gases are mixed, then the chemical change
reason is not a correct explanation of occuring is type of decomposition reaction.
assertion. 6. The form: X + YX XZ + Y is combination
(C) If assertion is true and reason is false. reaction.
(D) If both assertion and reason are false. 7. When oxygen is added to copper, then it gets
oxidized to cupric oxide.
1. Assertion : CuO(s) + H2(g) Cu(s) + H2O(l). It
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
is a redox reaction.
1. Why does not a wall immediately acquire a
Reason : In a redox reaction, reductant is
white colour when a coating of slaked lime
reduced by accepting electrons and oxidant
is applied on it?
is oxidised by losing electrons.
2. What is rust?
2. Assertion : When a zinc rod is dipped in a
solution of copper sulphate, zinc rod dissolves 3. What is the difference b/w the following 2
partially and its surface is coated with copper reactions?
metal. (a) Mg + 2HCl MgCl2 + H2
Reason : This reaction is due to the presence (b) NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O
of sulphate ions. 4. Which chemical process is used for obtaining
3. Assertion : 2H2S(g) + O2(g) 2S(s) + 2H2O(l). a metal from its oxide?
It is a redox reaction. 5. What is the role of oxidising agent in a
Reason : Oxidation involves removal of reaction?
hydrogen while reduction involves addition 6. What is meant by a skeletal chemical
of hydrogen. equation?
4. Assertion : SO2 and Cl2 both are bleaching 7. On what basis is a chemical equation
agents. balanced?
Reason : Both are reducing agents. 8. Balance following chemical equation:-
5. Assertion : Corrosion of iron is commonly Heat
Pb(NO3)2(s) PbO(s) + NO2(g) +
known as rusting.
O2(g)
Reason : Corrosion of iron occurs in presence
9. Write a balanced chemical equation to
of water and air.
represent the following equation:- Iron reacts
with steam to form Iron (II, III) oxide and
TRUE-FALSE
Hydrogen gas.
1. Rusting of iron is physical change.
10. Balance the following chemical equation.
2. Unbalanced chemical equation is against the
(i) FeCl2 + H2S HCl + FeS
law of conservation of mass.
(ii) HNO3 + Ca(OH)2 Ca(NO3)2 + H2O
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 45
11. What happens chemically when Quick lime 9. Balance the following equation
is added to water? (i) H2SO4 + NaOH Na2SO4+ H2O
12. Give one example of each exothermic reaction (ii) KCN + H2SO4 K2SO4 + HCN
and endothermic reaction? (iii) HgCl2 + SnCl2 Hg2Cl2 + SnCl4
13. In the reaction MnO2 + 4HCl MnCl2 + (iv) Al2O3 + H2SO4 Al2(SO4)3 + H2O
2H2O + Cl2. Identify which one is reduced
(v) Al2(SO4)3 + NaOH Al(OH)3 + Na2SO4
and which one is oxidized?
10. Identify the type of reaction
14. Complete the equation:-
Electrolysis
(i) 2H2O
Fe2O3 + 2Al 2H2 + O2
15. Take a small amount of calcium oxide or quick (ii) 2NH3 + H2SO4 (NH4)2SO4
lime in a beaker and slowly add water to this. (iii) AgNO3 + Nacl NaNO3 + Agcl
Is there any change in temperature? (iv) Zn + 2AgNO3 Zn(NO3)2 + 2Ag
(v) Ni(NO3)2 + 2NaOH Ni(OH)2 + 2NaNO3
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (vi) MgO(s) + C(s) CO(g) + Mg(s)
1. Write balance chemical equation “during
LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
respiration combustion of glucose takes place
1. When a water insoluble substance “X” is
producing carbon dioxide water and energy”.
added to dil. Hydrochloric acid, a colourless,
2. A zinc rod is left for nearly 20 minutes in
odourless gas is evolved. When the gas is
a copper sulphate solution. What change
passed through lime water, it turns milky. Write
would you observe in zinc rod?
the formula of gas evolved and balanced
3. Name a reducing agent that can be used chemical equation of the reaction.
to obtain manganese from manganese dioxide. 2. (a) Write one equation each for decomposition
Write balanced chemical equation for the reaction when energy is supplied in the form
reaction? of (i) Heat (ii) Light.
4. Give reason, silver articles become black after (b) Account for following:-
sometime when exposed to air?
(i) Paint is applied on Iron articles.
5. What is the role of catalyst in a chemical (ii) Oil and fat containing food items are
reaction?
flushed with nitrogen.
6. Name 2 salts which are used in black and 3. A green coloured hydrated salt of Iron loses
white photography? its water of crystallisation and smell of burning
7. State the essential requirement for rusting? sulphur is given. Identify the salt and write
8. Identify the type of reaction chemical equation.
(i) CuSO4 + Zn ZnSO4 + Cu 4. (a) Why cannot a chemical change be
(ii) BaCl2 + ZnSO4 BaSO4 + ZnCl2 normally reversed?
(b) Why is it always essential to balance a
Heat
(iii) NH4Cl NH3 + HCl
chemical equation?
(iv) HgCl2 + SnCl2 HgCl2 + SnCl4
(c) Why do diamond and graphite, 2 forms
(v) 2KClO3 2KCl + 3O2
of carbon evolve different amounts of heat
(vi) 2Al + Fe2O3 Al2O3 + 2Fe on combustion?
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
46 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(d) Why does milkiness disappear when CO2 2. (a) Based on reactions given below, arrange
is passed through lime water in excess? the metals invloved in these reactions in
(e) Can rusting of Iron take place in distilled decreasing order of reactivity. Give suitable
water? explanation.
6. X + YSO4 XSO4 + Y (i) Zn + CuSO4 ZnSO4 + Cu
Y + XSO4 No reaction (ii) Cu + 2AgNO3 Cu (NO3)2 + 2Ag
and of the 2 elements “X” and “Y” which (iii) Zn + FeSO4 ZnSO4 + Fe
is more reactive and why? (iv) Fe + CuSO4 FeSO4 + Cu
7. (a) Can a combi nation reaction be an (b) What is the nature of reactions?
oxidation reaction? 3. A, B and C are 3 elements which undergo
(b) How will you test whether the gas chemical reactions according to following
evolved in a reaction is hydrogen? equations:-
(c) Why does copper not evolve hydrogen A2O3 + 2B B2O3 + 2A
on reacting with dilute sulphuric acid? 3CSO4 + 2B B2(SO4)3 + 3C
8. A brown substance “X” on heating in air forms 3CO + 2A A2O3 + 3C
a substance “Y”. When hydrogen gas is passed Answer the following Questions
over heated “Y”. It again changes back into
(a) Which element is more reactive?
“X”. (i) Name the substance X and Y.
(b) Which element is least reactive?
(ii) Name the chemical processes occuring
during both changes. 4. You are given following materials:-
(iii) Write chemical equations? (i) Marble chips (ii) Dil. HCl acid (iii) zinc
granules
9. Explain why:-
Identify type of reaction when marble chips
(i) Respiration is an Exothermic reaction.
and zinc granules are added separately to
(ii) When blue salt of CuSO4 is heated it acid taken in two tubes. Write chemical
becomes colourless? equation in each case.
10. In electrolysis of water 5. 2gm of FeSO4 Crystals were heated in a hard
(i) Name the gas collected at the cathode glass test tube and observations recorded.
and anode respectively. (a) What was the successive colour change?
(ii) Why is the volume of one gas collected (b) Identify liquid droplets collected on cooler
at one electrode double that at the other? part of test tube.
Name this gas?
(c) What type of odour is observed on heating
(iii) How will you test the evolved gases? FeSO4 Crystals?
ACTIVITY BASED QUESTIONS
1. The marble statues slowly get corroded when
kept in open for a long time. Give suitable
explanation?
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 47
EXERCISE – II
MULIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS given below in the table. Which group of
students recorded all the observations
1. When water is added in a vessel containing
correctly?
lumps of quick lime, it is observed that
Group of Initial Final Change in
(A) the vessel becomes hot Change colour of colour of the iron
Students solution solution nail
(B) a hissing sound is produced
(A) Blue Colourless Grey c oat
(C) lump of quick lime breaks and dissolves
(B) Green Green Brown c oat
partially in water
(C) Blue Blue Brown c oat
(D) All the above. (D) Blue Light green Brown c oat
2. The colour changes observed when the 5. Four students were asked to study the
ferrous sulphate crystals are heated in a dry reaction between aqueous solutions of barium
boiling tube is chloride and sodium sulphate. They reported
that their experiment as follows. On mixing
(A) green orange brown
the solutions of the two salts in a test tube
(B) green white brown (i) the colour of the mixture becomes brown
(ii) the solutions form separate layer
(C) blue green white
(iii) a colourless mixture is obtained
(D) green brown black (iv) a white substance settles at the bottom.
3. A student heated small amount of ferrous The correct report is
sulphate in a test tube. She made the (A) (i) (B) (ii)
following observations: (C) (iii) (D) (iv)
6. Which of the following pairs of reactions is
(i) Ferrous sulphate colour changes to brown
not opposite to each other.
(ii) A gas having a smell of burning sulphur (A) Combination - decomposition
is evolved (B) Displacement - Double displacement
(iii) Water droplets collect on the upper side (C) Reduction - Oxidation
of the test tube (D) Endothermic - Exothermic
7. Which of the following is not correct about
(iv) Brown coloured gas is evolved. the balanced chemical equation ?
The correct set of observation is (A) Short hand representation of a chemical
reaction
(A) (i), (ii), (iv)
(B) How much amount of reactants required
(B) (i), (ii), (iii) to produce the given amount of products.
(C) (i), (iii), (iv) (C) How much amount of product will be
obtained from given reactants.
(D) (ii), (iii), (iv)
(D) Rate of reactions can be known by
4. Four groups of the students were assigned chemical equation
separately the experiment of interaction of
8. In which of the following, heat energy is not
iron nail with a solution of copper sulphate.
released ?
Each group recorded the observations as
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
48 Chemical Reactions & Equations
(A) C + O2 CO2 13. Which of the following reactions takes place
(B) CaO + H2O Ca(OH)2 in respiration?
(C) C6H12O6 + 6O2 6CO2 + 6H2O
(A) CO(g) 2H2 (g) CH3OH(l)
(D) NH4OH NH3 + H2O
9. Chemical equation for the combustion of sun light
(B) 6CO2 (aq) 6 H2O(l)
methanol is as follows :
C H O (aq) 6 O (aq)
xCH3OH(g) + yO2(g) zCO2(g) + 4H2O(g). 6 12 6 2
What is the value of ‘x, y and z” in the (C) C6H12O6 + 6O2 6H2O + 6CO2 + E
equation, respectively ? (D) CH4 (g) 2 O2 (g) CO2 (g) H2O(l)
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1, 2 and 4 14. Find the incorrect match
(C) 2, 3 and 4 (D) 2, 3 and 2 (A) Decomposition of
– Exothermic reaction
10. Magnesium ribbon is rubbed with sand paper vegetable matter
before making it to burn. The reason of (B) Respiration – Exothermic reaction
rubbing the ribbon is to Decomposition of
(C) – Exothermic reaction
(A) remove moisture condensed over the calcium carbonate
surface of ribbon. Burning of natural
(D) – Exothermic reaction
gas
(B) generate heat due to exothermi c
15. Identify the balance equation.
reaction.
C 6 H12 O6 3 O2 4H2 O
(C) remove magnesium oxide formed over the (A)
5 CO2 H2 O energy
surface of magnesium.
C 6 H12 O6 6 O2 6H2O
(D) Mix silicon from sand paper (silicon (B)
12 CO2 6 H2 O energy
dioxide) with magnesium for lowering ignition
temperature of the ribbon. C 6 H12 O6 6 O2 6H2O
(C)
11. Match the following : 5 CO2 6 H2O energy
Column I Column II C 6 H12 O6 6 O2 6H2O
(a) Neutralisation (i) 2Mg+O2 2MgO (D)
(b) Precipitation (ii) H2 SO4 +NaOHNa2 SO4 +H2 O
6 CO2 12 H2 O energy
(c ) Gas-formation (iii) ZnS+2HClZnCl2 +H2 S 16. Which of the following is a balanced chemical
(d) Oxidation (iv) PbNO3 +Na2 SO4 PbSO4 +2NaNO3 .
equation?
(A) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)
(A) Al + 2H+ Al3+ + H2
(B) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
(B) Al + 6H+ 2Al3+ + H2
(C) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)
(C) 2Al + 6H+ 2Al3+ + 3H2
(D) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i) (D) Al + 3H+ Al3+ + H2
17. Identify which among the following is/are
Column I Column II
(a) Neutralisation (i) heat
CuO H2 Cu H2O mismatched regarding the product formed
(b) Decomposition (ii) Na2SO4 (aq) BaCl2 during corrosion of the metal surface and
BaSO4 (aq) 2 NaCl(aq)
12. choose the correct option.
(c) Precipitation (iii) heat
CaCO3 CaO CO2
(d) Redox (iv) NaOH HCl NaCl H2O (i) Fe – Fe2O3.xH2O
(ii) Cu – CuO
(A) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)
(iii) Ag – Ag2S
(B) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
(A) Only (i) (B) Only (ii)
(C) (a)-(iii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)
(C) Only (iii) (D) Both (ii) and (iii)
(D) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 49
18. The change in the oxidation state of iron 22. Select the incorrect match(es).
in the given redox reaction is (i) Burning of magnesium ribbon-Combination
FeO + CO Fe + CO2
reaction.
(A) 0 to +3 (B) +3 to 0
(ii) Action of carbon dioxide on quick lime-
(C) +2 to 0 (D) 0 to +2
combination reaction.
19. The colour of the precipitate obtained during
(iii) Exposure of silver bromide to light-
the reaction of potassium iodide and lead
Decomposition reaction
nitrate is
(iv) Addition of zinc to dilute sulphuric acid
(A) White (B) Blue
- Double displacement reaction.
(C) Yellow (D) Grey
(V) Addition of an acid to a base to form
20. A small amount of calcium oxide (quick lime)
a salt single displacement reaction.
is taken in a beaker. Water is slowly added
(A) (i) and (iii) only
to this.
Which of the following observations is/are (B) (ii), (iii) and (v) only
incorrect about the activity? (C) (v) Only
(i) The beaker becomes hot because it is (D) (iv) and (v) only
an endothermic reaction. 23. A student wrote three statements about
(ii) A clear solution is obtained at the top rancidity:
after the reaction gets over. (i) When fats and oils are reduced, they
(iii) This reaction is a combination reaction become rancid.
in which quick lime (CaO) is converted into (ii) Chips manufactures usually flush chips
slaked lime, Ca(OH)2 bags with oxygen to prevent rancidity.
(A) (i), (ii) and (iii) (i ii) Rancidity is prevented by addi ng
(B) (ii) and (iii) only substances called antioxidants to food.
(C) (i) Only Choose the correct statement(s)
(D) (i) and (iii) only (A) (i) only
21. Observe the given reaction carefully and (B) (ii) and (iii) only
identify (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv).[NSO-2016]
(C) (iii) Only
(ii)
(D) (i), (ii) and (iii)
24. x, y and z i n the gi ven reacti on are
ZnO + C Zn + CO
respectively
(i) (iv)
heat
xKClO3 s
MnO2
yKCl s zO2g
(iii)
(A) 2, 3 and 3
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (B) 3, 3 and 1
(A) Undergoes Oxidation Reduction Undergoes
oxidation reduc tion
(C) 2, 2 and 3
(B) Reducing Reduction Oxidation Oxidising (D) 1, 3 and 2
agent agent
(C) Oxidising Oxidation Reduction Reduc ing
agent agent
(D) Undergoes Reduction Oxidation Undergoes
reduction oxidising
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
50 Chemical Reactions & Equations
25. 5 mL of sodium sulphate solution is taken (C) (i), (ii) and (iv) only
in a test tube and 5 mL of barium chloride (D) (i), (iii) and (iv) only
solution is taken in another test tube. When 27. Observe the given figure carefully. Which of
the two solutions are mixed slowly and the the following observation(s) is/are correct?
test tube is left undisturbed for some time,
a white precipitate is formed. [NSTSE-2016]
Which of the following statements is correct
about the above reaction?
(A) It is a double displacement reaction since
exchange of ions occurs between the two
reactants.
(B) It is combination reaction since barium (i) A double decomposition reaction takes
ions combine with sulphate ions to give barium place.
sulphate. (ii) Brown fumes of NO2 are evolved.
(C) It is a displacement reaction since chloride (iii) Red residue is left behind in the test tube.
ions are replaced by sulphate ions. (A) (i) and (iii) only (B) (ii) and (iii) only
(D) It is a neutralisation reaction since an (C) (i) and (ii) only (D) (ii) only
acid reacts with alkali to give a salt.
26. Whi c h of the fol l owi ng re acti ons are
exothermic in nature?
(i) Evaporation of water
(ii) Dissolution of sodium hydroxide in water
(iii) Dilution of sulphuric acid
(iv) Dissolution of ammonium chloride in water
(v) Combustion of methane gas
(A) (i), (iv) and (v) only
(B) (ii), (iii) and (v) only
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 51
EXERCISE – III
5. Column II gives type of reaction mention in
MULIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
column I, match them correctly.
1. A metal ‘M’ produces white ash of ‘N’ and
dazzling white light on burning in the presence
of oxygen gas. The metal ‘M’ and ash ‘N’ would
be [NSEJS-2017]
(A) magnesium oxide,manganese respectively
(B) m angane se d i oxi de , magnes i um
respectively (A) A-2, B-3, C-1, D-4
(C) magnesium, magnesium oxide respectively
(B) A-1, B-3, C-2, D-4
(D) magnesium carbonate, magnesium
(C) A-3, B-4, C-2, D-1
respectively
(D) A-2, B-4, C-3, D-1
2. Chemical equation for the formation of
6. A green coloured crystalline solid ‘X’ when
hydrogen sulphide gas is
heated first becomes colourless and then on
ZnS + xHCl ZnCl2 + yH2S.
further heating, it becomes brown. During this
What is the value of “x and y” in the equation, process two gases with the smell of burning
respectively ? sulphur are also evolved. The brown coloured
(A) 2 and 1 (B) 1 and 2 compound is
(C) 2 and 2 (D) 3 and 1 (A) FeSO4
3. Which of the following is not an exothermic B) FeO
reaction? (C) Fe2(SO4)3
(A) CaCO3
CaO CO2 (D) Fe2O3
7. Match the following:
(B) CH4 2O2
CO2 2H2O Coloumn-I Coloumn-I
(a) + – (i) Exothermic
(C) HCl NaOH
NaCl H2O A A + e
reaction
(b) – – (ii) Exothermic
(D) N2 3H2
2NH3 A + e A
reaction
4. The reaction that releases energy is (c) (iii) Oxidation
A + B C + Energy
reaction
(A) 2FeSO4 s
Fe2O3 s SO2 g SO3 g
(d) (iv) Reduction
A + B C – Energy
(B) 3Pb NO3 2 s
2PbO s 4NO2 g O2 g
reaction
(A) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)
(C) 2AgBr s
2Ag s Br2 g
Sunlight
(B) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
(C) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
(D) CH4 g 2O2 g
CO2 g 2H2 O l
(D) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
52 Chemical Reactions & Equations
8. Corrosion and rancidity are due to and (C) X and Y were sodium hydroxide solution
respectively. and hydrochloric acid respectively and the
(A) oxidation; oxidation yellow precipitate Z was sodium chloride.
(B) oxidation; reduction (D) Z and Y were potassium hydroxide
(C) reduction; oxidation solution and nitric acid respectively and the
(D) reduction; reduction yellow precipitate Z was potassium nitrate.
9. A small amount of a light green coloured
12. Four test tubes were taken and marked 1,
compound X is heated in a test tube. In the
2, 3 and 4 respectively. 2 mL of aqueous
beginning, it loses some water and then
solution of aluminium sulphate, Al2(SO4)2 was
gas(es) Z with suffocating smell come(s) out.
filled in each test tube. A peice of metal zinc
The vapours of gas(es) are collected and
was placed in test tube 1, iron in test tube
dissolved in water The solution turn blue
2, copper in test tube 3 and aluminium in
litmus red. The residue Y left in the test tube
test tube 4. Mark the correct change in
turns reddish brown. X, Y and Z could be
colour in the four test tube.
respectively.
1 2 3 4
(A) PbSO4, Pb2O3 and SO3
(A) Colour- Green Blue Colour-
(B) FeSO4,·7H2O, Fe2O3 and SO2, SO3
less less
(C) Na2SO4·10H2O, Na2SO4 and SO2
(B) Light Green Blue Pale
(D) Pb(NO3)2, PbO2 and NO2, N2O4
green yellow
10. Metal X is found in earth’s crust. This metal
(C) Light Colour- Colour- Light
forms a reddish brown substance when
blue less less blue
exposed to moist air. When a blue coloured
(D) Colour- Colour- Colour- Colour-
solution Y is stored in a container made of
less less less less
X, the solution turns green and a reddish
brown metal Z gets deposited on the 13. Marble chips or calcium carbonate react with
container. hydrochloric acid as:
X, Y and Z are respectively CaCO3 + 2HCl CaCl2 + H2O + CO2
(A) Cu, CuSO4, Fe The reaction is carried out twice and following
(B) Zn, ZnSO4, Fe graphs were obtained: [NSEJS-2018]
(C) Fe, CuSO4, Cu
(D) Cu, FeSO4, Fe
11. Two colourless solutions X and Y were mixed
together. On mixing, a yellow precipitate Z
was fomed. Which of the following statements
is correct regarding X, Y and Z ?
(A) X and Y were lead nitrate and potassium
iodide solutions respectively. The yellow
precipitate Z was lead iodide.
(B) X and Y were potassium chloride solution
and water respectively. The yellow precipitate
Z was of chloride ions. Whi ch of the fol l owi ng statements i s
incorrect?
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Chemical Reactions & Equations 53
(A) Reaction is faster in experiment II. 15. Rupali, a class 10 student has set up the
(B) Marble chips taken in experiment II are apparatus as shown in the figures.
Glass rod Glass rod
smaller in size than marble chips taken in
experiment I.
20 mL water 20 mL water
(C) Same amount of marble chips and +K2SO4 +NH4NO3
hydrochloric acid is used for both the I II
experiments.
Glass rod Glass rod
(D) None of these.
14. Four students P, Q, R and S noted the initial
20 mL water 20 mL CuSO 4
colour of the solutions kept in beakers I, II, +Anhy. CuSO 4 +Zn granules
III and IV. After inserting zinc rods in each
III IV
solution and leaving them undistrubed for two Which of the following observation is correct?
hours, the colour of each solution was again
(A) Temperature of beakers I, II and III will
noted in the form of table given below:
Zn Zn Zn Zn be raised as dissolution of salts is an
exothermic process.
(B) Temperature of beakers III and IV will
be raised while temperature of beakers I and
Al2 (SO4)3 ZnSO4 FeSO4 CuSO 4 II will fall.
I II III IV
(C) Temperature will rise only in beaker IV
Student Colour I II III IV as redox reactions are exothermic.
of the (D) None of these.
solution
16. Identify the following type of reaction
Colour Colour Light Blue
Initial
less less Green heat
2KClO3 2KCl s 3O2 g
P catalyst
Colour Colour Colour Colour
Final
less less less less (A) It is combination reaction
Colour Light Light Blue
Initial (B) It is a decomposition reaction and is
less Yellow Green
Q accompanied by release of heat.
Colour Colour Light Colour
Final (C) It is Photo Chemical decomposition
less less Green less
Colour Colour Light Blue reaction by release of heat
Initial
less less Green (D) It is a decomposition reaction and is
R
Light Colour Colour Light endothermic in nature.
Final
Blue less less Blue
17. Which information is not conveyed by a
Light Colour Light Blue
Initial balance chemical equation ?
Green less Green
S
Colour Colour Dark Colour (A) Physical quantity of reactants and
Final
less less green less products.
Which student noted the colour change in (B) Symbols and formula of all the substances
all the four beakers correctly? involved in a particular reaction
(A) P (B) Q (C) No of atoms/molecules of the reactants
(C) R (D) S and products formed.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
54 Chemical Reactions & Equations
List I List II
(D) Whether a particular reaction is actually
(Chemical reactions) (Types of chemical
feasible or not. reactions)
18. When the reaction (a) Formation of NH3 (i) Decomposition
form N2 and H2
Pb NO3 2 2PbO NO2 O2 (b) Calc ination of zinc (ii) Double displac ement
carbonate
is balanced the coefficients of the reactants (c) Reaction of aqueous (iii) Combination
and products in the balanced reaction will BaCl2 solution with
be dilute H2 SO4
(d) Rancidity of oils (iv) Redox
(A) 4, 2, 1, 2 (B) 2, 2, 4, 1 (v) Displacement
(C) 2, 4, 1, 2 (D) 4, 2, 2, 2, 1 (A) (a)-(i), (b)-(v), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)
19. Match List - I(Position of the metal in the (B) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(v), (d)-(i)
activity series) with the list-II(Related
(C) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(v), (d)-(i)
redcution process) and select the correct
(D) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
option using the codes given below:
22. The values of stoichiometric coefficients m,
List I List II x, y and z in the following reaction after
(Positon of the Metal (Related Redcuction
balancing are respectively.
in the Activity Series) Process)
(a) The bottom of the (i) Electrolysis
m NH4 2 Cr2O4
xCr2O3 yN2 zH2O
series
(b) The top of the series (ii) Reduc tion by heat
(A) 2, 1, 1, 2
alone
(c) The lower regions of (iii) Found in native (B) 2, 2, 2, 4
the series state (C) 1, 1, 1, 4
(d) The middle of the (iv) Reduc ion using
serise c arbon or some (D) 2, 2, 1, 2
other reducing agent 23. Which of the following is not a redox reaction?
(A) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i) (A) 2Na(s) + Cl2(g) 2NaCl(s)
(B) (a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii) (B) Ca(OH)2(aq)+2HNO3(aq)
(C) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv) Ca(NO3)2(aq)+2H2O(l)
(D) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii) (C) 2Pb(NO3)2(s)PbO(s)+4NO2(g)+O2(g)
20. Potassi um permanganate re acts wi th (D) Cl2(g)+H2O(l)HCl(aq)+HClO(aq)
concentrated hydrochloric acid based on the 24. Study the given experimental set-up
equation given below: [NTSE Stage 2-2017]
aKMnO4 bHCl cKCl dMnCl2 eH2O fCl2
The value of ‘f’ when the above chemical
equation is balanced is: If in test tubes I and III, black residue was
(A) 3 (B) 4 obtained and in test tubes II and IV, no
(C) 5 (D) 6 change was observed, then metals P, Q, R
21. Match chemical reactions given in the List- and S could be respectively
I with the type of chemical reactions given (A) Al, Cu, Pb, Ag (B) Pb, Cu, Ag, Al
in List-II and select the correct answer using (C) Pb, Al, Cu, Ag (D) Zn, Cu, Al, Ag
the options given below:
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
BIOLOGY
CLASS - X
BOOKLET - 1
CONTENTS
LIFE PROCESSES
S.NO. PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................... 03 – 04
NUTRITION
S.NO. PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................... 05 – 21
2. Exercise - I ............................................................................... 22 – 25
3. Exercise - II .............................................................................. 26 – 27
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................. 28 – 30
RESPIRATION
S.NO. PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................... 31 – 45
2. Exercise - I ............................................................................... 46 – 51
3. Exercise - II .............................................................................. 52 – 54
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................. 55 – 58
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
TRANSPORTATION
S.NO. PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................... 59 – 82
2. Exercise - I ............................................................................... 83 – 87
3. Exercise - II .............................................................................. 88 – 90
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................. 91 – 94
EXCRETION
S.NO. PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................... 95 – 105
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................. 106 – 110
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................. 111 – 113
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................ 114 – 116
CONTROL AND COORDINATION
S.NO. PAGE NO.
1. Theory ................................................................................... 117 – 155
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................. 156 – 159
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................. 160 – 162
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................ 163 – 166
ANSWER KEY
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. All Topic .................................................................................. 167 – 172
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
LIFE PROCESSES
INTRODUCTION
TYPES OF LIFE PROCESSES
Nutrition Respiration Transportation Excretion Control &
Coordination
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
4 Life Process
INTRODUCTION
Living organisms require oxygen, water and food for their various activities to sustain life.
The various processes essential for maintenance of life are called life processes, which are Nutrition,
Respiration, Transportation and Excretion.
Energy is continuously required by living organisms to carry out various life processes. This energy
is liberated due to intake as well as utilisation of nutrients and also by respiration of an organism.
Organisms can be classified into two groups - Autotrophic and Heterotrophic.
Respiration is the process in which food is oxidised to release energy, which can be aerobic or
anaerobic. The first step in respiration is called breathing.
Animals have evolved different organs for the uptake of Oxygen from the surroundings and for
release of Carbon dioxide.
In human beings, the transport of materials like Oxygen, Carbon dioxide, food and excretory
products is a function of the circulatory system.
The circulatory system consists of heart, blood and blood vessels.
In higher plants, transport of water, minerals, food and other materials is a function of the vascular
tissue which consists of conducting tissues, xylem and phloem.
All plants and animals produce harmful substances due to a number of metabolic activities occurring
in their body tissues. These substances are to be eliminated from the body as they are toxic in
nature.
In human beings, excretory products in the form of soluble Nitrogen compounds are removed by the
nephrons in the kidneys. Plants use a variety of techniques to get rid of waste materials; which are
stored in the cell-vacuoles, removed by the falling of leaves thus, excreted into the surrounding
soil.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
NUTRITION
CHAPTER
1
NUTRITION
AUTOTROPHIC
PHOTOAUTOTROPHIC CHEMOAUTOTROPHIC
eg - All Producers eg - Sulphur Bacteria
HETEROTROPHIC
Parasitic Symbiotic Saprotrophic Holozoic
eg. Liver fluke, eg. Lichens eg. Decomposers eg. Amoeba,
Tape Worm etc Humans
6 Life Process
NUTRITION
It is the method of obtaining nutrients from the environment. It can be defined as the process by
which the organism ingests, digests, absorbs, transports and utilises nutrients and disposes off
their end products.
NUTRIENT
The different component of food that have distinct functions like providing energy, materials for
body building, maintenance & regulation of metabolism are called nutrient.
For example-Proteins, Minerals, Vitamin, Carbohydrates, fats.
MODES OF NUTRITION
Mode of nutrition
Autotrophic nutrition Heterotrophic nutrition
Holozoic Saprotrophic Parasitic Symbiotic
nutrition nutrition nutrition nutrition
1. AUTOTROPHIC NUTRITION
In this type of nutrition, organisms synthesise the organic materials they require, from inorganic
sources. All green plants are autotrophic and use light as a source of energy for the synthesis.
Autotrophs
The organisms which make their own food from raw materials like carbon dioxide and water
in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll are called Autotrophs. These organisms are also
called producers and include green plants and some bacteria.
Photosynthesis
It is the process by which green parts of the plant synthesise organic food in the form of
carbohydrates from CO2 and water in the presence of sunlight.
sunlight
6CO2 + 6H2O
chlorophyll C6H12O6 + 6O2
In plants and most algae photosynthesis occurs in the chloroplasts and there are two principal
reactions:
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 7
(i) Light reaction (light-dependent) requires the presence of light energy from the sunlight
which is obtained by photosynthetic pigments, i.e., chlorophyll and used to bring about the
photolysis of water.
H2O 2H+ + 2e-
(ii) Dark reaction (light-independent) i.e., this reaction is not dependent on light and
during this reaction carbon dioxide is reduced to carbohydrate in a metabolic pathway known as
the Calvin cycle.
Site of Photosynthesis
Photosynthesis occurs in green parts of the plants like leaves and green stems.
Anatomically, the leaf has outermost epidermal layers (on both surface) which are covered by waxy
cuticle. The internal layers of the leaf are made up of mesophyll cells rich in chloroplast.
Chloroplast are the cell organelles that perform photosynthesis. Structurally chloroplasts are double
membrane bound cell organelles containing sac-like structure called thylakoids. These are present
in the stroma of chloroplast either in a stacked manner to form granum (plural : grana) or singly.
Stroma lamellae connect the two grana. The thylakoid membranes contain green pigment molecule
called chlorophyll, which absorbs the light energy and converts it into chemical energy.
Difference between light and dark reactions
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
8 Life Process
Features Light reaction Dark reaction
Requirement of light Required Not required
The stroma region of
Takes place inside Grana part of the chloroplast chloroplast
ATP and NADPH2 formed
ATP and NADPH2 are produced during light reaction are
by the conversion of light energy used for the fixation of
ATP and NADPH2 into chemical energy CO2 into carbohydrate
Sugar formation takes
Sugar formation No sugar formation takes place place
Release of oxygen Oxygen is released No oxygen is released
2. VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF PHOTOSYNTHESIS
Various components necessary for the process of photosynthesis are :
(A) Chlorophyll
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Sunlight
(D) Water
This can be demonstrated with the help of various experiments.
(A) Chlorophyll
Chlorophyll is a green pigment present in the green leaves, stems etc.
ACTIVITY - 1
To prove that chlorophyll is essential for photosynthesis.
Apparatus
Plant with variegated leaves, Apparatus for starch test i.e., Iodine solution, beaker, test tubes.
BLUE BLACK
(STARCH)
GREEN
(CHLOROPHYLL)
COLOURLESS
NON-GREEN (NO STARCH)
Apparatus to show that chlorophyll is essential for photosynthesis
Procedure
1. A potted plant with variegated leaf (Coleus, Croton) is kept in darkness for two days to make
the leaves starch-free.
2. A plant is then kept in sunlight for few hours.
3. A leaf is removed from the plant and tested with Iodine for starch, after decolourising it first
with water and then alcohol.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 9
Conclusion
It is seen that the portions of leaves which are devoid of chlorophyll remain colourless (starch
free) whereas the rest of the leaf turns blue-black due to the presence of starch.
(B) Carbon-Dioxide
Photosynthesis has been found to takes place in a very wide range of CO2 concentration.
Within the range, the rate of photosynthesis will decrease or increase with decrease or
increase in CO2 concentration, provided other factors are not limiting.
Relatively high concentration of CO2, reduces the rate of photosynthesis and if given for a
considerable period of time, has detrimental effect on the process itself.
ACTIVITY - 2
To prove that carbon dioxide is necessary for the process of photosynthesis.
Apparatus
Two healthy potted plants, Potassium hydroxide (KOH), 2 bell jars, watch-glass, vaseline, 2 glass
plates, Iodine solution, H2O and alcohol.
Procedure
1. Take two healthy potted plants of same size.
2. Destarch them by keeping in a dark room for 3-4 days.
3. Now place these potted plants on separate glass sheets.
4. Place watch glass containing KOH by the side of one of the plants. KOH has the property to
absorb carbon dioxide.
5. Now cover these potted plants with bell jars.
6. To make the apparatus air tight use vaseline to seal the bottom of the jars to glass plates.
7. Keep this experimental setup in sunlight for 3 to 4 hours.
8. Pluck one leaf from each plant.
BELL JAR
WATCH GLASS
CONTAINING KOH
A B
GLASS SHEET
Apparatus to show that CO2 is necessary for the process of photosynthesis
9. Perform starch test for both the leaves by decolourizing leaf first in water, then in alcohol and
finally testing with Iodine solution.
10. Leaf which was within bell jar with KOH solution gives a negative test whereas other one gives
positive test.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
10 Life Process
Conclusion
The experiment clearly proves the fact that Carbon dioxide is absolutely essential for photosynthesis.
The part of the leaf which could not show iodine test positive or manufacture starch had all the
requirements for photosynthesis except CO2, which was absorbed by KOH in the bottle.
Info Bubble
The light intensity where in the
photosynthesising organs neither
takes CO2 nor release the same
is called compensation point.
(C) Sunlight
Plants do photosynthesis by trapping sunlight using chlorophyll.
ACTIVITY - 3
To prove that light is necessary for photosynthesis-Starch Printing Test.
Apparatus
Ganong's light screen or two strips of black paper. A destarched plant, Apparatus for starch test.
Procedure
1. Take a Ganong's light screen or, you can even use two black paper strips to cover the leaf.
2. A potted plant is kept in the dark for two days to make the leaves starch free.
3. A leaf is partly covered with a piece of black paper or by a Ganong's light screen.
4. The pot is then kept in the sunlight for few hours.
5. The leaf is then tested with Iodine solution for starch.
Conclusion
It is seen that the starch is formed only in the exposed portion of the leaf whereas covered portion
remains starch-free because light was not available to such patches for photosynthesis.
Sunlight
Starched
Green leaf Iodine leaf (blue black)
No starch
Black paper
formation (white)
To show that light is required for photosynthesis
(D) Water
(i) Plants absorb water from the soil with the help of root system. The effect of water deficiency
on the rate of photosynthesis is indirect one.
(ii) Decrease in H2O content of the leaves may cause partial or complete closure of stomatal
opening, and hence a reduction in the rate of diffusion of CO2.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 11
(iii) A partial drying of the cell walls cause decrease in its permeability to CO2, another indirect
effect of water deficiency is that the accumulation of sugar within the cells increases the
rate of respiration and thus decreases apparent photosynthesis.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
1. In plants, the carbohydrates which are not utilised are stored in the form of
(A) Glycogen (B) Starch (C) Glycolipid (D) Phospholipid
2. In terrestrial plants, water used in photosynthesis is taken up by the
(A) Flowers (B) Roots (C) Aerial leaves (D) Green stems
3. Micro-organisms that do not show any molecular movement in them, until they infect some cells
are
(A) Viruses (B) Bacteria (C) Archaebacteria (D) Eubacteria
4. Identify the correct matching pair of form of organic food synthesized, stored and transported in
plants, from the following.
Form of food synthesized Form of food stored Form of food transported
(A) Sucrose Glucose Starch
(B) Glucose Starch Sucrose
(C) Glucose Sucrose Starch
(D) Sucrose Glycogen Glucose
5. Which of the following events does not occur exclusively during light reaction of photosynthesis ?
(A) Photolysis of water
(B) Conversion of light energy into chemical energy
(C) Absorption of solar energy
(D) Reduction of CO2
[Ans. 1. (B), 2. (B), 3. (A), 4. (B), 5. (D)]
2. HETEROTROPHIC NUTRITION
The type of nutrition in which organisms derive their food (nutrients) from other living organisms. In
heterotrophic nutrition, the energy is derived from the intake and digestion of the organic
substances, normally of plant or animal tissue.
Heterotrophs : The organisms which cannot make their own food and depend directly or indirectly
on autotrophs for their survival are called heterotrophs. These organisms include animals and fungi.
Heterotrophic mode of nutrition are of different types :
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
12 Life Process
(A) Saprotrophic Nutrition
It refers to the mode of nutrition in which organisms obtain nutrients from the dead and
decaying organic matter, e.g., fungi, yeast and bacteria are called saprophytes.
(B) Parasitic Nutrition
It refers to the mode of obtaining food synthesised by others. The organism which obtains
food is called the ‘parasite’ and the organism from which food is absorbed is called the
‘host’. This nutrition is observed in fungi, bacteria, a few plants like Cuscata and some
animals like Plasmodium and roundworm.
(C) Symbiotic Nutrition (Mutualistic)
The mutualistic nutrition can be defined as the interdependent nutrition in which each
organism is dependent mutually on the other.
Ex. The lichens share mutualistic nutrition between a fungus and a cyanobacterium.
(D) Holozoic Nutrition
It refers to the mode of nutrition in which the complex organic matter in the form of solid food
is ingested, digested and then absorbed into the cells and utilised, e.g. amoeba, frog, human
beings.
Depending upon the source of food, holozoic organisms are of three types – Herbivores,
carnivores, omnivores.
Herbivores :
(L.herba-plant, vorare-to eat)
They are holozoic organisms which feed on plants or plant parts, e.g., cow, buffalo, deer, goat,
rabbit, grasshopper, elephant, squirrel, hippopotamus.
Carnivores : They are animals which feed on other animals. Carnivores are also called predators.
They hunt, kill and feed on their preys, e.g. lion, tiger, leopard, snake, hawk.
Omnivores : (L.omnis-all, vorare-to eat)
They are holozoic organisms which feed on both plant and animal materials, e.g. cockroach, ant,
pig, crow, rat, bear, dog, humans.
3. NUTRITION IN AMOEBA (HOLOZOIC)
Protozoan (protists) carry out holozoic nutrition through intracellular digestion.
Steps of Nutrition in amoeba
(i) Ingestion : Food is taken in with help of pseudopodia.
(ii) Digestion : Intracellular with help of enzymes present in lysosomes.
(iii) Absorption : The digested food then diffuses into the cytoplasm.
(iv) Assimilation : The absorbed food is utilised to meet the energy requirements of Amoeba.
(v) Egestion : Undigested food thrown out.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 13
Food particle
Contractile
Nucleus
vacuole
A B
Fresh food
Ingested food
vacuole
particle Lysosome Old food
vacuole
C D
Food
vacuole Undigested
particles
HOLOZOIC NUTRITION IN AMOEBA
4. DIGESTIVE SYSTEM OF HUMAN
The organs which are responsible for ingestion, digestion, absorption, assimilation and egestion
constitute the digestive system. The digestive system comprises of the alimentary canal and
associated digestive glands.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
14 Life Process
Digestive system Salivary Glands
Liver
Alimentary canal Digestive Glands
Gastric Glands
Pancreas
Mouth Buccal Oesophagus Stomach Intestine
cavity
Small Intestine Large Intestine
Duodenum Jejunum Ileum Colon
Caecum Rectum
(A) Alimentary canal
The alimentary canal is basically a long tube extending from the mouth to the anus.
It is differentiated into following parts.
(i) Mouth : It is a transverse slit bounded by movable lips. The lips serve to close and open the
mouth. Holding the food in between and also helps in speaking.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 15
Teeth
Man possess teeth on both the jaws. There are 32 teeths of four different types, namely
incisors, canines, premolars and molars.
Types of teeth Milk teeth Permanent teeth
Incisor 8 8
Canine 4 4
Premolar 0 8
Molar 8 12
Total number of teeth 20 32
MORE TO KNOW
Definition in human beings:
(i) Heterodont having different types of teeth like canine, incisors, premolars and molars.
(ii) Diphyodont teeth grow twice in life. Out of 32, 20 teeth are diphyodont and 12 are
monophyodont (Teeth which grows only once in life).
(iii) Thecodont teeth have well-developed roots embedded in deep bony sockets.
(iv) Molars of milk teeth are shed off and premolars of permanent teeth take their place.
(v) Upper incisors of the elephant are modified into tusk.
Dental Caries
The hard, outer covering of a tooth is called Enamel. Tooth enamel is the hardest material
in our body. It is even harder than bones. The part of tooth below enamel is called dentine.
Dentine is similar to bone. Inside the dentine is pulp cavity. The pulp cavity contains nerves and
blood vessels. The formation of small cavities (or holes) in the teeth due to the action of
acid-forming bacteria and improper dental care is called dental caries.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
16 Life Process
When we eat sugary food, the bacteria in our mouth act on sugar to produce acids. These acids
first dissolve the calcium salts from the tooth enamel and then from dentine forming small cavities
(or holes) in the tooth over a period of time. The formation of cavities reduces the distance
between the outside of the tooth and the pulp cavity which contains nerves and blood vessels.
The acids produced by bacteria irritate the nerve endings inside the tooth and cause toothache. If
the cavities caused by dental decay are not cleaned and filled by a dentist, the bacteria will get
into the pulp cavity of tooth causing inflammation and infection leading to severe pain.
If the teeth are not cleaned regularly, they become covered with a sticky, yellowish layer of food
particles and bacteria cells called 'dental plaque'. Since plaque covers the teeth forming a layer
over them, the alkaline saliva cannot reach the tooth surface to neutralise the acid formed by
bacteria and hence tooth decay sets in. Brushing the teeth regularly, after eating food, removes
the plaque before bacteria produces acids. This will prevent dental carries or tooth decay.
Dentine
Info Bubble
It is the tooth decay which involves destruction of the enamel layer of the tooth by acids
produced by the action of bacteria on sugar. If dental caries is not treated, it can spread
to the dentine and pulp of the tooth, causing inflammation and infection of the tooth.
Digestion in oral cavity
In humans, digestion starts first in oral cavity.
In the in oral cavity, food gets mixed up with saliva secreted by salivary glands.
Saliva contains an enzyme ptyalin which breaks polysaccharide starch into disaccharide maltose.
Ptyalin
Starch
(Salivary anylase) Maltose
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 17
The food from the mouth cavity passes into the stomach through the oesophagus.
Info Bubble
Apart from the presence of food, the sight, smell or even touch of
one's favourite food can initiate secretion of gastric juices.
(ii) Pharynx
It is a short, conical region that lies after the mouth cavity. The pharynx is divided into two
parts — the nasopharynx which lies behind the nasal cavities and the oropharynx which
lies behind the mouth.
Two apertures are found in central part of buccopharyngeal cavity.
* Ventral or lower aperture is called glottis which is related to the larynx. Which is
guarded by epiglottis.
* The dorsal and upper aperture is called gullet which opens into oesophagus.
(iii) Oesophagus (food pipe)
It is a long, narrow, muscular tube which leads to the stomach. The oesophagus is a collapsible
muscular tube leading from pharynx to stomach. There are no digestive glands but mucus
glands are present.
(iv) Stomach
It is a thick, muscular and J shaped sac present on the left side of upper part of abdomen.
Gastric glands are present in the wall of stomach. These releases gastric juice or digestive
juice, which contains mucus, hydrochloric acid and a protein digesting enzyme called pepsin.
Mucus lubricates the food and protects the inner linning of the stomach from the action of
HCl.
HCl creates an acidic medium, which facilitates the action of enzyme pepsin and kills the
bacteria present in food.
Pepsin breaks down proteins into peptides.
Spinchter muscles regulate the exit of food from stomach into intestine due to peristaltic
waves of stomach.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
18 Life Process
CARDIAC
Human Stomach
(v) Intestine
It is the largest part of alimentary canal which is fitted into a compact space because of
extensive coiling. It is distingushed into small intestine and large intestine.
Small intestine
The small intestine is the site of the complete digestion of carbohydrates, proteins
and fats. It receives the secretions of the liver and pancrease for digestion.
Food is mixed with three digestive juices (bile juice, pancreatic juice and intestinal
juice)
Bile juice (from the liver) provide alkaline medium and emulsifies fats (conversion of
larger fat globules into smaller fat droplets) but it is non-enzymatic digestive juice so it
has no chemical action on food.
Pancreatic juice (from the pancreas) contains trypsin, pancreatic amylase and
pancreatic lipase, which digest the peptons, starch and fats into peptides, maltose
and fatty acids and glycerol respectively.
The wall of intestine secretes intestinal juice which contains enzymes for complete
digestion of proteins into amino acids, carbohydrates into glucose and fats into fatty
acid and glycerol.
The inner lining of the small intestine has numerous finger like projections called villi
which increase the surface area for absorbtion of digested food.
These are richly supplied with blood vessels.
Large Intestine
It is much shorter and wider than small intestine and is differentiated into three regions
viz., caecum, which is small rounded blind sac from which vermiform appendix arises;
colon is the inverted U-shaped tube and the rectum opens to exterior through anus.
(vi) Anus
The rest of the material is removed from the body via anus. The exit of waste material is
regulated by anal spinchter.
(B) Digestive Glands
Various glands associated with alimentary canal are :
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 19
Info Bubble
On eating food of our interest, watering starts in our mouth. This water is basically
the saliva which is secreted by salivary glands that get activated by eating and
even seeing or thinking of good food.
(i) Salivary Glands
The salivary glands secrete the first of the digestive juices, the saliva which aids in digestion
of carbohydrate, keeps your mouth moist and supports healthy teeth. There are three pairs
of salivary glands, namely the parotid, sub-maxillary and sublingual glands.
(ii) Gastric Glands
They are branched tubular glands which lie in the mucus membranes of the stomach. They
secrete gastric juice, which is clear, acidic (containing HCl), enzymes and mucus.
(iii) Liver
It is the largest gland in man and lies below diaphragm in the right upper part of abdomen.
Liver comprises of two lobes, right and left, where the right lobe is much larger than the left
lobe. The cells of liver, i.e., hepatic cells produce bile juice which flows out of liver through
hepatic ducts forming common bile duct and opens into duodenum. Bile juice then flows into
gall bladder through the cystic ducts.
(iv) Pancreas
It is a soft lobulated gland present in between the loops of duodenum. It secretes pancreatic
juice containing enzymes which is poured into duodenum with the help of pancreatic duct.
The duct systems of liver, gall bladder and pancreas
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
20 Life Process
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
6. What are dental caries and how are they caused?
Ans. It is the tooth decay which involves destruction of the enamel layer of the tooth. It begins when
bacteria acting on sugars produce acids that softens or demineralises the enamel, masses of
bacterial cells together with food particle stick to the teeth to form dental plaque. If the dental
caries are not treated, it can spread to the dentine and pulp of the tooth, causing infection and
inflammation of the tooth.
7. Why are villi richly supplied with blood vessels?
Ans. The blood vessels take the absorbed food to each and every cell of the body, where it is utilised for
obtaining energy, building up new tissues and the repair of old tissues.
8. It is said that, 'small intestine is the site of the complete digestion'. Why is it so?
Ans. The small intestine receives the secretions of the liver and pancreas which helps in the complete
digestion of carbohydrates, proteins and fats.
ON YOUR TIPS
Emulsification :- Emulsification is the phenomenon of physically breaking of large sized fat globules
into small sized fat droplets by the bile-salts of the bile juice. This increases the surface area for
digestion of fats by the lipase enzyme.
Enzymes are classified into 3 groups :-
(a) Amylolytic enzymes – Carbohydrate digestion
(b) Proteolytic enzymes – Protein digestion
(c) Lipolytic enzymes – Lipid digestion
Alimentary Canal :- The digestive canal where the entire process of digestion is accomplished,
called alimentary canal.
* It is the site for ingestion, digestion, absorption and egestion of food material.
* In man it is about 7–8 meters long.
* The alimentary canal of herbivores is longer than the alimentary canal of carnivores, because
herbivores have to digest the cellulose, which is difficult to digest.
Mucus in stomach :- Mucus is a viscous secretion. The mucus also forms a thick coating over the
mucosal cells and prevents them from the harmful effects of HCl and pepsin.
Pepsin is the chief proteolytic enzyme.
Castle's Intrinsic factor :- This intrisic factor is secreted by fundic glands of the stomach
mucosa. It combines with vitamin B12 [which is known as extrinsic factor].
The vitamin B12 from this combined complex can easily be extracted and absorbed by the intestinal
mucosa. Intrinsic factor, thus, helps in the absorption of vitamin B12.
Colitis :- An inflammation of the colon and rectum is called colitis. Inflammation of the mucosa
reduces absorption of water and salts, producing watery, bloody faces and in severe cases,
dehydration and salt depletion.
Digestion of proteins in man starts from stomach. In buccal cavity there is no digestion of proteins
because saliva contains no proteolytic (protein digesting) enzyme.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 21
NCERT QUESTIONS WITH SOLUTION
1. Why is diffusion insufficient to meet the from sunlight whereas in heterotrophic mode
oxygen requirement of multicellular organisms of nutrition, organisms obtain food prepared
like humans? by autotrophs or from other organic sources
Sol. In humans, the body organi sati on i s as they cannot synthesise their own food.
multicellular and complex. The living cells are Heterotrophic nutrition may be saprophytic,
not in direct contact with environment parasitic and holozoic.
because they are generally covered by dead 5. Where do plants get each of the raw materials
cells. Air containing intracellular spaces are required for photosynthesis?
also absent so quick diffusion cannot occur. Sol. The raw materials required for photosynthesis
Cell to cell diffusion is very slow process and are carbon dioxide and water. Plants obtain
if it takes place in humans then passage of water from the soil through roots and carbon
oxygen in whole body will take about years. dioxide from the atmosphere through stomata
Thus, diffusion is insufficient to deliver oxygen present on leaves.
to all parts of a multicellular organisms like 6. What is the role of the acid in our stomach?
humans. Sol. Hydrochloric acid (HCl) is secreted inside the
2. What criteria do we use to decide whether stomach. The main functions of HCl are to
something is alive? (i) stop the action of salivary amylase
Sol. The main criteria that is used to decide (ii) kill the microbes present in the food
whether something is alive, is cellular (iii) provide acidic medium necessary for the
movement. Movements may be of different activation of the enzyme pepsin
types like locomotion (running, walking), (iv) make food soft
moving body parts, breathing movements, (v) convert pepsinogen and prorennin into
growth movements and movement of active forms of pepsin and rennin.
molecules in various metabolic reactions. 7. What is the function of digestive enzymes?
Besides movements, other qualities found in Sol. Digestive enzymes are hydrolytic in nature
living beings are self-built body organisation, which help in digestion of carbohydrates,
presence of protoplasm, self repair, various proteins and fats. They bring about hydrolytic
vital life processes like metabolism, growth, splitting of complex organic substances into
nutri t i on, res pi rati on, ex cret i on and simple soluble and absorbable substances. For
reproduction. example, by the action of digestive enzymes,
All living organisms have a definite lifespan proteins are converted into amino acids.
and particular life cycle. 8. How is the small intestine designed to absorb
3. What processes would you consider essential digested food?
for maintaining life? Sol. Small intestine is a long, tubular structure.
Sol. The processes essential for maintaining life Its inner wall is lined by epithelium which
are nutrition, metabolism, respiration, possess numerous finger-like projections
circulation/transportation and excretion. called villi. These villi not only increase the
4. W hat are t he d i ffe re nc es be t w ee n surface area for absorption but also reach
autotrophic nutrition and heterotrophic deep into the lumen of intestine for maximum
nutrition? absorption of digested food. Villi possess blood
Sol. In autotrophic mode of nutrition, organisms capillaries and lymph vessels (lacteals) for
(green plants, some protists and bacteria) quick transport of absorbed food.
prepare their own food from inorganic raw
materials with the help of energy obtained
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
22 Life Process
EXERCISE - I
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 10. Where is bile produced ?
(A) In gall bladder (B) In blood
1. CO2 and O2 balance in atmosphere is due to
(A) Photorespiration (B) Photosynthesis (C) In liver (D) In spleen
(C) Respiration (D) Leaf anatomy 11. Largest gland in human body is
(A) Liver (B) Pancreas
2. During photosynthesis the oxygen in glucose (C) Pituitary (D) Thyroid
comes from
(A) Water 12. The original function of the vertebrate
(B) Carbon dioxide stomach was
(C) Both from water and carbon dioxide (A) Storage (B) Digestion
(D) Oxygen in air (C) Absorption (D) Enzyme secretion
3. With regards to natural eating habits, a 13. Dental formula of an adult man is -
human is
2,1,2,3 2,1,2,3
(A) A herbivore (B) A carnivore (A) (B)
2,1,2,3 2,1,2,2
(C) An omnivore (D) A granivore
4. Muscular contractions of alimentary canal are 2,1,2,3 2,1,3,2
(C) (D)
(A) Circulation (B) Deglutition 2,1,2,4 2,1,3,2
(C) Peristalsis (D) Churning
14. Which of the following is a common passage
5. Which of the fol lowing regions of the
in swallowing food and breathing
alimentary canal of man does not secrete a
(A) Pharynx (B) Larynx
digestive enzyme ?
(C) Glottis (D) Gullet
(A) Oesophagus (B) Stomach
(C) Duodenum (D) Mouth 15. The hardest constituent of the tooth is-
(A) Enamel (B) Dentine
6. Saliva has the enzyme
(C) Bone (D) Pulp
(A) Pepsin (B) Ptyalin
(C) Trypsin (D) Rennin 16. Nasal chambers and buccal cavity are
7. Pepsin digests separated by-
(A) Proteins in stomach (A) By uvula (B) By palate
(B) Carbohydrates in duodenum (C) By palatine (D) None of these
(C) Proteins in duodenum 17. The structure which prevents entry of food
(D) Fats in ileum into wind pipe during swallowing in mammals
8. If the st om ac h di d not prod uc e any is-
hydrochloric acid, which enzyme will not (A) Larynx (B) Glottis
function? (C) Epiglottis (D) Pharynx
(A) Ptyalin (B) Trypsin 18. In which part of stomach mainly digestion occurs-
(C) Pepsin (D) Collagenase (A) Cardiac region (B) Fundic region
9. Chief function of bile is (C) Pyloric region (D) All of the above
(A) To digest fat by enzymatic action 19. Hydrochloric acid is secreted by the :-
(B) To emulsify fat for digestion (A) Paneth cells (B) Goblet cells
(C) To eliminate waste product (C) Chief cells (D) Parietal cells
(D) To regulate process of digestion
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 23
20. In human teeth, which help in cutting 27. A portion of destarched leaf of a potted plant
(A) Canine (B) Incisor was covered with a black strip of paper. The
(C) Molar (D) Premolar plant was then exposed to sunlight for six
21. In both chordates and non-chordates hours and then tested for starch. It was
intestine develops from :- observed that:
(A) Pharyngeal pouch (B) Ectoderm (a) both covered and uncovered parts of leaf
(C) Endoderm (D) Mesoderm turned blue-black
(b) both covered and uncovered parts of leaf
22. Ptyalin is secreted by-
turned yellowish-brown
(A) Stomach (B) Salivary gland
(C) Pancreas (D) Bile (c) only the uncovered part of leaf turned
blue-black
23. Ptyalin, an enzyme work in saliva in - (d) only the covered part of leaf turned
(A) Alkaline medium blue-black
(B) almost neutral medium
(C) Acidic medium 28. In the sketch of the stomatal apparatus given
(D) all mediums alongside, the parts I, II, III and IV were
24. Parotid salivary gland are present : labelled differently by four students. The
(A) Below the tongue correct labelling is shown in:
(B) In front and just below the ear
(C) Below the eye orbit
(D) In the angle between two jaws
25. In order to destarch the leaves for an
experiment to show that sunlight is necessary
for photosynthesis, the:
(a) Leaves are kept in alcohol and boiled in a (A) (I) guard cells, (II) stoma, (III) starch
water bath granule, (IV) nucleus
(b) leaves are soaked in iodine for two hours (B) (I) guard cells, (II) starch, (III) nucleus,
(c) plant with the leaves is kept in dark room (IV) stoma
for 48 hours (C) (I) cytoplasm, (II) nucleus, (III) stoma,
(d) plant with the leaves is exposed to light (IV) chloroplast
of a lamp, a night before the experiment (D) (I) cytoplasm, (II) chloroplast, (III) stoma,
(IV) nucleus
26. Which one of the following is the correct
combination of relevant materials required for ASSERTION-REASON
setting up an experiment to show that light
is necessary for photosynthesis? In the following questions, a statement of assertion
(a) destarched leaves, strips of black paper, is followed by a statement of reason. Mark the correct
starch solution, and iodine crystals choice as:
(b) a potted plant, strips of coloured paper, (A) If both assertion and reason are true and
starch solution, iodine and potassium reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
iodide (B) If both assertion and reason are true but
(c) destarched leaves, strips of black paper, reason is not the correct explanation of
starch solution and potassium iodide assertion.
(d) destarched leaves, strips of black paper (C) If assertion is true but reason is false.
and iodine solution. (D) It both assertion and reason are false.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
24 Life Process
1. Assertion :- Bile helps in emulsification of fats. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Reason:- Duri ng emul si fi cat i on fat i s
1. Define heterotrophic nutrition.
brokendown into fatty acid and glycerol.
2. What are heterotrophs?
2. Assertion :- Acid which reach intestine does
not damage it. 3. Whi ch typ es of organi sms are cal l ed
Rea son:- T he m ucous al ong wi th t he consumers?
bicarbonates from the pancreas protects the 4. What is saprophytic nutrition?
intestinal mucosa. 5. Define holozoic mode of nutrition.
3. Assertion :- Maximum absorption of food occur 6. Define a hervivore.
in jejunum. 7. What is carnivore?
Reason:- Villi & microvilli abundantly present 8. Which type of animal is called omnivore?
in small intestine. 9. What is the mode of nutrition in Amoeba?
4. Assertion :- The second largest digestive
10. W hat ty pe of di ge st i on oc curs in
gland in our body is pancreas.
Paramoecium?
Reason:- Pancreas function both as an
exocrine & endocrine gland. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
5. Assertion :- Vitamins are essential for healthy 1. How do saprophytic organisms obtain their
life. nourishment?
Reason:- Vitamins regulate metabolism.
2. What is the importance of saprophytes?
6. Assertion :- Digestion does not take place in
3. What is the action of hydrochloric acid of
large intestine.
gastric juice?
Reason:- Undigested food gets converted to
4. Name a digestive juice that has no enzymes.
faeces in large intestine.
What is the role of this juice?
7. Assertion :- Bile juice helps in digestion of
food in small intestine. 5. Name the various parts of large intestine.
Reason:- Bile juice contains sodium salts. What is the role of large intestine?
6. Differentiate between autotrophic and
TRUE OR FALSE heterotrohic nutrition.
7. Distinguish saprophytes from parasites.
1. In photosynthesis chemical energy converts
8. Differentiate between photosynthetic and
into light energy.
holozoic nutrition.
2. Oxygen and water are the raw material for
photosynthesis. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
3. Guard cells regulate the opening and closing
1. Explain the mechanism of nutrition of
of stomata.
Amoeba with the help of suitable diagram.
4. Rate of photosynthesis is maximum in green
2. Describe the various types of heterotrophic
light.
nutrition.
5. CO2 is released as a byproduct of light
3. Briefly describe the digestive system of
reaction.
humans.
6. Enzymes are biological catalysts.
4. What happens to food in the small intestine?
7. The tongue helps in mixing food with saliva.
5. Why chlorophyll is needed for photosynthesis.
8. Digestion of starch starts in the stomach.
9. Liver is gland associated with the digestive
system.
10. The gall bladder temporarily stores bile.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 25
ACTIVITY / PRACTICAL BASED QUESTIONS 3. There are four organisms A, B, C and D. The
1. One day Mohan had a severe toothache. His organisms A eats only the flesh of other
father took Mohan to a dentist. The dentist animals as food. The organisms B can eat
examined all the teeth of Mohan very carefully grains, fruits and vegetables as well as meat
and said that he had tiny holes in his two and fish. The organisms C can make the food
teeth. He also told Mohan that all his teeth itself from simple inorganic substances present
were covered with a sticky, yellowish layer. in the environment by utilising sunlight energy.
The dentist performed a certain procedure On the other hand, organism D eats only plants
on his two teeth having tiny holes and also and their products as food.
gave him some medicines. (a) Which organism is (i) omnivore (ii)
Mohan's toothache disappeared gradually. herbivore, and (ii) carnivore?
(a) What are the tiny holes in the teeth known
as? 4. X is a wild animal which eats only the flesh
(b) How are the tiny holes formed in the of other animals whereas Y is a domestic
teeth? animal which feeds mainly on green grass.
(c) What kind of procedure was performed (a) What are animals like X known as?
by dentist on Mohan's two teeth? (b) What are animals like Y known as?
(d) What is the sticky, yellowish layer on (c) Which animal, X or Y, has a longer small
Mohan's teeth known as?
intestine? Why?
(e) How is the sticky, yellowish layer formed
(d) Name one animal which is like X.
on the teeth?
(e) Name one animal which is like Y.
(f) What advice will you give to Mohan to
avoid such dental problems in future?
2. If the teeth are not cleaned regularly, they
become covered with a sticky yellowish layer
of food particles and bacteria. Since layer
covers the teeth, the alkaline liquid X
secreted by glands Y inside the mouth cannot
reach the teeth surface to neutralise the acid
formed by the action of organisms Z on sugar
food, and hence tooth decay sets in.
(a) What is W known as?
(b) What is (i), X and (ii) Y?
(c) What are organisms Z?
(d) State one way of removing layer W from
the teeth.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
26 Life Process
EXERCISE - II
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS Column-I Column-II
1. Which of the following elements is not re-
quired by plants for their normal healthy A. (1) Limiting factor in I. Some factor other than
growth region light intensity is be
(A) Calcium (B) Magnesium coming the limiting
factor
(C) Lead (D) Iron
2. Plant ash is an indication of B. (2) represents to II. Light is no longer
(A) Mineral salts absorbed by the plants C. (3) represents to III.Light intensity
(B) Organic matter of the plant
(C) Only mineral salts D. (4) represents to IV. Maximum rate of
(D) None of the above photosynthesis
3. How the mineral contents of the plant is E. (5) represents to V. Saturation point for
known light intensity
(A) Titrimetric method
(A) A-I; B-II; C-III; D-IV; E-V
(B) Calorimetric method
(B) A-III; B-I; C-II; D-V; E-IV
(C) Ash analysis (C) A-IV; B-II; C-V; D- III; EI
(D) All (D) A-V; B-IV; C-III; D-II; E-I
4. Bacteriochlorophyll differs from chlorophyll 'a'
in having: 8. The innermost layer of the digestive tract is
the:
(A) One pyrrole nucleus with one hydrogen
(A) Serosa membrane
(B) One pyrrole nucleus with two hydrogen
(B) Mucosa membrane
(C) One pyrrole nucleus with three hydrogen
(C) Submucosa membrane
(D) One pyrrole nucleus with four hydrogen
(D) Lumen
5. C4 plants are adapted to:
(A) Hot and dry climate 9. The sphincter of Oddi is present between:
(B) Temperate climate (A) Oesophagus and cardiac stomach.
(C) Cold and dry climate (B) Pyloric stomach and duodenum.
(D) Hot and humid climate (C) Hepatic duct and cystic duct.
6. Photosynthetically active radiation is (D) Hepatopancreatic duct and duodenum.
represented by the range of wavelength of: 10. The common bile duct in human is formed by
(A) 340-450 nm (B) 400-700 nm the joining of:
(C) 500-600 nm (D) 400-950 nm (A) Pancreatic duct and bile duct
7. Study the figure showing graph of light (B) Cystic duct and hepatic duct
intensity on the rate of photosynthesis (C) Cystic duct and pancreatic duct
(D) Hepatic duct and pancreatic duct
3 11. How does a gastrovascular cavity differ from
2
Rate of 5 an alimentary canal? The gastrovascular cav-
photosynthesis ity
1 (A) Stores food but does not digest it.
(B) Is usually much larger.
4 (C) Has only one opening.
Light intensity (D) Functions in digestion but not absorption.
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 27
12. True stomach in cud-chewing animals is: 19. When gall bladder of a man is removed:
(A) Abomasum (B) Reticulum (A) Fat digestion is not possible.
(C) Omasum (D) Rumen (B) Acidity continues in duodenum.
(C) Effect of pancreatic juice upon food is
13. How would you expect the digestive system
impaired.
of a hawk, a carnivore, to be compared with
(D) All of the above
that of a sparrow, a seed-eater?
20. When a piece of bread is chewed, it tastes
(A) The hawk would have a larger gastro-
sweet because:
vascular cavity.
(A) The sugar contents are drawn out.
(B) The sparrow's digestive system would be
(B) Saliva converts starch into maltose.
longer.
(C) It does not taste sweet.
(C) The hawk would have a gizzard, but the
(D) The taste buds are sti mulated by
sparrow would not.
chewing.
(D) The hawk's digestive system would be
longer. 21. Herbivorous animals can digest cellulose
because:
14. Hydroponics is a method of
(A) Their molar and premolar teeth can crush
(A) Study of the development of soil
and grind the food.
(B) Study of soil protection
(B) Bacteria present in their caecum help in
(C) Growth of plants in liquid culture medium
digestion of cellulose.
(D) Growing plants in laboratory
(C) Gastric juice has a digestive enzyme for
15. The number of essential elements required cellulose digestion.
for normal growth of plant is - (D) Alimentary canal is very long.
(A) 10 (B) 16
22. Duct leading from parotid gland and opening
(C) 20 (D) 25
into vestibule is:
16. The deficiency of which vitamin is known to (A) Wharton's duct (B) Stensen's duct
cause abortion in early pregnancy of rat? (C) Wolffian duct (D) Infra-orbital
(A) Retinol (B) Calciferol
(C) Cobalamin (D) Napthoquinone
17. Glottis is a structure which:
(A) Prevents entry of food into windpipe dur-
ing swallowing food.
(B) Allows food to pass into oesophagus.
(C) Produces sound as air is forced through
it.
(D) Allows air to enter in trachea.
18. Which of the following food reserves would
be first used in a starving person?
(A) Muscle proteins
(B) Skin adipose tissue
(C) Liver glycogen
(D) Liver proteins
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
28 Life Process
EXERCISE - III
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (A) 1 - F1, 2 - Thylakoid membrane, 3 - Pho-
1. Complete digestive juice having enzymes to tosystem-I, 4 - Photosystem-II
digest all types of organic materials is se- (B) 1 -F0, 2 - Thylakoid membrane, 3 - Pho-
creted by - [NSEJS/Stage-I/2010-11]
tosystem-I, 4 - Photosystem-II
(A) salivary gland and pancreatic gland.
(C) 1 - F1 2 - Thylakoid membrane, 3 - Pho-
(B) gastric gland and pancreatic gland.
(C) salivary gland and intestinal gland. tosystem-II, 4 - Photosystem-I
(D) pancreatic gland and intestinal gland (D) 1 - F0, 2 - Thylakoid membrane, 3 - Pho-
tosystem-II, 4 - Photosystem-I
2. Consider the following statements. Choose
the correct option. 5. Which of the following statements are
(i) The portion of spectrum between 500 nm correct?
and 800 nm i s al so referre d to as
(i) Photorespiration is favoured by high O2 low
photosynthetically active radiation (PAR).
CO2, rise in temperature, high light intensity.
(ii) Magnesium, calcium and chloride ions play
prominent roles in the photolysis of water. (ii) Chloroplasts of cells of bundle sheath of C4
(iii) In cyclic photophosphorylation, oxygen is not plants are granal, have PEP Co PEP Case but
released (as there is no photolysis of water) no RuBis Co.
and NADPH is also not produced. (iii) Chloroplasts of mesophyll cells of C4 plant
(A) (i) is true but (ii) and (iii) are false are granal, have PEP Co PEP Case but no
(B) (i) and (ii) are false but (iii) is true RuBis Co.
(C) (ii) is true but (i) and (iii) are false
(iv) Maize and Sorghum are C4 plants.
(D) (i) and (ii) are true but (iii) is false
(A) All are correct except (ii)
3. Organism that does not evolve O2 during (B) (i) and (iv)
photosynthesis is:
(C) (ii) and (iii)
(A) Funaria (B) Anabaena
(D) Only (iv)
(C) Rhodospirillum (D) Nostoc
6. Accumulation of food in assimilatory cells re-
4. The diagram below shows ATP synthesis
sults in:
through chemiosmosis. Which option shows
(A) Increase in the rate of photosynthesis
the correct labelling of 1, 2, 3 and 4 in the
diagram ? (B) Decrease in the rate of photosynthesis
+
H (C) No effect
(D) May increase or decrease.
NADPH
Cyt. 7. The graph below shows the resul t of
3 b&f experiment in which isotopes of oxygen were
4
used to distinguish between oxygen absorbed
by plants and oxygen given out. A mixture of
H+ +
+ lumen the oxygen istopes 16O2 and 18O2 was supplied
H +H to a suspension of the unicellular alga Chlorella
2 H which had previously been exposed to
1 16
O2only. During the following hour changes
in the concentration of these gases in the
Stroma F1 susp ensi on were measured. The 18 O 2
concentration fell in light because it was:
ATP synthase
ADP ATP
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
Life Process 29
11. Diastema is a toothless gap in the jaws of
oxygen concentration
16
O2 rabbit between:
/arbitrary units
(A) Premolars and molars
18 (B) Incisors and molars
O2
(C) Canines and molars
(D) Incisors and premolar
12. The part of the digestive system that digests
dark dark lipids in the food is :
light light
[NSEJS/Stage-I/2009-10]
time/min. (A) stomach (B) duodenum
(C) ileium (D) large intestine
(A) Undergoing radioactive decay to from 16O2
(B) Absorbed in respiration but was not being 13. The below diagram represents a section of
produced in photosynthesis. small intestinal mucosa showing villi. Identify
(C) Absorbed in respiration slower than it was 1, 2, 3 and 4.
being produced in photosynthesis.
(D) Absorbed as C 18O2 in photosynthesis.
8. Assume a thylakoid is somehow punctured
so that the interior of the thylakoid is no
longer separated from the stroma. This dam-
age will have the most direct effect on which
of the following processes?
(A) The splitting of water.
(B) The absorption of light energy by chloro-
phyll.
(C) The flow of electrons from photosystem
II to photosystem I.
(D) The synthesis of ATP.
(A) 1-Villi, 2-Lacteal, 3-Capillaries, 4-Crypts
9. The rate of photosynthesis of a freshwater (B) 1-Lacteal, 2-Villi, 3-Capillaries, 4-Crypts
plant is measured using five spectral colours. (C) 1-Villi, 2-Lacteal, 3-Crypts, 4-Capillaries
Which sequence of colours would give an (D) 1-Crypts, 2-Lacteal, 3-Capillaries, 4-Villi
increasing photosynthetic response?
14. Which of the following is/are correct state-
smallest largest response
ments regarding beri-beri?
(A) Blue Green Yellow Orange Red
(i) A crippling disease prevalant among the
(B) Green Yellow Orange Red Blue
native population of sub-Saharan Africa.
(C) Red Orange Yellow Green Blue
(ii) A deficiency disease caused by lack of
(D) Yellow Green Orange Blue Red thiamine (vitamin B1).
10. DNase and RNase are enzymes secreted by: (iii) A nutritional disorder in infants and young
children when the diet is persistently deficient
(A) Pancreas (B) Stomach
in essential protein.
(C) Gall bladder (D) Intestine
(iv) Occurs in those countries where the staple
diet is polished rice.
Corporate Office : Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
30 Life Process
(v) The symptoms are pain, paralysis, muscle, 19. Unsaturated fatty acids contain
cramps, progressi ve oedema, mental [NSEJS/Stage-I/2011-12]
deterioration and finally heart failure. (A) atleast one double bond
(A) (i), (ii) and (v) (B) (i), (ii) and (iv) (B) two double bonds
(C) (i), (iii) and (v) (D) (ii), (iv) and (v) (C) more than two double bonds
(D) no double bond
15. If the chyme of a person who had orally con-
sumed only starch as food is analysed be- 20. A child having protruding belly, bulging eyes,
fore it enters the duodenum, it will show the thin and curved legs and peeling skin is likely
presence of: to be suffering from
(A) Maltose and glucose [NSEJS/Stage-I/2010-11]
(B) Dextrin and maltose (A) kwashiorkor (B) rickets
(C) Starch, dextrin and maltose (C) marasmus (D) xerophthalmia
(D) Starch, dextrin and glucose
21. Ampulla of Vater is guarded by:
16. Two groups isolated thylakoids are placed in (A) Sphincter of Oddi
an acidic bathing solution so that H+ diffuse (B) Pyloric sphincter
into the thylakoids. They are then transferred
(C) Cardiac sphincter
to a basic bathing solution, and one group is
(D) Anal sphincter
placed in the light, while the other group is
kept in the dark. Select the choice given 22. Excessive stimulation of vagus nerve in
below that describes what you expect each humans may lead to:
group of thylakoids to produce. (A) Hoarse voice
(B) Peptic ulcers
In Light In Dark
(A) ATP only Nothing (C) Efficient digestion of proteins
(D) Irregular contractions of diaphragm
(B) ATP, O2 ATP only 23. The given diagram shows the duct systems
of liver, gall bladder and pancreas in which
(C) ATP, O2 Glucose ATP, O2 few structures are marked as A, B, C and D.
On the basis of this figure, answer the
questions.
(D) ATP, O2 O2
17. The ointment prescribed for burns usually
contains, among other ingredients,
[NSEJS/Stage-I/2010-11]
(A) vitamin A (B) vitamin B
(C) vitamin D (D) vitamin E
18. In the leaves of C4 plants, malic acid forma-
Sphincter of Oddi controls the flow of
tion during CO2 fixation occurs in the cells
digestive juice by guarding which duct?
of:
(A) A (B) B
(A) Epidermis (B) Mesophyll
(C) D (D) C
(C) Bundle Sheath (D) Phloem
: [email protected], url : www.motion.ac.in, : 1800-212-1799
99, 8003899588
MATHEMATICS
CLASS - X
BOOKLET - 1
CONTENTS
REAL NUMBERS
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................... 03 – 22
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 23 – 26
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................... 27 – 30
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................... 31 – 32
POLYNOMIALS
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................... 33 – 50
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 51 – 54
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................... 55 – 57
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................... 58 – 60
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................... 61 – 89
2. Exercise - I ................................................................................................................ 90 – 93
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................... 94 – 96
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................... 97 – 98
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory ................................................................................................................... 99 – 125
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................................................. 126 – 128
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................. 129 – 132
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 133 – 134
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................. 135 – 167
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................................................. 168 – 171
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................. 172 – 174
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 175– 176
TRIANGLE
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................. 177 – 211
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................................................. 212 – 217
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................. 218 – 220
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 221 – 224
COORDINATE GEOMETRY
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................. 225 – 245
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................................................. 246 – 248
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................. 249 – 252
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 253 – 254
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. Theory .................................................................................................................. 255 – 279
2. Exercise - I .............................................................................................................. 280 – 282
3. Exercise - II ............................................................................................................. 283 – 285
4. Exercise - III ............................................................................................................. 286 – 287
ANSWER KEY
S.NO. ................... PAGE NO.
1. All Topic .................................................................................................................. 288 – 292
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799, 8003899588 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
REAL NUMBERS
CHAPTER
1
CLASSIFICATION OF NUMBERS
EUCLIDS DIVISION LEMMA
EUCLIDS DIVISION ALGORITHM
THEOREM ON RATIONAL NUMBER
FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM OF ARITHMETIC
PROOF OF IRRATIONALITY
INTRODUCTION
In the previous class, we have learnt about real numbers which are not rational numbers and hence
the existence of irrational numbers such as, 2, 3, 5, etc. In this chapter, we will learn some more
properties of the positive real numbers. We will introduce two very important properties of positive
integers. Euclid’s division algorithm and the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic. We will also learn
about some of their applications. With the help of the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic, we will
establish (i) the irrationality of the numbers, like 2, 3 and 5 and (ii) the nature of the decimal
p p
expansion of a rational number of the form (q 0) , i.e., when will the decimal expansion of is
q q
terminating and when will it be non-terminating recurring (repeating). For example, decimal expansion
2 1
of is 0.4 which is terminating whereas the decimal expansion of is 0.3333... which is non-
5 3
terminating recurring. In this chapter, we will learn the logical reason for this behaviour of the
p
rational numbers of the form (q 0) .
q
BASIC CONCEPTS AND IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
(A) Natural numbers : Counting numbers are called natural numbers. We start counting from 1, so 1
is the smallest natural number. A set of natural numbers is denoted by N. Thus,
N = {1, 2, 3, ...}
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
4 Real Numbers
(B) Whole numbers : Natural numbers together with zero are called whole numbers. A set of whole
numbers is denoted by W. Thus,
W = {0, 1, 2, 3, .....}
All natural numbers are whole numbers but all whole numbers are not natural numbers. Only the
difference between whole numbers and natural numbers is the number zero (0).
(C) Integers : All natural numbers and negatives of natural numbers together with zero are called
integers. A set of integers denoted by Z or I. Thus,
Z = {.... – 6, – 5, – 4, –3, – 2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ....}
p
(D) Rational numbers : A number of the form q , where p and q are integers and q 0 is called a
2 3
rational number. For example, , , 2, 0, etc., are rational numbers.
7 8
The decimal expansion of a rational number is either terminating or non-terminating repeating one.
(E) Irrational numbers : A number which is not a rational number, i.e., which cannot be written in the
p
form q , p and q Z or I and q 0, is known as an irrational number. For example, 2 , – 3 , 7 5 ,
1
2 , 1 + 6 , etc., are irrational numbers.
The decimal expansion of an irrational number is non-terminating and non-repeating one.
(F) Real numbers : All rational and irrational numbers together make up a collection, called real
numbers.
Note : All natural numbers, integers, rational numbers and irrational numbers are real numbers.
(G) Prime Numbers : All natural numbers that have one and itself only as their factors are called
prime number i.e. prime numbers are exactly divisible by 1 and themselves e.g. 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13,
17, 19, 23.....etc.lf P is the set of prime number then P = {2, 3, 5, 7,.......}
(H) Composite Numbers : All natural numbers, which are not prime are composite numbers. lf C is
the set of composite number then C = {4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, ......}.
1 is neither prime nor composite number.
Co-prime Numbers : lf the H.C.F. of the given numbers (not necessarily prime) is 1 then they are
known as co-prime numbers e.g. 4, 9 are co-prime as H.C.F. of (4, 9) = 1.
Any two consecutive natural numbers will always be co-prime.
EUCLID’S DIVISION LEMMA
For any two given positive integers a and b, there exist unique whole numbers q and r such that:
a = b × q + r, where 0 r < b
2 5 2 b a q
–4 – qb
1 r
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 5
Here, a is called the dividend, b the divisor, q the quotient and r is called the remainder. For
example, when we divide 5 by 2, we get 2 as quotient and 1 as remainder
Here 5 = 2 × 2 + 1
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
Info Bubble
• In the relation a = b × q + r, 0 < r < b, q and r are
unique whole numbers corresponding to the given
pair of positive integers a and b.
• Although Euclid's division lemma is stated for only
positive integers a and b but it is also true when a
and b 0 are any kind of integers. However, we shall
restrict our discussion to only positive integers.
Info Bubble
• Every even integer is of the form 2m, where
m is some integer.
• Every odd integer is of the form 2 m + 1,
where m is some integer.
• 0 is neither even nor odd generally but it is considered
as even many times.
Properties of Euclid’s Division Lemma :
(i) If an integer c be a divisor of each of the two given integers a and b, then we say that c is a
common factor of both a and b.
ab
(ii) Let P be a prime number and if a,b, are integers such that is an integer, then either P is a
P
factor of a or b or both.
Info Bubble
•If a prime number divides a product of integers, then it
necessarily divides either of the integers.
•If a prime P divides a 2, then it divides a also.
EUCLID’S DIVISION ALGORITHM
lf ‘a’ and ‘b’ are positive integers such that a = bq + r, then every common divisor of ‘a’ and ‘b’ is a
common divisor of ‘b’ and ‘r’, and vice-versa.
Step I : Apply Euclid’s division lemma to a and b and obtain whole numbers q and r such that
a = bq + r, 0 r < b..
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
6 Real Numbers
Step II : lf r = 0, b is the HCF of a and b.
Step III : lf r 0, apply Euclid’s division lemma to b and r and continue this process till r = 0.
The divisor at this stage is HCF of a and b.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
1. Prove that square of any odd integer is of the form 8k + 1, Where k an integer.
Ans. For any odd integer is of the form 2m + 1 and (2m + 1)2 = 4m2 + 4m + 1
= 4 m (m + 1) + 1
Now, m (m + 1) is alwyas even, say 2k, hence 4m(m + 1) = 4 × 2k
(2m + 1)2 = 8k + 1
2. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form 6q + 1. or 6q + 3. or 6q + 5. where q is
some integer.
Ans. Let a be any positive integer and b = 6
by Euclid's division lemma
a = bq + r, 0 < r < b
and q be any integer, q > 0
a = 6q + r
where r = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
because 0 < r < 6.
If a is of the form 6q, 6q + 2, 6q + 4, then a is an even integer.
As, a = 6q = 2(3q),
or a = 6q + 2 = 2(3q + 1),
or a = 6q + 4 = 2(3q + 2).
a is an even integer.
but if a = 6q + 1
= 2(3q) + 1 = 2n + 1,
or a = 6q + 3 =6q + 2 + 1,
= 2(3q + 1) + 1 = 2n + 1,
or a = 6q + 5 = 6q + 4 + 1
= 2(3q + 2) + 1 =2n + 1,
then a is an odd positive integer.
3. Prove that n2–n is divisible by 2 for every positive integer n.
Ans. We know that any positive integer is of the form 2q or 2q + 1, for some integer q.
So, following cases arise.
Case I When n=2q
In this case, we have
n2 – n = (2q)2 – 2q = 4q2 – 2q = 2q (2q – 1)
n2 – n = 2r, where r = q (2q – 1)
n2 – n is divisible by 2
Case II When n = 2q + 1
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 7
In this case, we have
n2 – n = (2q + 1)2 – (2q + 1) = (2q + 1)(2q +1)(2q + 1 – 1) = 2q(2q + 1)
n2 – n = 2r, where r = q(2q + 1)
n2 – n is divisible by 2.
Hence, n2 – n is divisible by 2 for every positive interger n.
4. Use Euclid’s division algorithm to find the HCF of 210 and 55.
Ans. Given integers are 210 and 55. Clearly, 210 > 55. Applying Euclid’s division lemma to 210 and 55, we
get
55 210 3
210 = 55 × 3 + 45 165
45
Since the remainder 45 0. So, we apply the division lemma to the divisior 55 and remainder 45 to
get
45 55 1
55 = 45 × 1 + 10 45
10
Now, we apply division lemma to the new divisor 45 and new remainder 10 to get
10 45 4
45 = 10 × 4 + 5 40
5
We now consider the new divisor 10 and the new remainder 5, and apply division lemma to get
5 10 2
10 = 5 × 2 + 0 10
0
The remainder at this stage is zero. So, the divisor at this stage or the remainder at the previous
stage i.e. 5 is the HCF of 210 and 55.
5. Use Euclid's algorithm to find the HCF of 4052 and 12576.
Ans. Using a = bq + r, where 0 r < b.
Clearly, 12576 > 4052 [a = 12576 , b = 4052]
12576 = 4052 × 3 + 420
4052 = 420 × 9 + 272
420 = 272 × 1 + 148
272 = 148 × 1 + 124
148 = 124 × 1 + 24
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
8 Real Numbers
124 = 24 × 5 + 4
24 = 4 × 6 + 0
The remainder at this stage is 0. So, the divisor at this stage, i.e., 4 is the HCF of 12576 and 4052.
6. Find the HCF of 1848, 3058 and 1331.
Ans. Two numbers 1848 and 3058, where 3058 > 1848
3058 = 1848 × 1 + 1210
1848 = 1210 × 1 + 638 [Using Euclid's division algorithm to the given number 1848 and
3058]
1210 = 638 × 1 + 572
638 = 572 × 1 + 66
572 = 66 × 8 + 44
66 = 44 × 1 + 22
44 = 22 × 2 + 0
Therefore HCF of 1848 and 3058 is 22.
HCF (1848 and 3058) = 22
Let us find the HCF of the numbers 1331 and 22.
1331 = 22 × 60 + 11
22 = 11 × 2 + 0
HCF of 1331 and 22 is 11
HCF (22, 1331) = 11
Hence the HCF of the three given numbers 1848, 3058 and 1331 is 11.
HCF (1848, 3058, 1331) = 11
7. What is the largest number that divides 626, 3127 and 15628 and leaves remainders of 1, 2 and 3
respectively.
Ans. Clearly, the required number is the H.C.F. of the numbers 626 – 1 = 625, 3127 – 2 = 3125 and 15628
– 3 = 15625.
Using Euclid’s division lemma to find the H.C.F. of 625 and 3125.
3125 = 625 x 5 + 0
Clearly, H.C.F. of 625 and 3125 is 625.
Now, H.C.F. of 625 and 15625
15625 = 625 x 25 + 0
So, the H.C.F. of 625 and 15625 is 625
Hence, H.C.F. of 625, 3125 and 15625 is 625.
Hence, the required number is 625.
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 9
FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM OF ARITHMETIC
Every composite number can be expressed as a product of primes and this factorization is unique,
apart from the order in which the prime factors occur.
Note : Any number of the form an will end with the digit zero if prime factors of an would contain
5 and 2 as prime factors, where n N.
Info Bubble
• If a = p × p ×......× p, where p is a prime, then no
prime number other than p can divide a.
• If a = p1 × p 2 ×.....× pn where p1, p2 ...., pn are primes
such that p1 < p 2 < ...... < p n and a = q1 × q 2 × ........,
where q1, q2, ...... are primes such that q 1 < q2 < ......
Then there will be exactly n primes q1, q2, ....., qn in the
second expression and also q1 = p1, q2 = p2, ...., qn = pn
Ex.1 Determine the prime factrorization of each of the following numbers:
(i) 13915 (ii) 556920
Sol. (i) Using the prime factrorization tree, we have
13915
2783
5
253
11
23
11
13975 = 5 × 11 × 11 × 23 = 5 × 112 × 23
(ii) Using the prime factrorization tree, we have
556920
278460
2
139230
2
69615
2
23205
3
7735
3
1547
5
221
7
17
13
5256920 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 7 × 13 × 17 = 23 × 32 × 5 × 7 × 13 × 17
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
10 Real Numbers
Ex.2 Prove that there is no natural number n for which 4 ends with the digit zero.
n
Ans. We know that any positive integer ending with the digit zero is divisible by 5 and so its prime
factorization must contain the prime 5.
We have,
4n = (22)n = 22n
The only prime in the factorization of 4n is 2.
There is no other primes in the factorization of 4n = 22n
5 does not occur in the prime factorization of 4n for any n.
4n does not end with the digit zero for any natural number n.
THEOREMS ON RATIONAL NUMBERS
(i) Let x be a rational number whose decimal expansion terminates. Then x can be expressed in the
p
form q , where p and q are co-prime, and the prime factorization of q is of the form 2n5m, where
n, m are non-negative integers.
p
(ii) Conversely, Let x = q be a rational number, such that the prime factorization of q is of the form
2n5m , where n, m are non-negative integers. Then x has a decimal expansion which terminates.
p
(iii) Let x = be a rational number such that the prime factorization of q is not of the form 2n5m,
q
where n, m are non-negative integers. Then x has a decimal expansion which is non-terminating
repeating (recurring).
Note : (i) HCF(p, q) × LCM (p, q) (p × q), where p and q are positive integers.
(ii) HCF(p, q, r) × LCM(p, q, r) (p × q × r), where p, r and q are positive integers.
p × q×r.HCF(p, q,r)
LCM(p, q, r) =
HCF(p,q).HCF(q,r).HCF(p,r)
p × q×r.LCM(p, q,r)
HCF(p, q, r) =
LCM(p, q).LCM(q,r).LCM(p,r)
Info Bubble
• The product of two positive integers is equal to the product of their
HCF and LCM, but the same is not true for three or more positive integers.
• HCF is a factor of LCM.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
8. Find the HCF of 96 and 404 by prime factorization method. Hence, find their LCM.
Ans. We have,
96 = 25 × 3 and 404 = 22 × 101
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 11
HCF = 22 = 4
Now, HCF × LCM = 96 × 404
96 404 96 404
LCM = = 96 × 101 = 9696
HCF 4
9. There is a circular path around a sports field. Priya takes 18 minutes to drive one round of the
field, while Ravish takes 12 minutes for the same. Suppose they both start at the same point and
at the same time, and go in the same direction. After how many minutes will they meet again at
the starting point ?
Ans. Required number of minutes is the LCM of 18 and 12.
We have,
18 = 2 × 32 and 12 = 22 × 3
LCM of 18 and 12 is 22 × 32 = 36
Hence, Ravish and Priya will meet again at the starting point after 36 minutes.
10. Rahul, Navin and Vinay have pieces of lands in the form of circles of diameters 10m, 12m and
16m. With the help of ropes each of them calculates the ratio of the circumference to length
of diameters of their respective fields.
(a) Calculate the HCF of their ratios.
(b) What values are shown?
Ans. (a) Their HCF is . The HCF of their ratios will be because ratio of circumference to diameter
is knwon as and value of don’t varies circles to circle.
Values
Concept of i.e. definition of .
Reason why is an irrational number..
Each irrational number is not .
11. A class of 20 boys and 15 girls is divided into n groups so that each group has x boys and
y girls. Find x, y and n. What values are referred in a class.
Ans. HCF of 20 and 15 = 5
So n = 5 groups
20 15 35
no. of students in one group = = 7
5 5
20
Total number of girls in each group x = = 4
5
15
no. of boys in each group = = 3
5
Values
Promote coeducation.
Promote and help to educate girl child.
Role of activity in groups.
Increasing healthy and friendly environment at school level.
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
12 Real Numbers
PROVING IRRATIONALITY OF NUMBERS
In class IX, we have learnt about irrational numbers and their propeties. We have also learnt about
the existence of irrational numbers and their representation on the number line. Recall that a
p
number is an irrational number if it cannot be written in the form , where p and q are integers
q
2
and q 0. For example, 2, 3, 7, , etc. are irrational numbers. In this section, we will prove
5
that 2, 3, 5 etc. are irrational numbers by using the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic.
In fact, for any prime number p, p is an irrational number. In proving the irrationality of these
numbers, we will use the result that if a prime p divides a2, then it divides a also. We will prove the
irrationality of numbers by using the method of contradiction. In class IX, we have also learnt that
the sum or difference of a rational and and irrational number is an irrational number. Also, the
product and quotient of a non-zero rational number and an irrational number is an irrational
number.
PRACTICE YOUR CONCEPTS
12. Prove that 2 is an irrational number..
Ans. Let assume on the contrary that 2 is a rational number..
Then, there exists positive integer a and b such that
a
2 = b where, a and b are coprimes i.e. their HCF is 1.
2
2 a a2
2
b
2=
b2
a2 = 2b2 |
a2 is a multiple of 2
a is a multiple of 2 ....(i)
a = 2c for some integer c.
a2 = 4c2
2b2 = 4c2
b2= 2c2
b2 is a multiple of 2
b is a multiple of 2 ....(ii)
For (i) and (ii), a and b have at least 2 as a common factor. But this contradicts the fact that a
and b are co-prime. This means that 2 is an irrational number..
13. Show that 5 – 3 is an irrational number..
Ans. Suppose 5 – 3 is a rational number (say p)
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 13
Then 5 – 3 =p
5–p= 3
Since p is a rational number and 5 is also a rational number.
5 – p being the difference of two rational numbers is a rational number because the set of
rational numbers is closed w.r.t. the operation of subtraction.
So, 3 should be a rational number But, it is an irrational number
Our supposition is wrong. Hence 5 – 3 is irrational number..
14. If n is any positive integer, then prove that n+1 + n - 1 is an irrational number..
Ans. Let us suppose that n 1 n 1 is rational, we can write
p
n1 n1 = q ...(i)
where p and q are integers and q 0.
Certainly p 0 n 1 –n 1
Taking reciprocals on both sides of (i), we obtain
1 q
n 1 n 1 p
n 1 n 1 q
(rationalising)
( n 1 n 1)( n 1 n 1) p
n 1 n 1 q
n 1 (n 1) p
2q
n 1 n 1 ...(ii)
p
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
p 2q p2 2q2
2 n1
q p pq
p2 2q2
n1 ...(iii)
2pq
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
p 2q p2 –2q2
2 n 1
q p pq
p2 2q2
n 1 ...(iv)
2pq
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
14 Real Numbers
Now (iii) and (iv) show that n 1 and n 1 are rationals [ RHS in either case is rational]
2 2
p2 2q2 p2 2q2
and n 1 , n 1 are perfect squares of positive integers.
2pq 2pq
( Square of a non-integral rational number is always non-integral)
which is not possible as n + 1 and n – 1 differ by 2 and squares of any two positive integers
must differ atleast by 3.
( (m + 1)2 – m2 = 2m + 1 > 3 for any positive integer m)
Hence, our supposition is wrong and n 1 n 1 cannot be rational for any positive integer
n.
15. Prove that p q is irrational, where p, q are primes.
a
Ans. Let p is rational so that it can be written in the form of .
b
a
p (where a and b are coprimes)
b
a2
Squaring both sides, p
b2
a2 has a factor p.
pb2 = a2 ...(i)
So, a also has a factor p.
So, a = pc
a2 = p2c 2
Put the value of a2 in equation (i).
pb2 = p2c2
b2 = pc2
b has a factor p, b has a factor p
2
Now, a and b have common factor p.
But as stated earlier a, b are coprimes.
So, our supposition is wrong.
p must be irrational number. (where p is prime number)
we can prove q is also an irrational number. (where q is prime number)
Sum of two irrational numbers is irrational if both are prime numbers.
So, p q is an irrational number. (Hence proved)
13
16. Without actually performing the long division, state whether will have a terminating decimal
3125
expansion or a non-terminating repeating decimal expansion:
13
Ans. (i)
3125
prime factorisation of
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 15
3125 = 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 = 55
13 13
5
3125 5
13
3125 has terminating decimal expansion because prime factorisation of 3125 is of the form
55 or 2n × 5m.
13
has terminating decimal expansion.
3125
p
17. Check whether 43.123456789 is rational or not. If it is rational, and of the form , what can
q
you say about the prime factors of q?
Ans. 43.123456789
Let x = 43.123456789 ...(i)
1000000000x
= 43123456789.123456789 ...(ii)
Subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we get
99999999x = 43123456746
43123456746
x
999999999
4791495194
111111111
Prime factorisation of 111111111 is = 32 × 37 × 333667
So, it is rational having non-terminating decimal expansion.
ON YOUR TIPS
• Euclid’s division lemma : Given positive integers a and b, there exists unique whole numbers q and r
satsfying a = bq + r, 0 r < b..
• HCF is highest common factor of any two or more numbers (or algebraic expressions).
• LCM is least common multiple of any two or more numbers (or algebraic expressions).
• Multiplication of LCM and HCF of two numbers is equal to multiplication of two numbers.
a p LCM of (a, p, )
• LCM of , , =
b q m HCF of (b, q, m)
a p HCF of (a, p, )
• HCF of , , =
b q m LCM of (b, q, m)
• LCM of a rational and an irrational number is not defined.
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
16 Real Numbers
NCERT QUESTIONS WITH SOLUTIONS
EXERCISE 1.1 Sol. Let a be any positive integer and b = 6. Then,
1. Use Euclid’s division algorithm to find the HCF by Euclid's algorithm, a = 6q + r, for some
of: integer q 0, and r = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, because
0 r < 6. Now substituting the value of r,
(i) 135 and 225
we get, If r = 0, then a = 6q Similarly, for
(ii) 196 and 38220
r= 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, the value of a is 6q+1,
(iii) 867 and 255 6q+2, 6q+3, 6q+4 and 6q+5, respectively.
Sol. (i) Given numbers are 135 and 225. On If a = 6q, 6q+2, 6q+4, then a is an even
applying Euclid's Division Algorithm, we number and divisible by 2. A positive integer
have can be either even or odd Therefore, any
225 =135 x 1 + 90 positive odd integer is of the form of 6q+1,
135 =90 x 1 + 45 6q+3 and 6q+5, where q is some integer.
90 =45 x 2 3. An army contingent of 616 members is to
So, HCF of 135 and 225 is 45. Notice march behind an army band of 32 members
that in a parade. The two groups are to march
45 = HCF (90, 45) in the same number of columns. What is the
= HCF (90, 135) maximum number of columns in which they
can march?
= HCF (225, 135).
Sol. Maximum number of columns = HCF of
(ii) Given numbers are 196 and 38220.
(616, 32). No. of members in army contingent
On applying Euclid's Division Algorithm, = 616. No. of members in an army band =
38220 =196 x 195 + 0 32. By Euclid's division lemma
So, HCF of 196 and 38220 is 196. 616 = 32 x 19 + 8
(iii) Given numbers are 867 and 255. 32 = 8 x 4 + 0
On applying Euclid 's Division Algorithm, HCF (616, 32) =8
867 =255 x 3 + 102 They can march in 8 columns
255 =102 x 2 + 51
4. Use Euclid's division lemma to show that the
102 =51 x 2 + 0
square of any positive integer is either of
So, HCF of 867 and 255 is 51. the form 3m or 3m + 1 for some integer m.
51 = HCF (102, 51) [Hint: Let x be any positive integer then it
= HCF (255, 102) is of the form 3q. 3q + 1 or 3q + 2. Now
= HCF (867, 255). square each of these and show that they
can be rewritten in the form 3m or 3m + 1.]
2. Show that any positive odd integer is of the
Sol. Let a be any positive integer and b = 3, then
form 6q + 1, or 6q + 3, or 6q + 5, where
by Euclid's division lemma,
q is some integer.
a = 3q + r, where q > 0 and 0 < r < 3
a =3q, 3q + 1, 3q + 2
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 17
Square of these numbers are where m =3n3 is any integer.
Similarly,
a2 = (3q2) or (3q + 1)2 or (3q + 2)2
a3 = (3n + 1)3
a2 =9q2 or 9q2 + 1 + 6q
= (3n)3 + 13 + 3(3n) (3n + 1)
or 9q2 + 4 + 12q = 9(3n3 + 3n2 + n) + 1
These can be rewritten in the form = 9m + 1,
a2 = 3(3q2) or 3(3q2 + 2q) + 1 where m = 3n3 + 3n2 + n is any integer.
Also,
or = 3(3q2 + 4q + 1) + 1
a3 = (3n + 2)3
a2 = 3m or 3m + 1
= (3n)3 + (2)3 + 3(3n) (2) (3n + 1)
where m is integer = 9(3n3 + 6n2 + 4n) + 8
a3 = 9m + 8
5. Use Euclid's division lemma to show that the where m =3n3 + 6n2 + 4n is any integer.
cube of any positive integer is of the form So, the cube of any positive integer is of
9m, 9m + 1 or 9m + 8. the form 9m, 9m + 1 and 9m + 8.
Sol. Let a be any positive integer and b = 9. Then
by Euclid's division lemma,
EXERCISE 1.2
a = 9q + r where q > 0 and 0 < r < 9
1. Express each number as a product of its prime
So, a = 9q, 9q + 1, 9q + 2, 9q + 3, 9q +
factors:
4,
9q + 5, 9q + 6, 9q + 7, 9q + 8 (i) 140 (ii) 156
All these numbers can be expressed as (iii) 3825 (iv) 5005
a = 9q =3(3q) = 3n, where n = 3q is any (v) 7429
integer
a = 9q + 1 = 3(3q) + 1 = 3n + 1
Sol. (i) 140 2 140
a = 9q + 2 = 3(3q) + 2 = 3n + 2
2 70
Similarly,
5 35
a = 9q + 3 = 3(3q + 1) = 3n
7
where n =3q + 1 is any integer.
a = 9q + 4 = 3(3q + 1) + 1 = 3n + 1
a = 9q + 5 = 3(3q + 1) + 2 = 3n + 2 140 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 7
Also, Product of prime factors are
a = 9q + 6 = 3(3q + 2) = 3n = 22 × 5 × 7
where n = 3q + 2 is any integer
a = 9q + 7 = 3(3q + 2) + 1 = 3n + 1 2 156
(ii) 156
a = 9q + 8 = 3(3q + 2) + 2 = 3n + 2 2 78
So, all numbers; a = 9q, 9q + 1, 9q + 2, 3 39
9q + 3, 9q + 4, 9q + 5, 9q + 6, 9q + 7 13
and 9q + 8 are expressed as 3n, 3n + 1,
3n + 2.
156 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 13
So, a = 3n, 3n + 1, 3n + 2
Cube of all these numbers. Product of prime factors are
a3 = (3n)3 = 9(3n3) = 9m = 22 × 3 × 13
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
18 Real Numbers
LCM x HCF
(iii) 3825 5 3825
= Product of two numbers.
5 765
3 153 (2 x 7 x 13) x 13 = 26 x 91
3 51 2 x 13 x 7 x 13 = 26 x 91
17 26 x 91 = 26 x 91 Hence verified.
(ii) Numbers are 510 and 92.
3825 = 5 × 5 × 3 × 3 × 17
Prime factorisation of 510 and 92 are
Product of prime factors are
510 = 2 x 3 x 5 x 17
= 52 × 32 × 17
92 = 2 x 2 x 23
5 5005 HCF = 2
(iv) 5005
7 1001 LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 17 x 23
11 143 = 22 x 3 x 5 x 17 x 23
13 LCM =23460
5005 = 5 × 7 × 11 × 3 Verification :
Product of prime factors are LCM x HCF
= 5 × 7 × 11 × 13 = Product of two numbers
23460 x 2 = 510 x 92
(v) 7429 17 7429
46920 = 46920 Hence verified.
19 437
(iii) Numbers are 336 and 54.
23
Prime factorisation are
7429 = 17 × 19 × 23 336 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 7
Product of prime factors are 54 = 2 x 3 x 3 x 3
= 17 × 19 × 23 HCF = 2 x 3 = 6
2. Find the LCM and HCF of the following integers LCM = 2 x 3 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 7
and verify that LCM x HCF = product of the = 24 x 33 x 7 = 3024
two numbers. Verification :
(i) 26 and 91 LCM x HCF
(ii) 510 and 92 = Product of two numbers
(iii) 336 and 54
3024 x 6 = 336 x 54
Sol. (i) Numbers are 26 and 91.
18144 = 18144 Hence verified.
Prime factorisation of 26 and 91 are
26 = 2 x 13 3. Find the LCM and HCF of the following integers
91 = 7 x 13 by applying the prime factorisation method.
So, HCF = 13 (i) 12, 15 and 21 (ii) 17, 23 and 29
and LCM = 2 x 7 x 13 =182 (iii) 8, 9 and 25
Verification : Sol. (i) Numbers are 12, 15 and 21.
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 19
Prime factorisation of 12, 15 and 21 are Sol. If the number 6n for any integer n ends with
12 = 2 x 2 x 3 the digit zero, then it should be divisible by
5.
15 =3 x 5
Prime factorisation of 6n must contain prime
21 = 3 x 7
number 5.
HCF = 3
But prime factorisation of 6n are
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 7
6n = (2 x 3)n = 2n × 3n
= 22 x 3 x 5 x 7 = 420
It only contains prime numbers 2 and 3 in
(ii) Numbers are 17, 23 and 29
its prime factorisation.
Prime factorisation of 17, 23 and 29 are
Hence by uni queness of Fundamental
17=17 x 1 Theorem, there is no other prime number in
23 =23 x 1 the factorisation of 6n.
29 = 29 x 1 So, there is no natural number n for which
HCF = 1 6n ends with the digit zero.
LCM = 17 x 23 x 29 =11339
6. Explain why 7 x 11 x 13 + 13 and 7 x 6
(iii) Numbers are 8, 9 and 25 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 + 5 are composite numbers.
Prime factorisation of 8, 9 and 25 are Sol. Numbers are 7 x 11 x 13 + 13 and 7 x 6
8 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 + 5
9 = 3 x 3 Ist number
25 = 5 x 5 = 7 x 11 x 13 + 13 = 13 (7 x 11 + 1)
HCF = 1 = multiple of 13.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 x 5 IInd number
= 23 x 32 x 52 = 1800 = 7 x 6 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 + 5
= 5 (7 x 6 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 + 1)
4. Given that HCF (306, 657) = 9, find LCM (306, = multiple of 5.
657). Ist number is multiple of 13 and IInd number
is multiple of 5.
Sol. HCF (306, 657) = 9 LCM = ? Hence, both numbers are not prime numbers
We know that, because prime numbers have only two
factors, one and itself.
LCM x HCF = Product of two numbers.
Therefore, they are composite numbers
LCM x 9 = 306 x 657
because they have more factors other than
306 657 one and itself.
LCM 22338
9
7. There is a circular path around a sports field.
LCM is 22338. Sonia takes 18 minutes to drive one round
of the field, while Ravi takes 12 minutes for
5. Check whether 6n can end with the digit 0
the same. Suppose they both start at the
for any natural number n.
same point and at the same time, and go
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
20 Real Numbers
in the same direction. After how many minutes
a
will they meet again at the starting point? 2 5 3
b
Sol. Sonia takes 18 minutes to drive one round.
Prime factorisation of 18 = 2 x 3 x 3 a 3b
2 5
Ravi takes 12 minutes for the same. b
Prime factorisation of 12 = 2 x 2 x 3
a 3b
Time when they will meet at starting point 5
2b
= LCM of 18 and 12 = 2 x 3 x 3 x 2
But this is not possible because 5 is an
= 36 minutes.
a 3b
irrational and is rational
EXERCISE 1.3 2b
1. Prove that 5 is an irrational. our supposition is wrong.
Sol. Let Hence, 3 + 2 5 is an irrational.
5 is a rational number..
a 3. Prove that the following are irrationals.
5 = b , where a and b are co-primes
1
and b 0. (i) (ii) 7 5 (iii) 6 + 2
2
Squaring both sides, we have
a2 1 2
5 2 Sol. (i) can be written as .
b 2 2
a2 = 5b2 5 divides a2.
Hence, 5 divides a. 2
Let is rational.
Let a = 5c 2
So, (5c)2 = 5b2 25 c2 = 5b2
2 a
5c2 = b2 Let = ; a, b Z
2 b
5 divides b2 and hence b.
5 is a common factor of a and b. where a and b are co-primes and b 0.
This is not possible as a and b are co-primes. 2a
2
our supposition is wrong. b
Hence, 5 is an irrational. But this is not possible as 2 is irrational
2. Prove that 3 + 2 5 is an irrational. 2a
and 2, a and b are integers, and is rational.
b
Sol. Let 3 + 2 5 is a rational number..
Our supposition is wrong.
a
3 + 2 5 = ; where a, b Z, b 0, 1 2
b Hence, or is irrational
2 2
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 21
(ii) Let 7 5 is a rational. 29 23 129
(iv) (v) 3 2 (vi) 2 7 5
343 25 257
a
7 5 = ;a,b Z
b 17 17 17
Sol. (i)
8 2 2 2 23
where a and b are co-primes and b 0.
Prime factorisation of 8 is of the form 23
a
5 or x 2n × 5m.
7b
But this is not possible as 5 is an irrational 17
Hence is rational having terminating
8
a
and is rational. decimal expansion.
7b
Our supposition is wrong 64 64
(ii)
455 5 7 13
Hence, 7 5 is irrational.
Prime factorisation of 455 is of the form
(iii) Let 6 2 is rational. 5 x 7 x 13 which is not of the form 2n x 5m.
64
a is rational having non-terminating
6 2 = b ; a, b Z 455
repeating decimal expansion.
where a and b are co-primes and b 0.
15 15
a a 6b (iii)
6 2 2 1600 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5
b b
15
which is impossible because 2 is an irrational
26 52
a 6b
and is a rational.
b 15
is rational having terminating
600
Our supposition is wrong.
decimal expansion.
Hence, 6 2 is irrational. Because prime factorisation of 1600 is
of the form
EXERCISE 1.4
26 × 52 or 2n × 5m.
1. Without actually performing the long division,
29 29 29
state whether the following rational numbers (iv) = 3
343 7 7 7 7
will have a terminating decimal expansion or
a non-termi nati ng re peati ng deci mal
29
expansion: is rational with non-terminating
343
17 64 15 repeating decimal expansion because prime
(i) (ii) (iii)
8 455 1600 factorisation of 343 is not of the form of
2n × 5m.
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
22 Real Numbers
3. The following real numbers have decimal
23
(v) , rational having terminating decimal expansions as given below. In each case,
2352
decide whether they are rational or not. If
expansion because its denominator is of the p
form 2n × 5m. they are rational, and of the form , what
q
can you say about the prime factors of q?
129
(vi) , rational having non-terminating (i) 43.123456789
225775
(ii) 0.120120012000120000 ...
repeating decimal expansion because its
denominator is not the form of 2n × 5m. Sol. (i) 43.123456789
This can be written as
2. Write down the decimal expansions of those
rational numbers in Question 1 above which 43123456789 43123456789
have terminating decimal expansions. 1000000000 10 9
Sol. Numbers havi ng te rmi nati ng deci mal
expansions in Q.16 are 43123456789 43123456789
(2 5)9 29 59
17 17 17 53 17 53
(i) 3 3
8 2 2 53 103 Prime factorisation of q is of the type 29 x 59.
So, it is rational having terminating decimal
17 5 5 5 2125 expansion.
2.125
1000 1000 (ii) 0.120120012000120000 ............
The given number is non terminating non-
15 15 35
(ii) repeating.
1600 26 52 26 52
it is an irrational number.
3 3 55 3 3125
6 1
2 5 26 56 106
9375
0.009375
1000000
23 23 51 115
(iii) 23 52 23 53
103
115
0.115
1000
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 23
EXERCISE – I
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
6. Express 0.75 as rational number..
1. Which of the following statements is false?
(A) Every fraction is a rational number 75 25
(A) (B)
90 33
(B) Every rational number is a fraction
(C) Every integer is a rational number 3
(C) (D) None
(D) All the above 4
7. A rational number in its standard from can be
2. An irrational number is :
expressed as a terminating decimal, if the
(A) a terminating and non-repeating decimal denominator has factors :
(B) a non-terminating and non-repeating (A) 2 or 5 (B) 2, 3 or 5
decimal (C) 3 or 5 (D) None of these
(C) a terminating and repeating decimal
8. 5 6 is :
(D) a non-terminating and repeating decimal
(A) a rational number
3. HCF of two numbers is 113, their LCM is 56952. (B) an irrational number
If one number is 904, the other number is : (C) can't say
(A) 7719 (B) 7119 (C) 7791 (D) 7911 (D) both (A) and (B)
4. Expressing 0.358 as a rational number, we get: 9. 0.1010010001 …… is :
(A) a rational number
358 358
(A) (B) (B) a repeating decimal number
100 999
(C) an irrational number
355 (D) both (A) and (C)
(C) (D) None of these
990
10. Set of natural numbers is a subset of
5. Missing numbers in the following factor tree (A) set of even numbers
are :
(B) set of odd numbers
x (C) set of composite numbers
2 y
(D) set of real numbers
2 17
11. The sum of two rational numbers is always
(A) x = 34, y = 68 (A) an irrational number
(B) y = 34, x = 68 (B) a rational number
(C) y = 34, x = 34 (C) a fraction
(D) y = 68, x = 68 (D) none of these
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
24 Real Numbers
12. The product of a rational and an irrational (A) 122 m 40 cm (B) 132 m 60 cm
number is always : (C) 125 m 31 cm (D) 120 m 40 cm
(A) a irrational number
18. Two tankers contain 850 litres and 680 litres
(B) a rational number
of petrol respectively. The maximum capacity
(C) a fraction
of a container which can measure the petrol
(D) none of these of either tanker in exact number of times is :
(A) 160 litres (B) 168 litres
13. If m is an integer, then square of any positive (C) 170 litres (D) 180 litres
integer is of the form :
(A) 2m + 1 (B) 2 m or 3m
(Direction: Q.19 to 23)
(C) 3m or 3m + 1 (D) 2m + 1 or 3m + 1
To enhance the reading skills of grade X students,
14. The value of 1.34 4.12 is the school nominates you and two of your friends to
set up a class library. There are two sections-
133 371 section A and section B of grade X. There are 32
(A) (B)
99 90 students in section A and 36 students in section B.
5411 541
(C) (D)
990 99
15. 7 × 11 × 13 + 13 and 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 ×
2 × 1 + 5 are
(A) composite numbers
(B) whole number
(C) prime numbers
(D) none of these
19. What is the minimum number of books you
16. If q is some integer, then an positive odd
will acquire for the class library, so that they
integer is of the form :
can be distributed equally among students
(A) q – 1 of Section A or Section B?
(B) 2q (A) 144 (B) 128
(C) 4q + 1 or 4q – 1 (C) 288 (D) 272
(D) 4q + 1 or 4q + 3 20. If the product of two positive integers is equal
to the product of their HCF and LCM is true
17. In a morning walk three persons steps off then, the HCF (32 , 36) is
together. Their steps measures 80 cm, 85 cm (A) 2 (B) 4
and 90 cm respectively. The minimum distance (C) 6 (D) 8
each should walk so that they can cover the
distance in complete steps is.
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 25
21. 36 can be expressed as a product of its primes SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
as Very Short Answer Type Questions
(A) 22 × 32 (B) 21 × 33 1. Find the largest number which divides 70 and
(C) 23 × 31 (D) 20 × 30 125, leaving remainders 5 and 8, respectively.
22. 7 × 11 × 13 × 15 + 15 is a 2. If two positive integers a and b are written
(A) Prime number as a = x3y2 and b = xy3; x, y are prime
(B) Composite number numbers, then find the HCF (a, b).
(C) Neither prime nor composite 3. Without actually performing the long division,
(D) None of the above
13
state whether has terminating decimal
23. If p and q are positive integers such that p = 3125
ab2 and q= a2b, where a, b are prime expansion or not.
numbers, then the LCM (p, q) is
(A) ab (B) a2b2 4. W hat can y ou s ay about t he p ri m e
factorization of the denominators of the
(C) a3b2 (D) a3b3
following rationals :
(i) 43.123456789 (ii) 43.123456789
ASSERTION & REASON
24. If x : Every whole number is a natural number 5. Show that the denominator of the rational
and y : 0 is not a natural number, Then which number must be in the form 2m5n (where m
of the following statement is true? and n are non-negative integers) so as to
(A) x is false and y is the correct explanation have the decimal expansion of that rational
of x. number as terminating?
(B) x is true and y is the correct explanation
of x.
(C) x is true and y is false. Short Answer Type Questions
(D) Both x and y are true.
1. Without actually performing the long division,
25. If R : Every fraction is a rational number and
987
T : Every rational number is a fraction, then find if will have terminating or non-
10500
which of the following is correct?
(A) R is True and T is False. terminating (repeating) decimal expansion.
(B) R is False and T is True. Give reason for your answer.
(C) Both R and T are True.
2. Prove that 3 – 5 is an irrational number..
(D) Both R and T are False.
3. Prove that 2 + 3 is irrational.
4. If n is an odd integer, then show that n2 – 1
is divisible by 8.
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
26 Real Numbers
5. Using Euclid's division algorithm, find the CASE BASED STUDY QUESTIONS
largest number that divides 1251, 9377 and A Mathematics Exhibition is being conducted in your
15628 l eavi ng remai nders 1, 2 and 3 School and one of your friends is making a model of
respectively. a factor tree. He has some difficulty and asks for
your help in completing a quiz for the audience.
6. On a morning walk, three persons step off Observe the following factor tree and answer the
together and their steps measure 40 cm, 42 following:
cm and 45 cm, respectively. What is the
x
minimum distance each should walk so that
each can cover the same di stance i n
complete steps? 5 2783
Long Answer Type Questions
Y 253
1. Show that the cube of a positive integer of
the form 6q + r, q is an integer and r = 0, 1, 11 Z
2, 3, 4, 5 is also of the form 6m + r.
2. Prove that one of any three consecutive
positive integers must be divisible by 3.
3. Show that cube of any positive integer is of
the form 4m, 4m + 1 or 4m + 3, for some
integer m.
4. Prove that 2+5 3 is an irrational number,,
given that 3 is an irrational number..
1. What will be the value of x?
2. What will be the value of y?
3. What will be the value of z?
4. According to Fundamental Theorem of
Arithmetic 13915 is a
5. The prime factorisation of 13915 is
(A) 5 × 113 × 132
(B) 5 × 113 × 232
(C) 5 × 112 × 23
(D) 5 × 112 × 132
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 27
EXERCISE – II
NTSE STAGE-I AND OTHER OLYMPIAD (iii) Its last two digits are equal to each other
1. If (12 + 22 + 32 + .... + 122) = 650, then the Then the four digit number is ….
value of (22 + 42 + 62 + .... + 242) is
[NTSE ANDHRA PRADESH-2017]
[NTSE Rajasthan 2015-16]
(A) 5566 (B) 7744
(A) 1300 (B) 2600
(C) 2288 (D) 3399
(C) 2500 (D) 42250
7. A number when divided by 5, 3 and 2 leaves
2. The value of 5–2 6 is
remainders 4, 2 and 1 respectively. Out of all
[NTSE WEST-BENGAL 2016] three digit numbers find the total such
numbers [NTSE HARYANA 2018]
(A) ( 3 – 2) (B) 3– 2
(A) 28 (B) 29
(C) 2– 3 (D) All of the above (C) 30 (D) 31
3. Among the numbers 2250, 3200, 4150 and 8. Statement-I : If 5+ 24 = x y then x
5100, the greatest is -
+ y = 5 and xy = 24.
[NTSE WEST-BENGAL 2016]
(A) 2250 (B) 3200 Statement-II : The square root of (5– 24)
(C) 4150 (D) 5100 is ( 3 – 2 ). [NTSE KARNATKA 2018]
4. The sum of a number and its reciprocal is 4. (A) Both statement-I and II are wrong
What is their difference? (B) Statement I is wrong, but statement-II
is right
[NTSE KERALA 2017]
(C) Both statement-I and II are right
(A) 2 (B) 3 (D) Statement-I is right, but statement-II is
(C) 2 2 (D) 2 3 wrong
3+2 3
5. 39 + 312 + 315 + 3n is a perfect cube, n N, 9. If If a+ 3b , then the value of
3– 3
then the value of n = ……..
[NTSE ANDHRA PRADESH-2017] a+b where a and b are rational numbers
(A) 18 (B) 17 is- [NTSE RAJASTHAN 2018]
(C) 14 (D) 16 (A) 5 (B) 8
(C) 2 (D) 16
6. A four digi t number has the following
properties 10. Which is unit digit of 618 – 510 ?
(i) It is a perfect square [NTSE RAJASTHAN 2018]
(ii) Its first two digits are equal to each other (A) 5 (B) 8 (C) 1 (D) 9
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
28 Real Numbers
11. Choose false statement from following: 15. If two positive integers 'a' and 'b' are
[NTSE MADHYA-PRADESH 2019] expressible in the form of a = p3q2 and b =
(A) All equilateral triangles are isosceles p2q4, p and q being prime numbers, then LCM
triangle (a,b) is - [NTSE ANDHRA-PRADESH 2020]
(B) Some rational numbers are integers (A) p3q3 (B) p2q4
(C) All integers are not rational number (C) p3q4 (D) p2q3
(D) Some Isosceles triangles are equilateral
triangles 16. If p, q, r and s are distinct prime numbers
such that p + q + r = 72, p + r + s = 74, q +
14588 r + s = 89. The largest of these p, q, r and s
12. The decimal expansion of the number
8750 is [NTSE DELHI 2020]
will [NTSE HARYANA 2019] (A) r = 53 (B) q = 53
(A) terminate after two decimal places (C) s = 53 (D) s = 49
(B) terminate after three decimal places
17. Which of the following is a true statement?
(C) terminate after four decimal place
[NTSE TAMILNADU 2021]
(D) not terminate
(A) any real number is either rational or
irrational.
13. Which of the following statements are not
(B) 0 is not real number.
true? [NTSE TAMILNADU 2019]
(C) Any real number is either prime or
(a) Sum of two irrational numbers is always
composite.
irrational
(b) Difference between two irrational numbers (D) 9 is an irrational number
is irrational 18. If 'a' and 'b' are any two positive integers
(c) Product of two irrational numbers is and ab × ba = 72, then the values of a and b
irrational are : [NTSE TAMILNADU 2021]
(d) Quotient of two irrational numbers is (A) 2, 3 (B) 3, 2
irrational
(C) 2, 3 or 3, 2 (D) 3, 3
(A) (a) and (b) only
(B) (a), (b), (c) and (d) 19. n is an odd number. Which of the following
statement is true?
(C) (a), (b) and (c) only
[NTSE MAHARASHTRA 2021]
(D) None of the above
(A) (2n + 1) is divisible by 5
(B) (2n + 1) is divisible by 3
14. a b c d = [NTSE WEST-BENGAL 2020]
(C) (2n – 1) is divisible by 5
(D) (2n – 1) is divisible by 3
(A) a1/2b1/4c1/8d1/16 (B) (abcd)1/16
(C) (abcd)1/8 (D) a1/2b1/2c1/2d1/2
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 29
20. Which of the following statement is incorrect? 25. The number 311 – 38 is divisible by prime
[NTSE TAMILNADU 2022] numbers:
(A) Every natural number is a whole number (A) 2 and 3 only (B) 2, 3 and 11 only
(B) Every integer is a rational number (C) 311 only (D) 2, 3 and 13 only
(C) Every rational number is an integer
26. Find the unit digit in 13274 – (3498)49 :
(D) Every rational number is a real number
(A) 6 (B) 0
(C) 4 (D) 2
21. The product of the additive inverse and
multiplication inverse of 6 is : 27. Which of the following alternatives is wrong?
(A) –6 (B) 1 Given that :
(C) –1 (D) 6 (i) Difference of two rational numbers is a
rational number.
22. The value of 3 3 3 3 3....... ....... is : (ii) Subtraction is commutative on rational
numbers
(A) 0 (iii) Addition is not commutative on rational
(B) 3 numbers.
(C) Both 0 and 3 (A) (ii) & (iii) (B) (i) only
(D) Can't be determined (C) (i) & (iii) (D) All the above
23. Which of the following statements is correct? 28. The average of the middle two rational
(A) 0 is called the additive identity for rational 2 1 3 5
numbers. numbers if , , , are arranged in
5 2 4 7
(B) 1 is called the multiplicative identity for ascending order is :
rational numbers.
(C) The additive inverse of 0 is zero itself. 5 9
(A) (B)
4 10
(D) All the above.
24. Which of the following is rational number? 39 17
(C) (D)
[IMO-2016] 35 28
(A) Sum of (2 + 3 ) and its reciprocal
29. Which is smallest among :
(B) Square root of 18
10 – 3 11 , 18 – 5 13 and 51 – 10 26
(C) Square root of 7+4 3
(A) 10 – 3 11 (B) 18 – 5 13
(D) None of these
(C) 51 – 10 26 (D) All are equal
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
30 Real Numbers
30. The greater between 19 – 14 and 12 – 7 33. In order that the six digit number 1x0x3x be
divisible by 11, the digit x should be :
(A) 19 – 14 (B) 12 – 7 (A) 2 (B) 1
(C) Both are equal (D) Can't say (C) 4 (D) 5
34. What are t he v al ue s of x and y i f
31. The smallest among 2
2, 3
4 and 4
3 is :
15×0468913y is divisible by 8 and 11, where
(A) 2 (B) 4 x and y are single digit integers?
2 3
(A) x = 3, y = 6 (B) x = 6, y = 9
(C) 3
4 (D) Can't compare
(C) x = 9, y = 12 (D) x = 0, y = 3
32. A num be r that has t o be add ed t o 35. What is the complete solution to the equation
9247653140 in order to make it divisible by 8 : |3 – 4x| = 13 ?
is :
5 5
(A) 2 (B) 8 (A) x = ,x=4 (B) x = ,x=–4
2 2
(C) 6 (D) 4
5 5
(C) x = – ,x=4 (D) x = – ,x=–4
2 2
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
Real Numbers 31
EXERCISE – III
NTSE STAGE-II AND JEE LEVEL
6. The value of 97 × 98 × 99 ×100 + 1 is equal
1. On dividing a natural number x by 11 ,the
remainder is 3 , and on dividing x by 17 , the to [NTSE STAGE-II-2019]
remainder is 9 . If the number x lies between (A) 9901 (B)9891
300 and 400 , then the remainder on dividing (C) 9801 (D) 9701
x by 21 is - [NTSE STAGE-II-2020]
(A) 9 but not 11 (B) 11 but not 9 7. If a, b, c are real, then a (a – b) + b (b – c)
+
(C) both 9 and 11 (D) neither 9 nor 1 c (c – a) = 0, only if
(A) a + b + c = 0
2. If m = n2 – n where n is an integer, then (B) a = b = c
m2 -2 m is divisible by (C) a = b or b = c or c = a
(D) a – b – c = 0
[NTSE STAGE-II-2019]
(A) 20 (B) 24 8. If x, y are rational numbers such that
(C) 30 (D) 16 (x + y) + (x – 2y) 2 = 2x – y + (x – y – 1)
6 then
1
3. Gi ven that = 0.142857 , whi ch is a (A) x = 1, y = 1
7 (B) x = 2, y = 1
repeating decimal having six different digits. (C) x = 5, y = 1
(D) x & y can take infinitely many values
If x is the sum of such first three positive
9. Find the value of the expression
1
integers n such that = 0.abcdef where 2 3
n +
lo g (20 00 ) 6 lo g 5 (2 00 0) 6 .
4
a,b,c,d, e and f are different digits, then the
1
value of x is [NTSE STAGE-II-2018] (A) 6 (B)
6
(A) 20 (B) 21
1
(C) 5 (D)
(C) 41 (D) 42 5
4. Which of the following digits is ruled out in 10. Greatest integer less than or equal to the
number log2 15 . log1/62 . log3 1/6 is
the units place of 12n + 1 for every positive (A) 4 (B) 3
integer n ? [NTSE STAGE-II-2018] (C) 2 (D) 1
(A) 1 (B) 3 log a 2 3
2 21 /4
- 3 log 27 (a +1) - 2a
(C) 5 (D) 7 11. The ratio simplifies
7 4log 49 a - a - 1
to
5. On dividing 2272 as well as 875 by a 3 - digit (A) a2 – a – 1 (B) a2 + a – 1
number N, we get the same remainder in each (C) a2 – a + 1 (D) a2 + a + 1
case. The sum of the digits of N is
[NTSE STAGE-II-2017]
(A) 10 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 13
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞKĨĨŝĐĞ͗DŽƚŝŽŶ ĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ϯϵϰͲZĂũĞĞǀ'ĂŶĚŚŝEĂŐĂƌ͕<ŽƚĂ
32 Real Numbers
19. Let A = {x l x is a prime number and x < 30}.
1 The number of different rational numbers
12. If logx log18 ( 2 8 ) . Then the value of
3 whose numerator and denominator belong
1000 x is equal to to A is
(A) 8 (B) 1/8 (A) 90 (B) 180
(C) 1/125 (D) 125 (C) 91 (D) 181
20. The number of zeros immediately after the
13. Number of real solution (x) of the equation decimal in 3 –100
2
| x 3 |3 x 10 x 3
= 1 is (A) 50 (B) 47
(C) 48 (D) 49
(A) exactly four (B) exactly three
(C) exactly two (D) exactly one 21. If 4 A + 9 B = 10 C ,
where A = log16 4, B = log3 9 & C = logx 83,
14. How many digits are contained in the number then find x.
275 ? (A) 11 (B) 10
(C) 9 (D) 12
(A) 21 (B) 22
(C) 23 (D) 24 22. Number of real x satisfying the equation
|x – 1| = |x – 2 | + |x – 3| is
15. Let ‘m’ be the number of digits in 340 and ‘p’ (A) 1 (B) 2
be the number of zeroes in 3–40 after decimal (C) 3 (D) more than 3
before starting a significant digit the (m +
p) is (log3 = 0.4771)
(A) 40 (B) 39
(C) 41 (D) 38
16. If P is the number of integers whose
l og ari t hm s to t he b as e 10 hav e the
characteristic p , and Q the number of integers
the logarithms of whose reciprocals to the
base 10 have t he c haract eri s ti c
q, Find value of log10 P log10 Q is :
(A) p + q – 1 (B) p – q + 1
(C) p + q + 1 (D) p – q – 1
17. If a, b, c are real and distinct numbers, then
(a - b) 3 + (b - c) 3 + (c - a) 3
the value of is
(a - b)(b - c)(c - a)
(A) 1 (B) a b c
(C) 2 (D) 3
18. The number of ordered pairs (x, y) satisfying
the equation x – y = (log2y – log2x) (2 + xy)
and
x3 + y3 = 16
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 0
͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕Ƶƌů͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŽƚŝŽŶ͘ĂĐ͘ŝŶ͕ ͗ϭϴϬϬͲϮϭϮͲϭϳϵϵ
ϵϵ͕ϴϬϬϯϴϵϵϱϴϴ
HINDI
CLASS - X
¼Hkkx – ^c^½
CONTENTS
Li'kZ Hkkx & 2 – x| [k.M
S.NO. LESSON WRITER PAGE NO.
1. cM+s HkkbZ lkgc izsepUnz 03 - 22
2. Mk;jh dk ,d iUuk lhrkjke lsdlfj;k 23 - 39
3. rrk¡jk okehjks dFkk yhyk/kj eaMyksbZ 40 - 54
4. rhljh dle ds f'kYidkj 'kSyasnz izgykn vxzoky 55 - 64
5. vc dgk¡ nwljs ds nq[k ls nq[kh gksus okys funk Qkt+yh 65 - 76
6. ir>j esa VwVh ifÙk;k¡ johanz dsysdj 77 - 87
7. dkjrwl gchc ruohj 88 - 100
Li'kZ Hkkx & 2 – i| [k.M
S.NO. LESSON WRITER PAGE NO.
1. alk[kh dchj 101 - 108
2. ehjk ds in ehjk 109 - 116
3. ioZr izns'k esa ikol lqfe=kuanu iar 117 - 125
4. rksi ohjsu Maxoky 126 - 130
5. nksgs fcgkjh 131 - 138
6. euq";rk eSfFkyh'kj.k xqIr 139 - 148
7. dj pys ge fQnk dSQh vkt+eh 149 - 154
8. vkRe=k.k johUnzukFk Bkdqj 155 - 160
lap;u Hkkx & 2
S.NO. LESSON WRITER PAGE NO.
1. gfjgj dkdk fefFkys'oj 161 - 167
2. liuksa ds&ls fnu xqjn;ky flag 168 - 175
3. Vksih 'kqDyk jkgh eklwe jt+k 176 - 180
O;kdj.k
S.NO. LESSON PAGE NO.
1. laf/k 181 -189
2. lekl 190 - 200
3. in ifjp; 201 - 202
4. okD; fopkj 203 - 216
5. milxZ 217 - 222
6. izR;; 223 - 228
7. fojke fpg~Uk 229 - 233
8. 'kCn] in vkSj inca/k 234 - 241
9. vyadkj 242 - 245
10. eqgkojs ,oa yksdksfä;k¡ 246 - 256
11. vuqPNsn ys[ku 257 - 264
12. lwpuk ys[ku 265 - 269
13. jl 270 - 278
14. fuikr 279 - 279
15. laokn 280 - 284
16. i=&ys[ku 285 - 294
17. foKkiu 295 - 299
18. bZ&esy 300 - 303
19. vixfBr x|ka'k ,oa i|ka'k 304 - 308
20. v'kqf) 'kks/ku 309 - 319
21. yksd dFkk 320 - 324
Motion Education, 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
: 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in | : [email protected]
Li'kZ & x| [k.M
cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
CHAPTER
1
ys[kd & çsepUnz
I. ys[ kd&ifjp;
iz ' u% fganh ds dgkuhdkj izsepan dk ifjp; fuEufyf[kr 'kh"kZdksa ds varxZr nhft, &
thou&ifjp;] jpuk,¡] lkfgfR;d fo'ks"krk,¡] Hkk"kk&'kSyhA
mÙkj% thou&ifjp;& fganh ds loZJs"B dgkuhdkj izsepan dk tUe okjk.klh ds fudV yegh uked xk¡o esa lu~ 1880 esa gqvkA mudh
vkjafHkd f'k{kk xk¡o esa gqbZA NqViu esa gh muds firk dk nsgkar gks x;kA blfy, ?kj dh ftEesnkjh vle; gh vuds da/kksa ij vk
iM+hA os nloha ikl djds izkbejh Ldwy ds f'k{kd cu x,A ukSdjh esa jgdj gh mUgksaus ch-,- ikl fd;kA blds ckn os f'k{kk&foHkkx
esa lcfMIVh&baLisDVj&vkWQ&LdwYl ds :i esa fu;qDr gks x,A
lu~ 1920 esa os xk¡/kh th ds vkàku ij vlg;ksx vkanksyu esa dwn iM+sA mUgksaus lkfgR;&ys[ku }kjk ns'klsok djus dk ladYi
fd;kA mudk okLrfod uke /kuir jk; FkkA igys os uokcjk; ds uke ls mnwZ esa fy[krs FksA ckn esa fganh esa izsepan ds uke ls
fy[kus yxsA mUgksaus viuk Nkik[kkuk [kksyk rFkk ^gal* uked if=dk dk laiknu fd;kA lu~ 1936 esa mudk nsgkar gks x;kA
jpuk,¡& eqa'kh izsepan us 350 dgkfu;k¡ vkSj 11 miU;kl fy[ksA muds dgkfu;k¡ ^ekuljksoj* uke ls vkB Hkkxksa esa ladfyr
gSaA muds izfl) miU;kl gSa & lsoklnu] izsekJe] jaxHkwfe] fueZyk] xcu] deZHkwfe vkSj xksnkuA ^dcZyk* vkSj ^izse dk osnh* uked
muds nks ukVd Hkh gSaA muds }kjk fyf[kr fuca/k ^dqN fopkj* vkSj ^fofo/k izlax* uked ladyuksa esa ladfyr gSaA
lkfgfR;d fo'ks"krk,¡& eqa'kh izsepan ds lkfgR; dk lcls izeq[k fo"k; gS & jk"Vªh; txj.k vkSj lekt&lq/kkjA ns'kHkfDr ds
izcy Loj ds dkj.k muds dgkuh&laxzg ^lksts oru* dks vaxt zs ljdkj us tCr dj fy;k FkkA eqa'kh izsepan us nhu&ghu fdlkuksa]
xzkeh.kksa vkSj 'kksf"krksa dh nfyr voLFkk dk ekfeZd fp=.k fd;kA mudh dQu] iwl dh jkr] xksnku vkfn jpuk,¡ 'kks"k.k ds fo:)
fonzksg dh vkokt mBkrh gSA mUgksaus lekt esa O;kIr vU; cqjkbZ;ksa&ngst] vuesy fookg] u'kk[kksjh] 'kks"k.k] cgq&fookg] NqvkNqr]
Å¡p&uhp vkfn ij Hkh izHkko'kkyh lkfgr fy[kkA
Hkk"kk&'kSyh& eq'a kh izsepan viuh ljy] eqgkojsnkj Hkk"kk ds fy, fo[;kr gSAa mUgksua s yksdlHkk dks lkfgfR;d Hkk"kk cuk;kA mudh
Hkk"kk vke turk ds cgqr fudV gSA os vius ik=] okrkoj.k vkSj euksn'kk ds vuqlkj 'kCnksa dk pquko djrs gSaA okLro esa ,d
O;fDr ftl okrkoj.k esa vius in&LFkku ds vuqlkj ftl ifjfLFkfr esa tks Hkk"kk cksyrk gS] mlh dks O;kdj.k ds fu;eksa esa <kydj
mUgksaus izLrqr dj fn;k gSA os ekuo&eu esa mB jgs euksHkkoksa dks izdV djus esa cgqr dq'ky gSaA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
4 fgUnh
II. dgkuh dk lkj
iz ' u& izsepan }kjk jfpr ^cM+s HkkbZ lkgc* uked dgkuh dk lkjka'k fyf[k,A
mÙkj& ^cM+s HkkbZ lkgc* euksoSKkfud dgkuh gSA blesa fn[kk;k x;k gS fd fdl izdkj vk;q esa cM+s HkkbZ dks vius cM+s gksus dh pkg ijs'kku
fd, j[krh gSA mlesa cM+s gksus ds ;ksX; xq.k pkgs fcYdqy u gksa] fQj Hkh og fdl izdkj cM+Iiu ds jkLrs fudky ysrk gSA dgkuh
dk lkj bl izdkj gS &
cM+s HkkbZ lkgc dk ifjp; & ys[kd dk cM+k HkkbZ 14 o"kZ dk Fkk vkSj ys[kd ukS o"kZ dkA cM+k HkkbZ nks lky Qsy gks pqdk
FkkA blfy, og vc ys[kd ls dsoy rhu njts vkxs FkkA og i<+kbZ esa pkgs dSlk Hkh gks ysfdu cM+k gksus ds ukrs ys[kd ls
Mk¡V&MiV djuk vkSj ml ij fuxjkuh j[kuk viuk /keZ le>rk FkkA ys[kd ns[krk Fkk fd mldk cM+k HkkbZ vdlj fdrkc [kksys
cSBk jgrk FkkA ijarq mldk fnekx dgha vkSj gksrk FkkA og viuh dkfi;ksa vkSj fdrkcksa ij fpfM+;ksa] dqÙkksa dh rLohjsa cukrk jgrk
Fkk ;k ,d&gh uke dbZ ckj fy[krk jgrk FkkA bu csrqdh ckrksa dk dksbZ vFkZ ugha gksrk Fkk u gh ys[kd cM+s HkkbZ ls budk vFkZ
iwNus dh fgEer j[krk FkkA
cM+s HkkbZ dh ulhgrsa& ys[kd dk eu i<+kbZ esa cgqr de yxrk FkkA blfy, og ekSdk ikrs gh gksLVy ls fudy dj eSnku
esa vk tkrk Fkk vkSj [kwy [ksyrk FkkA dHkh nksLrksa esa xIisa] dHkh >wyus dk etkA ijarq dejsa esa igq¡prs gh cM+s HkkbZ iwNrs Fks& dgk¡
Fks\ mudk :nz :i ns[kdj ys[kd dk¡i tkrk FkkA og ekSu /kkj.k dj ysrk FkkA bl ij cM+k HkkbZ Lusg vkSj jks"k&Hkjk mins'k
fn;k djrk Fkk& ^vaxzsth i<+uk g¡lh&[ksy ugha gSA eSa jkr&fnu vk¡[ks QksM+rk gw¡] rc tkdj og fo|k vkrh gSA cM+s&cM+s fo}ku
Hkh 'kq) vaxzsth ugha fy[k ikrsA eq>s ns[kks] eS dksbZ [ksy&rek'kk ugha ns[krkA fQj Hkh ,d Dykl esa nks&rhu lky yxrs gSA rqe
;ksa gh [ksyrs jgs rks mez chr tk,xhA blls rks vPNk gS fd ?kj pys tkvksA nknk dh esgur dh dekbZ ;ksa gh cjckn u djksA*
ys[kd dk Vkbe&Vscy cukuk & HkkbZ lkgc dh dM+h ckrsa lqudj ys[kd [kwc jksrk&iNrkrkA HkkbZ ,slh&,slh pqHkrh ckrsa
dgrk fd ys[kd dk dystk dk¡i tkrkA og fujks'k gks tkrkA ijarq dqN nsj ckn fQj&ls fgEer ykSV vkrhA og i<+kbZ esa th
yxkus dk bjknk djrkA og u, fljs ls Vkbe&Vscy cukrkA jkst dh fnup;kZ cukrkA mlesa [ksyus dk le; fcYdqy Hkh u
j[krkA ijarq igys gh fnu ls ml Vkbe&Vscy dh vuns[kh 'kq: gks tkrhA eSnku dh [kqyh gok] QqVcky vkSj ckWyhcky ns[krs
gh og fQj&ls eSnku dh rjQ nkSM+ iM+rkA ifj.kkeLo:i mls fQj ls HkkbZ lkgc dh ulhgrsa vkSj f>M+fd;k¡ lquuh iM+rhaA mlds
fy, HkkbZ dk lkeuk gksuk uaxh ryokj tSlk izrhr gksrk FkkA ijarq og D;k djs] mlls [ksyksa dk frjLdkj u gks ikrk FkkA
HkkbZ lkgc dk fQj&ls Qsy gksuk& okf"kZd ijh{kk gqbZA HkkbZ lkgc fQj&ls Qsy gks x,A ys[kd viuh d{kk esa izFke vk;kA
ys[kd ds eu esa vk;k fd cM+s HkkbZ dks [kwc lquk,A iwNs fd rqeus i<+&fy[k dj D;k dek fy;kA ijarq e¡qg ls 'kCn u fudykA
gk¡] vc og cM+s vf/kdkj ls [ksyus tkus yxkA cM+s HkkbZ ys[kd dh fuMjrk Hkk¡i yhA vkf[kj ,d fnu mlds la;e dk ck¡/k VwV
iM+kA
ys[kd lqcg ls nksigj rd xqYyh&MaMk [ksydj Hkkstu ds fy, vk;kA cM+s HkkbZ us mls vkM+s gkFkksa fy;kA mlus dgk& ns[k jgk
gw¡] bl lky d{kk esa izFke vk x, gks rqEgsa ?keaM gks x;k gSA ijarq jko.k dk Hkh ?keaM ugha jgkA tkurs gks] jko.k pØorhZ jktk
FkkA vkt ds vaxzst Hkh pØorhZ ugha gSaA jko.k dks lHkh jktk dj nsrs FksA exj fQj Hkh mldk ?keaV VwVkA 'kSrku gks ;k
'kkgs:e&lcdk vgadkj u"V gqvk FkkA rqeus ,d njtk D;k ikl dj fy;k gS] rqEgsa ?keaM gks x;k gSA ;g ikl gksuk Hkh va/ks ds
gkFk cVsj yxuk gSA ijarq ;g cVsj ckj&ckj gkFk ugha yxsxhA
ikB~;Øe dh eqf'dysa fxukuk & HkkbZ lkgc cksys& esjs Qsy gksus ij u tkvksA esjh d{kk esa igq¡pksxs rks nk¡rks ilhuk vk tk,xkA
baxfyLrku dk bfrgkj i<+uk iM+sxk ftlesa vkB&vkB gsujh gq, gSa] ntZuksa tsEl gq, gSa] ntZuksa fofy;e] dksfM;ksa pkYlZA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 5
bl lcds fdLls ;kn j[krs&j[krs pDdj vkus yxrs gSaA tkesVªh cukus okys rks O;FkZ esa Nk=ksa dk [kwu ihrs gSaA crkvks v c t
dh txg v t c fy[k fn;k rks D;k gqvk\ ijarq ugha] blh jVar dk uke gS f'k{kkA vc js[kk ij yac fujkus dk Nk=ksa ls D;k
okLrk\ ijarq ijh{kk ikl djus ds fy, ;g lc [kqjkQkr djuh gh iM+rh gSA
vc crkb, ^le; dh ikcanh* ij pkj iUuksa dk fuca/k fy[kus dks dgk tkrk gSA iwNks] ;g fgekdr gS fd ughaA tks ckr ,d gh
okD; esa dgh tk ldrh gS] ml ij brus iUusa D;ksa [kjkc djsa\ ;g Nk=ksa ij ljklj vR;kpkj gSA vHkh rks ;g fuca/k la{ksi esa
gSA ojuk 'kk;n lkS&nks&lkS iUuksa esa fy[kokrsA bu v/;kidksa dks tjk Hkh reht ugha gS vkSj ykyk&esjs njts esa vkvksxs rks ;s
lkjs ikiM+s csyus iM+saxsA eSa yk[k Qsy gks x;k gw¡A ijarq vuqHko esa rqels cM+k gw¡A
HkkbZ lkgc ds ;s frjLdkj&opu lqudj ys[kd dks Hkkstu cgqr csLokn yxkA og Å¡ps njts dh i<+kbZ dk Hk;adj fp= lqudj
Hk;Hkhr gks mBkA ijar fQj Hkh mldh :fp iqLrdksa dh vksj u cu ldhA vc og pksjh&pksjh [ksyus tkus yxkA
vxys lky cM+s HkkbZ fQj Qsy& vxys lky cM+k HkkbZ fQj Qsy gks x;k] tcfd ys[kd njts esa izFke vk;kA cM+s HkkbZ us
bl ckj fnu&jkr esgur dh FkhA ,d&,d 'kCn pkV x;k FkkA fQj Hkh Qsy gks x;kA ifj.kke lqudj og jks iM+kA ys[kd Hkh
jks iM+kA mls HkkbZ ij n;k vkus yxhA vc nksuksa esas cl ,d gh d{kk dk varj jg x;kA ys[kd ds eu esa fopkj vk;k fd dgha
cM+k HkkbZ vxys lky Hkh Qsy gks x;k rks nksuksa ,d gh njts esa cuk,¡xsA fQj ;g dgk¡ ls esjh Qthgr djsxkA
Qsy gksus ds ckn cM+k HkkbZ uje iM+ x;kA mls le> vk x;k fd vc mldk ys[kd dks Mk¡Vus dk vf/kdkj ugha jgkA ys[kd
dh LoPNanrk c<+us yxhA vc mls dudkS, mM+kus dk 'kkSd yx x;kA og iwjk fnu iraxckth ds [ksy esa yxkus yxkA gk¡] og
;g cjkcj /;ku j[krk Fkk fd dgha mldk HkkbZ mls ns[k u ysA og mudk vnc vkSj lEeku iwjk cuk, j[krk FkkA
irax ywVrs gq, idM+s tkuk & ,d la/;k dk ys[kd gksLVy ls nwj dudkSvk ywVus nkSM+k tk jgk FkkA vk¡[ks vkleku dh vksj
FkhaA ckydksa dh lsuk >kMwnkj ck¡l vkSj yXxh mBk, gq, csrgk'kk nkSMh+ tk jgh FkhA lglk cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks ns[k fy;kA mlus
ys[kd dk gkFk idM+ fy;kA cksys&bu cktkjh ykSaMksa ds lkFk /ksys dk dudkSvk ywVrs rq>s 'keZ ugha vkrh\ vkBoha esa i<+rs gksA
dqy viuh iksth'ku dk Hkh [;ky djksA ,d tekuk Fkk] tc vkBoha ikl yksx uk;c rglhynkj] fMIVh eSftLVªsV ;k lqifjMsaV
gks tkrs FksA vktdy fdrus gh feMyph v[kckjksa ds laiknd gSaA vkSj rqe! buds lkFk dkudkS, ywVus Hkkxs tk jgs gksA ekuk
fd rqe tghu gks vkSj dy dks ;g Hkh gks ldrk gS fd rqe esjh tekr esa vk tkvks ;k eq>ls vkxs fudy tkvksA fQj Hkh ;g
u le>uk fd eq>s rqEgsa dqN dgus dk gd ugha gSA
rtqcZs dk rdZ& HkkbZ cksyk& eaS rqels ik¡p lky cM+k gw¡A rqe esjs rtqcZs dh cjkcjh ugha dj ldrsA rqe pkgs ,e-,-] Mh-fQy-
vkSj Mh-fyV D;kas u gks tkvksA ij le> fdrkcas i<+us ls ugha vkrhA gekjs nknk vkSj vEek¡ dksbZ vf/kd i<+s&fy[ks ugha gaAS fQj
Hkh gea&s i<+k&
as fy[kkas dks le>kus dk gd mudk gSA Hkxoku u djas] eaS chekj gks tkÅ¡A rqEgkjs gkFk&ik¡o Qwy tk,¡xsA rqe nknk
dk rkj djus ds flok dqN u djksxsA ijarq rqEgkjh txg nknk gkas rks fcYdqy u ?kcjk,¡A os [kqn ejt igpkudj bykt dj
yasxs ;k MkWDVj dks cqyk,¡xasA ge&rqe rks eghus&Hkj ds [kpZ dk fglkc&fdrkc Hkh ugha tkursA ijarq nknk us gekjs [kpZ ls
Hkh vk/ks eas viuh mez dk cM+k Hkkx usdukeh ls fcrk fn;k gSA gekjs gsMekLVj dks gh yksA og i<+k&fy[kk gSA ,d gtkj ls Hkh
vf/kd iSls dekrk gSA fdarq mldk ?kj&[kpZ mldh ek¡ gh pykrh gSA blfy, HkkbZtku! x:j dks fny ls fudky MkyksA
eaS rq>s csjkg u pyus nw¡xkA ;fn u ekuk rks FkIiM+ Hkh jlhn dj nw¡xkA
ys[kd dks cM+s HkkbZ dh ;g ubZ ;qfDr cgqr vPNh yxhA og mlds lkeus >qd x;kA mls lpeqp y?kqrk dk vuqHko gqvkA
cksyk&vkidks dgus dk iwjk vf/kdkj gSA ;g lqurs gh cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks xys ls yxk fy;kA cksyk&eSa dudkS, mM+kus dks
euk ugha djrkA esjk Hkh th yypkrk gSA ij D;k d:¡\ [kqn csjkg pyw¡ rks rqEgkjh j{kk dSls d:¡\ rHkh ,d dVk gqvk dudkSvk
Åij ls xqtjkA cM+s HkkbZ us yiddj mls idM+ fy;kA og csrgk'kk gksLVy dh rjQ nkSM+kA ys[kd Hkh ihNs&ihNs nkSM+us yxkA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
6 fgUnh
III. vFkZxzg.k lac a/ kh iz' uksÙkj
iz ' u& fuEufyf[kr x|ka'kksa ls lacaf/kr iz'uksa ds mÙkj nhft,&
1. esjk th i<+us eas fcydqy u yxrk FkkA ,d ?kaVk Hkh fdrkc ysdj cSBuk igkM+ FkkA ekSdk ikrs gh gksLVy ls fudydj eSnku
esa vk tkrk vkSj dHkh dadfj;k¡] dHkh dkxt dh frrfy;k¡ mM+krk vkSj dgha dksbZ lkFkh fey x;k] rks iwNuk gh D;kA dHkh pkjnhokjh
ij p<+dj uhps dwn jgs gSaA dHkh QkVd ij lokj] mls vkxs&ihNs pykrs gq, eksVjdkj dk vkuan mBk jgs gSa] ysfdu dejs esa
vkrs gh HkkbZ lkgc dk og :nz&:i ns[kdj izk.k lq[k tkrsA mudk igyk lokg ;g gksrk& ^^dgk¡ Fks**\ ges'kk ;gh loky blh
/ofu esa ges'kk iwNk tkrk Fkk vkSj bldk tokc esjs ikl dsoy ekSu FkkA u tkus esjs eq¡g ls ;g ckr D;ksa u fudyrh fd tjk
ckgj [ksy jgk FkkA esjk ekSu dg nsrk Fkk fd eq>s viuk vijk/k Lohdkj gS vkSj HkkbZ lkgc ds fy, mlds flok vkSj dksbZ bykt
u Fkk fd Lusg vkSj jks"k ls feys gq, 'kCnksa esa esjk lRdkj djsaA
iz ' u- ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ izlax Li"V dhft,A
¼x½ ys[kd dk fny i<+kbZ esa D;ksa ugh yxkrk Fkk\
¼?k½ ys[kd dks fdl pht esa vkuan feyrk Fkk\
¼M-½ ys[kd dejs esa vkdj Hk;Hkhr D;ksa gks tkrk Fkk\
¼p½ ys[kd ds cM+s HkkbZ ys[kd dks ns[kdj Øks/k esa D;ksa vk tkrs Fks\
¼N½ ys[kd cM+s HkkbZ ds lkeus ekSu D;ksa jg tkrk Fkk\
¼t½ ys[kd dks ekSu ns[kdj cM+k HkkbZ dSlk O;ogkj djrk Fkk\
mÙkj & ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & isez pan
¼[k½ ys[kd vkSj mldk cM+k HkkbZ nksukas Nk=kkokl eas i<+rs Fks rFkk ,d gh dejs eas jgrs FksA ys[kd vius cM+s HkkbZ ls ik¡p lky
NksVk Fkk ijarq d{kk eas dsoy rhu njts gh de FkkA dkj.k ;g Fkk fd cM+k HkkbZ nks ckj Qsy gks pqdk FkkA fQj Hkh og xaHkhjrk
ls i<+rk jgrk Fkk rFkk NksVs HkkbZ dks [ksyrk ns[kdj Mk¡V yxkrk FkkA
¼x½ ys[kd dk fny i<+kbZ eas fcydqy ugha yxrk FkkA dkj.k ;g fd mldh :fp [ksykas rFkk euksjatu dh xfrfof/k;kas eas
vf/kd jgrh FkhA og fuf'pr gksdj eVjx'rh djrk jgrk FkkA mlds eu eas i<+kbZ dk dksbZ gkSok Hkh ugha FkkA
¼?k½ ys[kd dks i<+kbZ dh ctk; [ksyus&dwnus vkSj eVjx'rh djus eas vkuan vkrk FkkA blfy, og ekSdk ikrs gh gksLVy ls ckgj
vk tkrk FkkA dHkh dadfj;k¡ mNkyus yxrk FkkA dHkh dkxt dh frrfy;k¡ mM+kus yxrk FkkA dHkh fdlh lkFkh ds lkFk xIias gk¡dus
yxrk FkkA dHkh QkVd ij lokj gksdj >wyus yxrk FkkA
¼M-½ ys[kd ds eu eas vius cM+s HkkbZ dk Mj jgrk FkkA mls yxrk Fkk fd mldk cM+k HkkbZ mlls loky&tokc djsxkA og mlls
,d&,d feuV dk fglkc ek¡xx s kA og mls vkokjk ?kweus vkSj [ksyus ds fy, Mk¡V yxk,xkA
¼p½ ys[kd dk cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks ns[krs gh Øks/k eas vk tkrk FkkA og tkurk Fkk fd ys[kd i<+us&fy[kus dh ctk; vkokjkxnhZ
djds vk;k gSA cM+k HkkbZ gksus ds ukrs mls ;g lc lgu ugha FkkA og mls lnk i<+rk gqvk vkSj mldh vkKk ekurk gqvk ns[kuk
pkgrk FkkA
¼N½ ys[kd cM+s HkkbZ lkgc ds lkeus viuh lQkbZ nsuk pkgrk FkkA ijarq cM+s HkkbZ dk vkrad bruk vf/kd gksrk Fkk fd og lQkbZ
eas dqN Hkh ugha dg ikrk FkkA HkkbZ dk rh[kk xqLlk mls vanj rd Hk;Hkhr dj nsrk FkkA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 7
¼t½ ys[kd dks vius lkeus ekSu ns[kdj cM+k HkkbZ eku ysrk Fkk fd NksVs HkkbZ us viuk vijk/k Lohdkj dj fy;k gSA rc og
Lo;a dks lQy ekudj mlls Lusg Hkjh ok.kh esa ckr djus yxrk FkkA og ,d izdkj ls HkkbZ dk lRdkj gksrk FkkA
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. ^eSa* dkSu gS\
¼d½ izsepan ¼[k½ dksbZ Hkh ukyk;d ckyd
¼x½ izsepan dk cM+k HkkbZ ¼?k½ dFkkuk;d
2. ys[kd dks fdrkc i<+uk igkM+ D;ksa yxrk Fkk\
¼d½ i<+kbZ esa :fp u gksus ds dkj.k ¼[k½ fdrkcsa ÅckÅ gksus ds dkj.k
¼x½ le> u vkus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ [ksy&dwn esa :fp gksus ds dkj.k
3. ^izk.k lw[k tkrs* dk vk'k; gS &
¼d½ e`R;q gks tkrh ¼[k½ vkuan vk tkrk ¼x½ fujk'kk gks tkrh ¼?k½ ?kcjkgV gks tkrh
4. cM+s HkkbZ lkgc fdl /ofu esa iz'u iwNrs Fks\
¼d½ Lusgiw.kZ ¼[k½ O;aX;iw.kZ ¼x½ jks"kiw.kZ ¼?k½ drZO;iw.kZ
5. ^lRdkj djsa* dk vk'k; gS &
¼d½ Lokxr djsa ¼[k½ lEeku djsa ¼x½ nqRdkjsa&ihVsa ¼?k½ Mk¡Vsa&MiVsa
mÙkj & 1. ¼d½ 2. ¼?k½ 3. ¼?k½ 4. ¼x½ 5. ¼?k½
2. ^^bl rjg vaxzsth i<+ksxs] rks ftanxh&Hkj i<+rs jgksxs vkSj ,d gQZ u vk,xkA vaxzsth i<+uk dksbZ g¡lh&[ksy ugha gS fd tks pkgs]
i<+ ys] ugha ,sjk&xSjk uRFkw&[kSjk lHkh vaxzsth ds fo}ku gks tkrsA ;gk¡ jkr&fnu vk¡[ksa QksM+uh iM+r h gS vkSj [kwu tykuk iM+rk
gS] rc dgha ;g fo|k vkrh gSA vkSj vkrh D;k gS] gk¡ dgus dks vk tkrh gSA cM+s&cM+s fo}ku Hkh 'kq) vaxzsth ugha fy[k ldrs]
cksyuk rks nwj jgkA vkSj eSa dgrk gw¡] rqe fdrus ?kksa?kk gks fd eq>s ns[kdj Hkh lcd ugha ysrsA eSa fdruh esgur djrk gw¡] ;g
rqe viuh vk¡[kksa ls ns[krs gks] vxj ugha ns[krs] rks ;g rqEgkjh vk¡[kksa dk dlwj gS] rqEgkjh cqf) dk dlwj gSA brus esys&rek'ks
gksrs gSa] eq>s rqeus dHkh ns[kus tkrs ns[kk gS\ jkst gh fØdsV vkSj gkWdh eSp gksrs gSA eSa ikl ugha QVdrkA ges'kk i<+rk jgrk
gw¡A ml ij Hkh ,d&,d njts esa nks&nks] rhu&rhu lky iM+k jgrk gw¡] fQj Hkh rqe dSls vk'kk djrs gks fd rqe ;ksa [ksy&dwn
esa oDr x¡okdj ikl gks tkvksxs\ eq>s rks nks gh rhu lky yxrs gSa] rqe mez&Hkj blh njts esa iM+s lM+rs jgksxs\ vxj rqEgsa bl
rjg mez x¡okuh gS] rks csgrj gS] ?kj pys tkvks vkSj ets ls xqYyh&MaMk [ksyksA nknk dh xk<+h dekbZ ds :i;s D;ksa cjckn djrs
gks\**
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ izlax Li"V dhft,A
¼x½ cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks fdlfy, Mk¡Vk\
¼?k½ cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks fdl&fdl pht dk Mj fn[kyk;k\
¼³½ cM+k HkkbZ D;k lkspdj viuk mnkgj.k nsrk gS\ D;k ;g mnkgj.k lgh gS\
¼p½ cM+k HkkbZ ?ku?kksj esgur djds Hkh mÙkh.kZ D;ksa ugha gksrk\ mldk vkSj viuk er fyf[k,A
¼N½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks mez Hkj ,d njts esa iM+s jgus dk Mj D;ksa fn[kkrk gS\
¼t½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks fdl&fdl pht dk okLrk nsdj i<+us ds fy, izsfjr djrk gS\
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
8 fgUnh
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ cM+k HkkbZ vkSj ys[kd nksuksa Nk=kokl esa jgrs FksA cM+k HkkbZ nks lky Qsy gksdj Hkh NksVs HkkbZ dks i<+us dk mins'k nsus ls
ugha pwdrk FkkA NksVk HkkbZ i<+kbZ esa rst fdarq [ksyus&dwnus dk 'kkSdhu FkkA ,d fnu tc og ;w¡ gh eVjx'rh djds dejs
esa vk;k rks cM+s HkkbZ us mls cqjh rjg Mk¡VkA
¼x½ cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks mldh ykijokgh] eVjx'rh vkSj i<+kbZ u djus ds fy, Mk¡VkA ys[kd vkBoha dk Nk= FkkA og gksLVy
ls ckgj ;ksa gh eLrh djds vkSj xIisa ekjdj dejs esa ?kqlk FkkA ijarq mldk cM+k HkkbZ cM+h xaHkhjrk ls i<+rk jgk FkkA ml
ij NksVs HkkbZ dks le>kus dh Hkh ftEesnkjh FkhA blfy, mlus ys[kd dks Mk¡VkA
¼?k½ cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks i<+kbZ dh vksj eu yxkus ds fy, fuEufyf[kr Mj fn[kk,&
vaxzsth dh i<+kbZ cgqr dfBu gksrh gSA
yksx esgur ds ckotwn ckj&ckj Qsy gks tkrs gSaA
nknk dh esgur dh dekbZ dks csdkj esa u cgkvksA
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. bl dFku dk oDrk dkSu gS\
¼d½ ys[kd ¼[k½ cM+k HkkbZ ¼x½ v/;kid ¼?k½ gSMekLVj
2. *g¡lh&[ksy gksus* dk vk'k; gS&
¼d½ etkd ¼[k½ vklku dke ¼x½ dfBu dke ¼?k½ euksjatd dke
3. cM+s HkkbZ ds Qsy gksus dk vki D;k dkj.k ekurs gS\
¼d½ [ksyksa esa yxs jguk ¼[k½ Bhd ls esgur u djuk ¼x½ esgur esa deh j[kuk ¼?k½ jV~Vw rksrk gksuk
4. cM+k HkkbZ [ksy&dwn vkSj euksjatu esa :fp D;ksa ugha ysrk\
¼d½ :fp u gksus ds dkj.k ¼[k½ ijh{kkvksa ds ruko ds dkj.k
¼x½ v/;kidksa ds jksdus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ NksVs HkkbZ dks lh[k nsus dh bPNk ls
5. cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks D;k Hk; fn[kkrk gS\
¼d½ fiVus dk ¼[k½ ekrk&firk ds Øks/k dk
¼x½ thou&Hkj Qsy gksus dk ¼?k½ ekrk&firk dh dekbZ u"V gksus dk
mÙkj & 1. ¼[k½ 2. ¼[k½ 3. ¼?k½ 4. ¼[k½ 5. ¼x½
3. eSa ;g yrkM+ lqudj vk¡lw cgkus yxrkA tokc gh D;k FkkA vijk/k rks eSaus fd;k] yrkM+ dkSu lgs\ HkkbZ lkgc mins'k dh dyk
esa fuiq.k FksA ,slh&,slh yxrh ckrsa dgrs] ,sls&,sls lwfDr&ck.k pykus fd esjs ftxj ds VqdMs+&VqdM+s gks tkrs vkSj fgEer VwV
tkrhA blh rjg tku rksM+dj esgur djus dh 'kfDr eSa vius esa u ikrk Fkk vkSj ml fujk'kk esa tjk nsj ds fy, eSa lkspus yxrk&
*D;ksa u ?kj pyk tkÅ¡A tks dke esjs cwrs ds ckgj gS] mlesa gkFk Mkydj D;ksa viuh ftanxh [kjkc d:¡A* eq>s viuk ew[kZ jguk
eatwj Fkk] ysfdu mruh esgur ls eq>s rks pDdj vk tkrk Fkk] ysfdu ?kaVs&nks ?kaVs ds ckn fujk'kk ds ckny QV tkrs vkSj eSa
bjknk djrk fd vkxs ls [kwc th yxkdj i<w¡xkA pViV ,d Vkbe&Vsfcy cuk MkyrkA fcuk igys ls uD'kk cuk, dksbZ Ldhe
rS;kj fd, dke dSls 'kq: d:¡A Vkbe&Vsfcy esa [ksydwn dh en fcydqy mM+ tkrhA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 9
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ ys[kd dks fdl dlwj ij yrkM+ lquuh iM+rh Fkh\
¼x½ ys[kd dh fgEer VwVus ds D;k dkj.k Fks\
¼?k½ fujk'kk esa ys[kd D;k lkspus yxrk gS\
¼³½ ys[kd ?kj okil tkus dh ckr D;ksa lkspus yxrk Fkk\
¼p½ ys[kd dks dkSu&lk dke cgqr dfBu vkSj vlaHko izrhr gksrk Fkk\
¼N½ fujk'kk ds ckny QV tkus dk D;k ifj.kke gksrk gS\
¼t½ ys[kd Vkbe&Vscy D;ksa cukrk Fkk\ mldh [kkl fo'ks"krk crkvksA
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cMs+ HkkbZ
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ ys[kd dk eu [ksyus&dwnus esa vf/kd yxrk FkkA og izk;% dejs esa cSBdj i<+kus dh ctk; gksLVy ls ckgj tkdj eVjx'rh
djrk jgrk FkkA mldk cM+k HkkbZ mldh blh ykijokgh ls ukjkt gksdj yrkM+ lqukrk FkkA
¼x½ ys[kd dk cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ dks mins'k nsrs le; cgqr pqHkrh gqbZ ckrsa dgrk FkkA og tku&cw> dj ,sls rh[kh&rh[kh ckrsa
vkSj pksV djus okyh lwfDr;k¡ dgk djrk Fkk fd ys[kd dk dystk Vwd&Vwd gks tkrk FkkA mldh fgEer VwV tkrh FkhA
¼?k½ cM+s HkkbZ dh ckrsa lqudj ys[kd dks ekufld pksV igq¡prh FkhA mldk fny VwV tkrk FkkA fgEer tokc ns tkrh FkhA izk;%
og jksus yxrk FkkA dHkh&dHkh eu esa ;g vkrk Fkk fd og i<+kbZ NksM+dj ?kj pyk tk,A
¼³½ ys[kd dk cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks cqjh rjg Mk¡Vrk vkSj yrkM+rk FkkA og Mk¡V&MiV esa ;gh crkrk Fkk fd vxj mlus th&rksM+
esgur u dh] fnu&jkr i<+kbZ u dh] rks og ikl ugha gks ik,xkA bruh esgur dh ckr lqudj ys[kd fujk'k gks tkrk FkkA mls
bruh esgur djuk vius cl dh ckr ugha yxrh FkhA blfy, og gksLVy NksM+dj ?kj okil tkus dh ckr lkspus yxrk FkkA
¼p½ fnu&jkr i<+kbZ djuk vkSj iqLrdksa ls vk¡[ksa QksM+uk ys[kd dks cgqr dfBu dke yxrk FkkA og vius fy, bruh esgur
djuk vlaHko ekurk FkkA
¼N½ tc fujk'kk lekIr gks tkrh Fkh rks ys[kd eu esa yxuiwoZd i<+kbZ djus dk fu'p; djrk FkkA rc og ,d Vkbe&Vscy
rS;kj rS;kj djrk Fkk] ftlds vuqlkj og i<+kbZ dj ldsA
¼t½ ys[kd lksprk Fkk fd og tks Hkh esgur djs] og lksph&le>h ;kstuk ds vuqlkj gksA blds fy, og i<+kbZ dk ,d Vkbe&Vscy
rS;kj djrk FkkA mldh lcls cM+h fo'ks"krk ;g gksrh Fkh fd mlesa [ksydwn dk le; fcYdqy ugha gksrk FkkA
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. *lwfDr&ck.k* dk D;k vk'k; gS&
¼d½ y{; ij yxus okys ck.k ¼[k½ vPNs&vPNs uhfr&okD;
¼x½ y{; ij yxus okys cpu ¼?k½ vkgr djus okys O;aX;&opu
2. dkSu&lk eqgkojk fujk'kk&grk'kk dks izdV ugha djrk&
¼d½ ftxj ds VqdM+s&VqdM+s gksuk ¼[k½ fgEer VwVuk ¼x½ pDdj vkuk ¼?k½ cwrs ds ckgj gksuk
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
10 fgUnh
3. ys[kd vk¡lw D;ksa cgkus yxrk Fkk&
¼d½ vius Qsy gksus dh dYiuk djds ¼[k½ cMs+ HkkbZ dh yrkM+ lqudj
¼x½ thou cckZn gksus dh dYiuk djds ¼?k½ v/;kid ls ekj [kkus dh lkspdj
4. cMs+ HkkbZ lkgc fdl dyk esa dq'ky Fks\
¼d½ i<+kbZ dh ¼[k½ [ksy ls cpus dh
¼x½ mins'k nsus dh ¼?k½ mins'kksa dk ikyu djus dh
5. ys[kd vius Vkbe Vscy esa fdl ckr dk /;ku j[krk Fkk\
¼d½ lHkh fo"k;ksa dh i<kbZ gks lds ¼[k½ mlesa [ksy&dwn dk Hkh LFkku gksA
¼x½ ,d Hkh feuV csdkj u tk,A ¼?k½ mlesa [ksy&dwn dk LFkku u gksA
mÙkj & 1. ¼?k½ 2. ¼?k½ 3. ¼[k½ 4. ¼x½ 5. ¼?k½
4. exj Vkbe&Vsfcy cuk ysuk ,d ckr gS] ml ij vey djuk nwljh ckrA igys gh fnu mldh vogsyuk 'kq: gks tkrhA eSnku
dh og lq[kn gfj;kyh] gok ds gyds&gyds >ksads] QqVcky dh og mNy&dwn] dcìh ds og nk¡o&?kkr] okWyhcky dh og rsth
vkSj Qqjrh] eq>s vKkr vkSj vfuok;Z :i ls [khap ys tkrh vkSj ogk¡ tkrs gh eSa lc dqN Hkwy tkrkA og tkuysok Vkbe&Vsfcy]
og vk¡[kQksM+ iqLrdsa] fdlh dh ;kn u jgrh vkSj HkkbZ lkgc dks ulhgr vkSj Qthgr dk volj fey tkrkA eSa muds lk;s ls
Hkkxark] mudh vk¡[kksa ls nwj jgus dh ps"Vk djrk] dejs esa bl rjg nos ik¡o vkrk fd mUgsa [kcj u gksA mudh utj esjh vksj
mBh vkSj esjs izk.k fudysA ges'kk flj ij ,d uaxh ryokj&lh yVdrh ekywe gksrhA fQj Hkh tSls ekSr vkSj foifÙk ds chp Hkh
vkneh eksg vkSj ek;k ds ca/ku esa tdM+k jgrk gS] eSa QVdj vkSj ?kqM+fd;k¡ [kkdj Hkh [ksy&dwn dk frjLdkj u dj ldrk FkkA
iz ' u& ¼d½ vdlj Vkbe&Vscy cukuk O;FkZ D;ksa gks tkrk gS\
vFkok
Vkbe&Vscy cuk ysus ij Hkh] ml ij vey D;ksa ugha gks ik;k\
¼[k½ ys[kd dk eu fdl pht esa vf/kd jerk Fkk\
¼x½ ys[kd Vkbe&Vscy vkSj iqLrdksa dks D;ksa Hkwy tkrk Fkk\
¼?k½ ys[kd ds HkkbZ dks ys[kd dh Qthgr djus dk volj fdl dkj.k feyrk Fkk\
¼³½ ys[kd vius dejs esa ncs ik¡o D;ksa vkrk Fkk\
¼p½ vius HkkbZ dks dejs esa ikdj ys[kd dSlk vuqHko djrk Fkk\
¼N½ [ksydj okil vkus ij NksVs HkkbZ dh D;k izfrfØ;k gksrhA
¼t½ ys[kd Lo;a dks fdl ca/ku esa tdM+k ikrk gS vkSj D;ksa\
mÙk j% ¼d½ vdlj Vkbe&Vscy cM+s tks'k esa ;k Mk¡V&MiV ls izHkkfor gksdj ;k v;FkkFkZ gksdj cuk, tkrs gSaA yM+dk Vkbe&Vscy cukrs
le; viuh :fp] [ksy&dwn vkfn lc Hkwy tkrk gSA ,slk Vkbe&Vscy O;kogkfjd ugha gksrkA bl dkj.k vdlj mldk cuuk
O;FkZ gks tkrk gSA Nk=k mlds vuqlkj py ugha ikrkA
¼[k½ ys[kd dk eu [ksy&dwn] lSj&likVk] xIi&'kIi esa vf/kd jerk FkkA eSnku dh gfj;kyh] gok ds lq[kn >ksd
a ]s QqVcky] dcìh]
okWyhcky ds [ksy cjcl mls viuh vksj [khap ysrs FksA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 11
¼x½ ys[kd dk eu [ksy&dwn vkSj lSj&likVs dk vf/kd jfl;k FkkA tc og QqVcky dh mNy&dwn vkSj okWyhcky dh QqrhZ
ns[krk Fkk rks ns[krk gh jg tkrk FkkA blh izdkj gjs&Hkjs eSnku vkSj gok ds BaMs&BaMs >ksads mls viuh vksj [khaprs FksA buds
vkd"kZ.kksa esa og Vkbe&Vscy vkSj iqLrdksa dks fcYdqy Hkwy tkrk FkkA mls iqLrdksa esa fcYdqy Hkh :fp ugha FkhA
¼?k½ ys[kd Vkbe&Vscy cukdj Hkh mldk ikyu ugha djrk FkkA og fnu Hkj i<+kbZ djus dh ctk; [ksy&dwn esa yxk jgrk
FkkA mldk cM+k HkkbZ fnu&jkr i<+rk jgrk FkkA og NksVs HkkbZ dh ns[kHkky djuk Hkh viuk drZO; le>rk FkkA bl dkj.k mls
NksVs HkkbZ dh Qthgr djus dk volj fey tkrk FkkA
¼³½ ys[kd Vkbe&Vscy cukdj Hkh i<+rk&fy[krk ugha FkkA og] [ksyus&dwnus vkSj lSj&likVs esa le; fcrk nsrk FkkA blfy,
tc og dejs esa okil igq¡prk Fkk] rks mls cM+s HkkbZ ls Mj yxrk FkkA blfy, og dejsa esa ncs ik¡o izos'k djrk FkkA
¼p½ vius cM+s HkkbZ dks dejs esa ikdj ys[kd ,slk vuqHko djrk Fkk ekuks mlds flj ij uaxh ryokj yVdh gqbZ gksA og muds
lk;s ls Hkh Hkkxrk FkkA og muls Hk;Hkhr jgrk FkkA
¼N½ tc ys[kd [ksydwn dj okil dejs esa vkrk Fkk rks mlds cM+s HkkbZ lkgc cgqr ukjkt gksrs FksA os mls [ksydwn vkSj ykijokgh
ds fy, Mk¡Vrs&MiVrs FksA os mls vuqÙkh.kZ gksus dk gkSok fn[kkrs FksA
¼t½ ys[kd Lo;a dks [ksydwn vkSj eLrh dh tdM+ esa tdM+k gqvk ikrk FkkA mls irk gksrk Fkk fd [ksyus esa le; x¡okus ds ckn
mlds cMs+ HkkbZ mls Mk¡Vax
s As vius HkkbZ dh Mk¡V uaxh ryokj ds leku mlds flj ij yVdh jgrh FkhA fQj Hkh og [ksyksa ds vkuan
dks Bqdjk ugha ikrk FkkA
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. *vogsyuk* dk vFkZ gS&
¼d½ Bhd ls ikyu djuk ¼[k½ lEeku djuk
¼x½ mis{kk djuk ¼?k½ rksM&
+ QksM+ djuk
2. ys[kd Vkbe&Vscy dh mis{kk D;ksa dj nsrk Fkk&
¼d½ [ksyksa esa :fp ds dkj.k ¼[k½ iqLrdksa esa v:fp gkus ds dkj.k
¼x½ HkkbZ lkgc dks Hkwyus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ i<+kbZ dh ckrsa Hkwyus ds dkj.k
3. Vkbe&Vscy dks tkuysok D;ksa dgk x;k gS\ D;ksafd
¼d½ og cgqr l[r FkkA ¼[k½ mlesa [ksy&dwn ds fy, le; ugha FkkA
¼x½ mlesa Åc gh Åc FkhA ¼?k½ og ys[kd dh :fp ds foijhr FkkA
4. ys[kd vius cMs+ HkkbZ ds lk;s ls D;ksa Hkkxrk Fkk\
¼d½ ekj ls cpus ds dkj.k ¼[k½ muds mins'kksa ls cpus dh bPNk ls
¼x½ Mk¡V&MiV ls cpus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ 'keZ ds dkj.k
5. *flj ij uaxh ryokj yVdus* dk vk'k; gS&
¼d½ ejus dk Hk; ¼[k½ mins'kksa dk Hk;
¼x½ ikl u gksus dk Hk; ¼?k½ i<+kbZ dk Hk;
mÙkj & 1. ¼x½ 2. ¼d½ 3. ¼[k½ 4. ¼x½ 5. ¼[k½
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
12 fgUnh
5. 'kSrku dk gky Hkh i<+k gh gksxkA mls ;g vfHkeku gqvk Fkk fd bZ'oj dk mlls c<+dj lPpk HkDr dksbZ gS gh ughaA var esa ;g
gqvk fd LoxZ ls ujd esa <dsy fn;k x;kA 'kkgs:e us Hkh ,d ckj vgadkj fd;k FkkA Hkh[k ek¡x&ek¡xdj ej x;kA rqeus rks vHkh
dsoy ,d njtk ikl fd;k gS vkSj vHkh ls rqEgkjk flj fQj x;k] rc rks rqe vkxs i<+ pqdsA ;g le> yks fd rqe viuh esgur
ls ugha ikl gq,] va/ks ds gkFk cVsj yx xbZA exj cVsj dsoy ,d ckj gkFk yx ldrh gS] ckj&ckj ugha yx ldrhA dHkh&dHkh
xqYyh&MaMs esa Hkh va/kk&pksV fu'kkuk iM+ tkrk gSA blls dksbZ lQy f[kykM+h ugha gks tkrkA lQy f[kykM+h og gS] ftldk dksbZ
fu'kkuk [kkyh u tk,A
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ 'kSrku dk D;k gky gqvk vkSj D;ksa\
¼x½ cMs+ HkkbZ us ys[kd dks 'kSrku dk mnkgj.k D;ksa fn;k\
¼?k½ 'kkgs:e dh D;k n'kk gqbZ vkSj D;ksa\
¼³½ cMs+ HkkbZ us fdl rdZ ds vk/kkj ij ys[kd dks vlQy f[kykM+h dgk\
¼p½ cM+s HkkbZ us NksVs HkkbZ dh lQyrk ij D;k fVIi.kh dh\
¼N½ oDrk dh eu%fLFkfr dk o.kZu dhft,A
¼t½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks fdlfy, dVq mins'k ns jgk gS\
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ 'kSrku dks LoxZ ls ujd esa <dsy fn;k x;k FkkAD;ksa&mls ;g vfHkeku gks x;k Fkk fd ogh bZ'oj dk lcls cM+k HkDr vkSj
pgsrk gSA
¼x½ cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks 'kSrku dk mnkgj.k ?keaM ls nwj jgus dh psrkouh nsus ds fy, fn;kA bl mnkgj.k dk lh/kk&lk vFkZ
Fkk fd vxj ys[kd ?keaM ds dkj.k i<+uk&fy[kuk NksM+ nsxk vkSj mldh ckr ugha ekusxk rks mls ujd ds leku d"V Hkksxus
iM+ax
s sA
¼?k½ 'kkgs:e dks Hkh[k ek¡xuh iM+hA vgadkj ds dkj.k og Hkh[k ek¡xrs&ek¡xrs ej x;kA
¼³½ cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks vlQy f[kykM+h blfy, dgk D;ksafd mlus ;g lQyrk esgur djds ugha] ;ksa gh rqqDds&ls izkIr
dh FkhA mlds 'kCnksa esa& **;g le> yks rqe viuh esgur ls ikl ugha gq,] va/ks ds gkFk cVsj yx xbZA**
¼p½ cMs+ HkkbZ us NksVs HkkbZ dh lQyrk ij dgk&rqe viuh esgur ls ugha ikl gq, gksA ;g rks rqDdk yx x;k gSA va/ks ds gkFk
cVsj ckj&ckj ugha yxk djrhA
¼N½ oDrk cM+k HkkbZ gSA og vieku vkSj mis{kk ls ihfM+r gSA lkFk gh mlds eu esa vius NksVs HkkbZ ds izfr drZO;&cks/k Hkh gSA
ckj&ckj vlQy gksus dh dqBa k] NksVs HkkbZ dks dgus esa u j[k ikus dh grk'kk] NksVs HkkbZ dh ekSt&eLrh lQyrk vkSj bZ";kZ vkfn
ls mldk fpr mn~Hkzkar gSA
¼t½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dh ekSt&eLrh vkSj euekuh ls ihfM+r gSA og mls viuk dguk ekuus vkSj i<+kbZ djus ds fy, etcwj
djuk pkgrk gSA bl dkj.k og dVq gksdj mins'k nsrk gSA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 13
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. cM+k HkkbZ fdl dkj.k nq%[kh gS\
¼d½ NksVs HkkbZ ds [ksy&dwn ls ¼[k½ NksVs HkkbZ ds lkeus ?kVrs lEeku ls
¼x½ NksVs HkkbZ dh lQyrk ls ¼?k½ vius Qsy gksus ls
2. Hkh[k ek¡xus vkSj ejus dk Hk; fn[kkdj cM+k HkkbZ D;k djuk pkgrk gS\
¼d½ NksVs HkkbZ dks jkLrs ij ykuk pkgrk gSA ¼[k½ NksVs HkkbZ dks vgadkj ls eqfDr fnykuk pkgrk gSA
¼x½ NksVs HkkbZ ij viuk ncnck cukuk pkgrk gSA ¼?k½ NksVs HkkbZ dks Mjkuk pkgrk gSA
3. *va/ks ds gkFk cVsj yxuk* dk vk'k; gS&
¼d½ fcuk esgur ds lQyrk feyuk ¼[k½ vpkud izkfIr gksuk
¼x½ ?keaM djuk ¼?k½ Mhax gk¡duk
4. *flj fQjuk* dk vk'k; gS&
¼d½ cqf) Hkz"V gksuk ¼[k½ ?keaM gksuk
¼x½ cqf) esa ifjorZu gksuk ¼?k½ cqf)&cy c<+uk
5. cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ dh lQyrk esa fdldk ;ksxnku ekurk gS\
¼d½ esgur dk ¼[k½ bZ'oj&d`ik dk ¼x½ la;ksx dk ¼?k½ cqf) dk
mÙkj & 1. ¼[k½ 2. ¼x½ 3. ¼d½ 4. ¼[k½ 5. ¼x½
6. Ldwy dk le; fudV Fkk] ugha bZ'oj tkus ;g mins'k&ekyk dc lekIr gksrhA Hkkstu vkt eq>s fu%Lokn&lk yx jgk FkkA tc
ikl gksus ij ;g frjLdkj gks jgk gS] rks Qsy gks tkus ij rks 'kk;n izk.k gh ys fy, tk,¡A HkkbZ lkgc us vius njts dh i<+kbZ
dk tks Hk;adj fp=k [khapk Fkk] mlus eq>s Hk;Hkhr dj fn;kA Ldwy NksM+dj ?kj ugha Hkkxk] ;gh rkTtqc gS] ysfdu brus frjLdkj
ij Hkh iqLrdksa esa esjh v:fp T;ks&
a dh&R;ksa cuh jghA [ksy&dwn dk dksbZ volj gkFk ls u tkus nsrkA i<+rk Hkh] exj cgqr deA
cl] bruk fd jkst VkLd iwjk gks tk, vkSj njts esa tyhy u gksuk iM+sA vius Åij tks fo'okl iSnk gqvk Fkk] og fQj yqIr
gks x;k vkSj fQj pksjksa dk&lk thou dVus yxkA
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ izlax Li"V dhft,A
¼x½ ys[kd dks Hkkstu csLokn D;ksa yx jgk Fkk\
¼?k½ ys[kd Hk;Hkhr D;ksa gks x;k\
¼³½ ys[kd dk vkRefo'okl D;ksa lekIr gksus yxk\
¼p½ pksjksa&lk thou dVus dk D;k vk'k; gS\ ys[kd ds lkFk ,slk D;ksa gqvk\
¼N½ ys[kd ds HkkbZ us ys[kd dks D;ksa yfTtr fd;k vkSj Mjk;k\
¼t½ ys[kd ij HkkbZ dh yrkM+ dk D;k vlj gqvk\
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
14 fgUnh
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ ys[kd fiNys lky [ksy&dwn dj Hkh d{kk esa izFke vk x;kA cM+k HkkbZ i<+&i<+ dj Hkh Qsy gks x;kA bl dkj.k vc ys[kd
cM+s fo'okl ls [ksyus&dwnus esa le; yxkus yxkA ;g ns[kdj cM+s HkkbZ ls jgk u x;kA mlus u, rjhds ls ys[kd dks Mk¡V fiykbZA
bl x|ka'k esa ml yrkM+ dk izHkko fn[kk;k x;k gSA
¼x½ ys[kd dks Hkkstu csLokn blfy, yx jgk Fkk D;ksafd mlds cM+s HkkbZ us mls vHkh&vHkh yrkM+k FkkA ys[kd Lo;a dks csdlwj
ekurk FkkA vkSj cM+s HkkbZ ls Qkyrw dh Mk¡V ugha lquuk pkgrk FkkA fQj Hkh mls tyh&dVh ckrsa lquuh iM+hA bl vdkj.k vieku
ds dkj.k mls Hkkstu csLokn izrhr gqvkA
¼?k½ ys[kd ds HkkbZ us cM+h d{kk dh i<+kbZ dks cgqr Hk;adj cukdj is'k fd;kA blls ys[kd cgqr Hk;Hkhr gks x;kA og HkkbZ ls
feys frjLdkj ls Hkh Hk;Hkhr gqvkA
¼³½ ys[kd dk vkRefo'okl vius cMs+ HkkbZ dh vdkj.k Mk¡V&QVdkj lqudj lekIr gksus yxkA mls yxk fd og d{kk esa izFke
vkdj Hkh cM+s HkkbZ dks larq"V ugha dj ik jgk gSA fQj vxj Qsy gks x;k rks D;k gksxk\ tc HkkbZ us cM+h d{kk dh i<+kbZ dk Hk;adj
fp= [khapk rks mldk vkRefo'okl vkSj vf/kd Mxexk x;kA
¼p½ pksjksa&lk thou dVus dk vk'k; gS& fNi&fNi dj jguk] eu esa vijk/k /kkj.k djds thukA ys[kd igys vius cM+s HkkbZ
ls fuMj gks x;k FkkA vc mlus mls dl dj yrkM+k] mlds lkeus vkxs dh i<+kbZ dh Hk;adjrk dk fp=k [khapk rks og fQj&ls
ncko esa vk x;kA
¼N½ ys[kd dk HkkbZ viuh mis{kk ls cgqr nq[kh FkkA mls eu&gh&eu yxrk Fkk fd mldk NksVk HkkbZ mldh vuns[kh djrk gSA
og mls fQj&ls viuk vkKkdkjh cukuk pkgrk Fkk rFkk i<+kbZ dh vksj yxkuk pkgrk FkkA bl dkj.k mlus ekSdk ns[kdj mls
yfTtr fd;k vkSj Mjk;kA
¼t½ ys[kd ij vius HkkbZ dh yrkM+ dk cgqr xgjk vlj gqvkA og ncko esa vk x;kA mls vkxs dh i<+kbZ cgqr Hk;kud izrhr
gksus yxhA mldk vkRefo'okl Mxexkus yxkA mldk fny fd;k fd og Ldwy NksM+dj ?kj Hkkx tk,A
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. ys[kd dks Hkkstu csLokn D;ksa yxus yxk\
¼d½ i<+kbZ dh dfBukb;k¡ tkudj ¼[k½ jkst&jkst i<+kbZ djus dh ckr lkspdj
¼x½ HkkbZ lkgc dh Mk¡V&QVdkj lqudj ¼?k½ viuh djrwrksa dks tkudj
2. *rkTtqc* dk vFkZ gS&
¼d½ xuher ¼[k½ vPNk ¼x½ gSjkuh ¼?k½ egÙoiw.kZ
3. cM+s HkkbZ dk frjLdkj ikdj [ksy&dwn ds ckjs esa ys[kd us D;k izfrfØ;k dh\
¼d½ mlus [ksyuk NksM+ fn;kA ¼[k½ mls [ksyus ls Mj yxus yxkA
¼x½ mlus [ksyuk vf/kd dj fn;kA ¼?k½ mlus [ksy&dwn tkjh j[ksA
4. frjLdkj ls ys[kd ds eu ij D;k izHkko gqvk\
¼d½ mldk vkRefo'okl c<+kA ¼[k½ og Bhd gks x;kA
¼x½ mldk vkRefo'okl ?kVkA ¼?k½ og HkkbZ dk fojks/kh gks x;kA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 15
5. ys[kd dk thou pksjksa&lk D;ksa dVus yxk\
¼d½ eu esa vijk/k&Hkko vk x;k FkkA ¼[k½ mls HkkbZ lkgc ls cpuk gksrk FkkA
¼x½ eu esa Xykfu&Hkko vk x;k FkkA ¼?k½ og [ksyksa dks cqjk ekuus yxk FkkA
mÙkj & 1. ¼x½ 2. ¼x½ 3. ¼?k½ 4. ¼x½ 5. ¼[k½
6. fQj lkykuk bfErgku gqvk vkSj dqN ,slk la;ksx gqvk fd eSa fQj ikl gqvk vkSj HkkbZ lkgc fQj Qsy gks x,A eSaus cgqr esgur
ugha dh] ij u tkus dSls njts esa vOoy vk x;kA eq>s [kqn vpjt gqvkA HkkbZ lkgc us izk.kkard ifjJe fd;kA dkslZ dk ,d&,d
'kCn pkV x, Fks] nl cts jkr rd b/kj] pkj cts Hkksj ls m/kj] N% ls lk<+s ukS rd Ldwy tkus ds igysA eqnzk dkafrghu gks xbZ
Fkh] exj cspkjs Qsy gks x,A eq>s mu ij n;k vkrh FkhA urhtk lquk;k x;k] rks og jks iM+s vkSj eSa Hkh jksus yxkA vius ikl
gksus dh [kq'kh vk/kh gks xbZA eSa Hkh Qsy gks x;k gksrk] rks HkkbZ lkgc dks bruk nq%[k u gksrk] ysfdu fof/k dh ckr dkSu Vkys!
esjs vkSj HkkbZ lkgc ds chp esa vc dsoy ,d njts dk varj vkSj jg x;kA esjs eu esa ,d dqfVy Hkkouk mn; gqbZ fd dgha HkkbZ
lkgc ,d lky vkSj Qsy gks tk,¡] rks eSa muds cjkcj gks tkÅ¡] fQj og fdl vk/kkj ij esjh Qthgr dj ldsaxs] ysfdu eSaus
bl fopkj dks fny ls cyiwoZd fudky MkykA vkf[kj og eq>s esjs fgr ds fopkj ls gh rks Mk¡Vrs gSaA eq>s bl oDr vfiz; yxrk
gS vo';] exj ;g 'kk;n muds mins'kksa dk gh vlj gS fd eSa nuknu ikl gks tkrk gw¡ vkSj brus vPNs uacjksa lsA
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ vkidh n`f"V esa cM+k HkkbZ Qsy D;ksa gks x;k\
¼x½ cMs+ HkkbZ us i<+kbZ ds fy, fdl izdkj ifjJe fd;k\
¼?k½ ys[kd dks cM+s HkkbZ ij n;k D;ksa vkbZ\
¼³½ cMs+ HkkbZ dks fdl&fdl ckr dk nq[k Fkk\
¼p½ ys[kd ds ikl gksus dh [kq'kh vk/kh D;ksa gks xbZ\
¼N½ ys[kd ds eu esa dkSu&lh dqfVy Hkkouk mfnr gqbZ vkSj D;ksa\
¼t½ ys[kd us eu esa vkbZ dqfVyrk dks D;ksa nck fy;k\
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ esjh n`f"V esa cM+k HkkbZ ruko] Hk; vkSj jVar 'kSyh ds dkj.k Qsy gks x;kA mlds fy, ikl gksuk gkSOok cu pqdk FkkA mlds
eu esa Mj cSB pqdk Fkk fd og bl ckj fQj&ls Qsy gksxkA bl dkj.k og Kku dks rlYyh ls eu esa fcBkus dh ctk; 'kCnksa
dks jVrk FkkA og dkslZ dk ,d&,d 'kCn pkV x;k FkkA iajrq ,slh jVar fo|k ijh{kk esa dke ugha vkrhA
¼x½ cM+s HkkbZ us i<+kbZ ds fy, fnu&jkr ifjJe fd;kA mlus u fnu ns[kk] u jkrA og jkr dks nl cts rd iM+kA fQj lqcg
pkj cts mBdj i<+kA Ldwy tkus ls igys N% ls lk<s+ ukS rd i<+kA i<+rs&i<+rs mudk eq[k fuLrst gks x;k] fdarq og dkslZ
dk ,d&,d 'kCn pkV x;kA
¼?k½ ys[kd dks vius cM+s HkkbZ ij n;k blfy, vkbZ D;ksafd og fnu&jkr jV&jV dj Hkh pkSFkh ckj Qsy gks x;kA mldk eq[k
fuLrst gks x;kA lcls cM+h ckr rks ;g gks xbZ fd og NksVs HkkbZ dh rqyuk esa ghu fl) gks x;kA vc muesa dsoy ,d gh d{kk
dk varj jg x;kA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
16 fgUnh
¼³½ cMs+ HkkbZ dks pkSFkh ckj Qsy gks tkus dk nq[k rks Fkk gh; mls viuh rqyuk esa NksVs HkkbZ ds vOoy vkus dk Hkh nq[k FkkA
¼p½ ys[kd d{kk esa izFke vk;k FkkA ijarq mldh ;g [kq'kh blfy, vk/kh jg xbZ D;ksafd mldk cM+k HkkbZ pkSFkh ckj Qsy gks x;k
FkkA
¼N½ ys[kd ds eu esa ,d dqfVy Hkkouk mBhA mlus lkspk fd vxj mldk cM+k HkkbZ vxys lky Hkh Qsy gks tk, rks os nksuksa
,d gh d{kk esa gks tk,¡xsA rc cM+k HkkbZ ckr&ckr ij mldk vieku ugha dj ldsxkA
¼t½ ys[kd ds eu esa ;g dqfVy fopkj vk;k fd dk'k! HkkbZ vxys lky Hkh Qsy gks tk,A rc os nksuksa ,d gh d{kk esa vk tk,¡xsA
ijarq mlus ;g dqfopkj rqjar gh nck fy;kA mls eu&gh&eu iki&cks/k gqvkA mls yxk fd ;g fopkj ikiiw.kZ gSA gks ldrk
gS] cM+s HkkbZ dh ulhgrsa vkSj Qthgrsa lqu&lqudj gh og nuknu ikl gks tkrk gksA
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. cM+s HkkbZ dh vlQyrk dk D;k dkj.k Fkk\
¼d½ cgqr vf/kd esgur ¼[k½ ijh{kk dk ruko
¼x½ fcuk le>s i<+uk ¼?k½ yxkrkj i<+uk
2. ys[kd dks cM+s HkkbZ ij n;k D;ksa vkrh Fkh\
¼d½ mudh nqnZ'kk dks ns[kdj ¼[k½ mudh esgur dks ns[kdj
¼x½ mudh vlQyrk dks ns[kdj ¼?k½ muds vieku dks ns[kdj
3. ys[kd dks vius ikl gksus ij [kq'kh D;ksa ugha gqbZ\
¼d½ D;ksafd mlus esgur ugha dh FkhA ¼[k½ D;ksafd vad vis{kk ls de vk, FksA
¼x½ D;ksafd HkkbZ lkgc dks [kq'kh ugha gqbZ FkhA ¼?k½ D;ksafd cM+s HkkbZ Qsy gks x, FksA
4. ys[kd ds eu esa vius cM+s HkkbZ ds ,d lky vkSj Qsy gksus dh dYiuk D;ksa vkbZ\
¼d½ etk ysus ds fy, ¼[k½ cnyk ysus ds fy,
¼x½ frjLdkj ls cpus ds fy, ¼?k½ muds lkFk ,d d{kk esa i<+us ds fy,
5. vkids fopkj ls ys[kd nuknu ikl D;ksa gks tkrk gS\
¼d½ esgur djds ¼[k½ ijh{kk dh ;ksX; rS;kjh djds
¼x½ le>nkjh iwoZd ijh{kk nsus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ cM+s HkkbZ ds mins'kksa ls Mj ds
mÙkj & 1. ¼[k½ 2. ¼d½ 3. ¼?k½ 4. ¼x½ 5. ¼x½
8. ,d tekuk Fkk fd yksx vkBok¡ njtk ikl djds uk;c rglhynkj gks tkrs FksA eSa fdrus gh fefMyfp;ksa dks tkurk gw¡] tks vkt
vOoy njts ds fMIVh eSftLVªsV ;k lqifjVsaMsaV gSaA fdrus gh vkBoha tekr okys gekjs yhMj vkSj lekpkji=ksa ds laiknd gSaA
cM+s&cM+s fo}ku mudh ekrgrh esa dke djrs gSa vkSj rqe mlh vkBosa njts esa vkdj cktkjh ykSaMksa ds lkFk dudkS, ds fy, nkSM+
jgs gksA eq>s rqEgkjh bl de vDyh ij nq%[k gksrk gSA rqe tghu gks] blesa 'kd ugha] ysfdu og tsgu fdl dke dk tks gekjs
vkRexkSjo dh gR;k dj MkysA rqe vius fny esa le>rs gksxs] eSa HkkbZ lkgc ls egt ,d njtk uhps gw¡ vkSj vc mUgsa eq>dks
dqN dgus dk gd ugha gS] ysfdu ;g rqEgkjh xyrh gSA eSa rqels ik¡p lky cM+k gw¡ vkSj pkgs vkt rqe esjh gh tekr esa vk tkvks
vkSj ijh{kdksa dk ;gh gky gS] rks fuLlansg vxys lky rqe esjs led{k gks tkvksxs vkSj 'kk;n ,d lky ckn eq>ls vkxs Hkh fudy
tkvks] ysfdu eq>esa vkSj rqeesa tks ik¡p lky dk varj gS] mls rqe D;k] [kqnk Hkh ugha feVk ldrkA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 17
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ izlax Li"V dhft,A
¼x½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dh izrhHkk dks D;ks O;FkZ ekurk gSA
¼?k½ cM+k HkkbZ vkBoha d{kk dh efgek dSls xkrk gS\
¼³½ cM+k HkkbZ fdl rdZ ds vk/kkj ij vius NksVs HkkbZ ij viuk gd tekrk gS\
¼p½ cM+k HkkbZ fdl rdZ ds vk/kkj ij vius NksVs HkkbZ ij viuk gd tekrk gS\
¼N½ cM+k HkkbZ vius Qsy gksus ds fy, fdls nks"kh ekurk gS\
¼t½ HkkbZ ds vuqlkj ys[kd vius vkRexkSjo dh gR;k fdl izdkj djrk gS\
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ ys[kd dk cM+k HkkbZ Lo;a dbZ ckj Qsy dks pqdk FkkA ys[kd dbZ ckj d{kk esa izFke vk pqdk FkkA fQj Hkh cM+k HkkbZ NksVs
HkkbZ ij viuk fu;a=k.k j[kuk pkgrk FkkA og mls [ksy&dwn vkSj iraxckth ls jksduk pkgrk FkkA ys[kd ckj&ckj d{kk esa izFke
vkdj fuMj vkSj vktkn gks pqdk FkkA ,sls esa ,d ckj cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks lM+d ij irax ywVus ds fy, Hkkxrk ns[k fy;kA
bl volj ij mlus ;g izrkM+uk nhA
¼x½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks cktkjh ykSaMksa ds lkFk xfy;ksa esa nkSM+us&Hkkxus ds fy, Mk¡Vrk gSA mldk vkjksi gS fd ys[kd ,slk djds
viuk Lrj fxjk jgk gSA vkBoha ikl djus okys rks uk;c rglhynkj] fMIVh eSftLVsªV ;k lqifjMsVa rd cj ldrs gSA ,slh egÙoiw.kZ
d{kk esa i<+dj Hkh og irax ywVrk fQj jgk gS& ;g vius Lrj dks fxjkus dk y{k.k gSA
¼?k½ cM+k HkkbZ dgrk gS fd vkBoha ikl djus dk cgqr cM+k ewY; gSA igys yksx vkBoha ikl djds uk;c rglhynkj cu tkrs
FksA vkt fdrus gh feMyph vOoy ntsZ ds fMIVh eSftLVªsV ;k lqifjMsaV gSaA fdrus gh vkBoha ikl yhMj vkSj laiknd cu pqds
gSaA cM+s&cM+s fo}ku muds v/khu dke djrs gSaA
¼³½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks izfrHkk'kkyh vFkkZr~ tghu rks ekurk gS fdarq mls O;FkZ dgrk gSA dkj.k ;g gS fd og viuh izfrHkk dk
ewY; ugha tkurkA og vius tsgu dk lEeku ugha djrkA og cktkjh ykSaMksa ds lkFk lM+dksa&xfy;ksa ij irax ywVrk fQjrk gSA
blls vkRexkSjo u"V gksrk gSA
¼p½ cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd dks dgrk gS fd og i<+kbZ esa mlls detksj gSA gks ldrk gS] og vxys lky fQj&ls Qsy gks tk,A rc
os nksuksa cjkcj gks tk,¡xsA fdarq fQj Hkh mez ds dkj.k og NksVs HkkbZ ls lnk cM+k cuk jgsxkA bl dkj.k mls NksVs HkkbZ dks Mk¡Vus
dk vf/kdkj Hkh jgsxkA bl varj dks dksbZ ugha >qByk ldrkA
¼N½ cM+k HkkbZ vius Qsy gksus ds fy, ijh{kdksa dks nks"kh ekurk gSA og dgrk gS& **vkSj ijh{kdksa dk ;gh gky gS] rks fuLlansg
vxys lky rqe esjs led{k gks tkvksxsA**
¼t½ cMs+ HkkbZ ds vuqlkj] cktkjh ykSM
a +ksa ds lkFk lM+dksa vkSj xfy;ksa ij irax ywVus ds fy, nkSM+uk vius vkRexkSjo dh gR;k djuk
gSA vkBoha ikl O;fDr rks cM+s&cM+s lEekuuh; inksa rd igq¡p tkrk gSA fQj vkBoha d{kk esa igq¡pdj irax ywVuk vkSj cktkjh
ykSaM+ksa ds lkFk laxfr djuk ljklj vius lEeku dks fxjkuk gSA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
18 fgUnh
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ ij fdl dkj.k ncnck cukrk gS\
¼d½ ;ksX;rk ds dkj.k ¼[k½ cM+Iiu ds dkj.k
¼x½ mez esa cM+k gksus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ drZO;cks/k ds dkj.k
2. cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ dks mins'k D;ksa >kM+rk gS\
¼d½ mls nckus ds fy, ¼[k½ mls i<+kbZ esa yxkus ds fy,
¼x½ mlds vgadkj dks dqpyus ds fy, ¼?k½ viuk egÙo cuk, j[kus ds fy,
3. *tghu* dk vFkZ gS&
¼d½ tyhy ¼[k½ nq"V ¼x½ izfrHkk'kkyh ¼?k½ HkkX;'kkyh
4. cM+k HkkbZ vius Qsy gksus dk dkj.k fdls ekurk gS\
¼d½ fdLer dks ¼[k½ vktdy ds ijh{kdksa dks
¼x½ xyr ijh{kk&iz.kkyh dks ¼?k½ viuh cqf)ghurk dks
5. cM+k HkkbZ fdl xq.k esa cgqr vkxs gS\
¼d½ ckrsa cukus esa ¼[k½ mins'k nsus esa ¼x½ ncnck cukus esa ¼?k½ rhuksa esa
mÙkj & 1. ¼x½ 2. ¼?k½ 3. ¼x½ 4. ¼[k½ 5. ¼?k½
9. eSa rqels ik¡p lky cM+k g¡w vkSj ges'kk jgw¡xkA eq>s nqfu;k dk vkSj ftanxh dk tks rtqjck gS] rqe mldh cjkcjh ugha dj ldrs]
pkgs rqe ,e-,- vkSj Mh- fQy~ vkSj Mh- fyV~ gh D;ksa u gks tkvksA le> fdrkcsa i<+us ls ugha vkrh] nqfu;k ns[kus ls vkrh gSA
gekjh vEek¡ us dksbZ njtk ugha ikl fd;k vkSj nknk Hkh 'kk;n ik¡poh&NBh tekr ds vkxs ugha x,] ysfdu ge nksuksa pkgs lkjh
nqfu;k dh fo|k i<+ ysa] vEek¡ vkSj nknk dks gesa le>kus vkSj lq/kkjus dk vf/kdkj ges'kk jgsxk dsoy blfy, ugha fd os gekjs
tUenkrk gSa] cfYd blfy, fd mUgsa nqfu;k dk gels T;knk rtqjck gS vkSj jgsxkA vesfjdk esa fdl rjg dh jkt&O;oLFkk gS]
vkSj vkBosa gsujh us fdrus C;kg fd, vkSj vkdk'k esa fdrus u{k= gSa] ;g ckrsa pkgs mUgsa u ekywe gksa] ysfdu gtkjksa ,slh ckrsa
gSa] ftudk Kku mUgsa gels vkSj rqels T;knk gSA
iz ' u& ¼d½ dgkuh rFkk dgkuhdkj dk uke fyf[k,A
¼[k½ izlax Li"V dhft,A
¼x½ bl x|ka'k esa cM+k HkkbZ D;k fl) djuk pkgrk gS\
¼?k½ ys[kd cM+s HkkbZ ij D;k O;aX; djuk pkgrk gS\
¼³½ vf/kd ewY; fdl ckr dk gS& i<+kbZ dk] cMs+ gksus dk ;k vuqHko dk\
¼p½ vEek¡ vkSj nknk dks lcdks le>kus dk vf/kdkj D;ksa gS\
mÙk j% ¼d½ dgkuh & cM+s HkkbZ lkgc
dgkuhdkj & izsepan
¼[k½ ys[kd dk cM+k HkkbZ Lo;a dbZ ckj Qsy gks pqdk FkkA ys[kd dbZ ckj d{kk esa izFke vk pqdk FkkA fQj Hkh cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ
ij viuk fu;a=k.k j[kuk pkgrk FkkA og mls [ksy&dwn vkSj iraxckth ls jksduk pkgrk FkkA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 19
ys[kd ckj&ckj d{kk esa izFke vkdj fuMj vkSj vktkn gks pqdk FkkA ,sls esa ,d ckj cM+s HkkbZ us ys[kd dks lM+d ij irax ywVus
ds fy, Hkkxrk ns[k fy;kA bl volj ij mlus ;g izrkM+uk nhA
¼x½ bl x|ka'k esa cM+k HkkbZ ;g fl) djuk pkgrk gS fd thou esa i<+kbZ&fy[kkbZ ls vf/kd egÙoiw.kZ gS& cM+h mez vkSj thou
dk vuqHkoA bu nksuksa esa og vius NksVs HkkbZ ls vkxs gSA blfy, mls mldk lEeku djuk pkfg,] mldh ckr ekuuh pkfg,A
¼?k½ ys[kd cM+s HkkbZ ij ;g O;aX; djuk pkgrk gS fd mls cM+Iiu dk jksx gSA og fdlh Hkh lwjr esa vius NksVs HkkbZ dh mis{kk
lgu ugha dj ldrkA blfy, og dksb& Z u&dksbZ ;qfDr fHkM+kdj Lo;a dks cM+k fl) djds jgsxk vkSj NksVs HkkbZ ij 'kklu djrk
jgsxkA
¼³½ bl x|ka'k esa i<+kbZ] mez vkSj vuqHko&rhuksa dh rqyuk gSA ys[kd us i<+kbZ dh rqyuk esa mez vkSj vuqHko nksuksa dks vf/kd
egÙo fn;k gSA mlus cM+h mez ls Hkh vf/kd egÙoiw.kZ rtqcsZ dks vFkkZr~ thou&vuqHko dks ekuk gSA
¼p½ vEek¡ vkSj nknk de i<+s&fy[ks gSa] fdarq mUgsa thou dk vuqHko vf/kd gSA blfy, os vf/kd le>nkj gSA vr% mUgsa vius
lqf'kf{kr cPpksa dks Hkh le>kus dk iwjk&iwjk vf/kdkj gSA
cgqf odYih iz' uksÙ kj
1. *eSa* dkSu gS\
¼d½ ys[kd ¼[k½ cM+k HkkbZ ¼x½ v/;kid ¼?k½ firk
2. cM+k HkkbZ ys[kd ls fdl pht esa vkxs gS\
¼d½ vuqHko esa ¼[k½ i<+kbZ esa ¼x½ lQyrk esa ¼?k½ ;ksX;rk esa
3. cM+k HkkbZ vuqHko dks egÙo D;ksa nsrk gS\
¼d½ ys[kd dks yrkM+us ds fy, ¼[k½ ys[kd dks [ksy&dwn ls jksdus ds fy,
¼x½ viuk ncnck cukus ds fy, ¼?k½ vuqHko dk egÙo le>kus ds fy,
4. cM+k HkkbZ fdrkcksa dks egÙo D;ksa ugh nsrk\
¼d½ fdrkcsa u le> ikus ds dkj.k ¼[k½ vui<+ gksus ds dkj.k
¼x½ fdrkcksa dh O;FkZrk tkuus ds dkj.k ¼?k½ vuqHko&Kku dks lPpk Kku ekuus ds dkj.k
5. *rtqjck* dk rkRi;Z gS&
¼d½ vuqHko ¼[k½ vglkl ¼x½ thou ¼?k½ le>
mÙkj & 1. ¼[k½ 2. ¼d½ 3. ¼x½ 4. ¼d½ 5. ¼d½
V. IkkB~; &iqL rd ds iz' u&vH;kl
ekS f [kd
fuEufyf[kr iz'uksa ds mÙkj ,d&nks iafDr;ksa esa nhft,&
iz' u- 1 nwljh ckj ikl gksus ij NksVs HkkbZ ds O;ogkj esa D;k ifjorZu vk;k\
mÙk j% nwljh ckj ikl gksus ij NksVk HkkbZ LoPNan gks x;kA mlus i<+uk&fy[kuk fcYdqy NksM+ fn;k vkSj iraxckth esa eu yxk fy;kA
iz' u- 2 cMs+ HkkbZ lkgc fnekx dks vkjke nsus ds fy, D;k djrs Fks\
mÙk j% cMs+ HkkbZ lkgc fnekx dks vkjke nsus ds fy, dkih ;k fdrkc ij b/kj&m/kj dh O;FkZ dh ckrsa ckj&ckj fy[kk djrs Fks ;k dksbZ
fp= cuk Mkyrs FksA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
20 fgUnh
fyf[kr
fuEufyf[kr iz'uksa ds mÙkj ¼ 25-30 'kCnksa esa½ fyf[k,&
iz' u- 1 NksVs HkkbZ us viuh i<+kbZ dk Vkbe&Vsfcy cukrs le; D;k&D;k lkspk vkSj fQj mldk ikyu D;ksa ugha dj
ik;k\
mÙk j% NksVs HkkbZ us viuh i<+kbZ dk Vkbe&Vscy cukrs le; lkspk fd og fu;e cukdj fnu&jkr i<+k djsxk rFkk [ksydwn fcYdqy
NksM+ nsxkA ijarq [ksydwn esa xgjh :fp rFkk iqLrdksa esa v:fp gksus ds dkj.k og bldk ikyu u dj ldkA
iz' u- 2 cMs+ HkkbZ lkgc NksVs HkkbZ dks D;k lykg nsrs Fks vkSj D;ksa\
mÙk j% cM+s HkkbZ lkgc NksVs HkkbZ dks fnu&jkr i<+us rFkk [ksy&dwn esa le; u x¡okus dh lykg nsrs FksA os cM+k gksus ds dkj.k mls jkg
ij pykuk viuk drZO; le>rs FksA
fuEufyf[kr iz'uksa ds mÙkj ¼ 50-60 'kCnksa esa½ fyf[k,&
iz' u- 1 cM+s HkkbZ lkgc ds vuqlkj thou dh le> dSls vkrh gS\
mÙk j% cM+s HkkbZ lkgc ds vuqlkj thou dh le> iqLrdsa i<+us ls ugha] vfirq nqfu;k ns[kus ls vkrh gSA ftls thou thus dk vuqHko
vf/kd gS] ogh le>nkj ekuk tkrk gSA blhfy, ek¡&cki] nknk&nknh] de i<+&fy[kdj Hkh vf/kd Kku vkSj le> j[krs gSaA os
?kj&[kpZ] chekjh vkSj vU; izca/k djus esa i<+s&fy[kksa ls Hkh vf/kd dq'ky gksrs gSaA gsMekLVj ls Hkh vf/kd dq'ky mudh cw<+h ek¡
Fkha ftUgksaus vius lqf'kf{kr iq= dh vO;oLFkk dks l¡Hkky fy;kA
iz' u- 2 cM+s HkkbZ dh LoHkkoxr fo'ks"krk,¡ crkb,\
vFkok
dgkuh ds vk/kkj ij cM+s HkkbZ lkgc ds LoHkko dh rhu fo'ks"krkvksa ij izdk'k Mkfy,A
mÙk j% cM+k HkkbZ egÙodka{kh gSA og cM+k gksus dk lEeku pkgrk gSA og vius&vkidks vius NksVs HkkbZ dk laj{kd fl) djus ds fy,
th&tku yxk nsrk gSA
?kksj ifjJeh vkSj /kquh& cM+k HkkbZ pkgs i<+kbZ djus dh Bhd fof/k u tkurk gks] fdarq mlds ifjJe vkSj /kqu esa dksbZ dksj&dlj
ugha jgrhA og rhu&rhu ckj Qsy gksdj Hkh mlh /kqu ls i<+rk jgrk gSA og fnu&jkr i<+rk gSA mldh riL;k cM+& s cM+s rifLo;ksa
dks Hkh ekr djrh gSA
okd~iVq& cM+k HkkbZ mins'k nsus vkSj ckrsa cukus esa cgqr dq'ky gSA og vius&vkidks cM+k fl) djus ds fy, gj rdZ tqVk ysrk
gSA dHkh og ?keafM;ksa ds uk'k dh ckr dgrk gSA dHkh cM+h d{kk dh i<+kbZ dks dfBu crkrk gS] dHkh ijh{kdksa dks cqjk dgrk gS]
dHkh i<+kbZ&fy[kkbZ dks csdkj dgrk gS] dHkh viuh le>nkjh dh Mhax gk¡drk gS] vkSj dHkh mez vkSj vuqHko dks egÙoiw.kZ dgrk
gSA ijarq og Lo;a dks cM+k fl) djds gh ekurk gSA
iz' u- 3 cM+s HkkbZ lkgc us ftanxh ds vuqHko vkSj fdrkch Kku esa ls fdls vkSj D;ksa egÙoiw.kZ dgk gS\
mÙk j% cM+s HkkbZ lkgc us ftanxh ds vuqHko vkSj fdrkch Kku esa ls ftanxh ds vuqHko dks vf/kd egÙoiw.kZ ekuk gSA mlds vuqlkj] vuqHko
ls gh thou dh lgh le> fodflr gksrh gSA mlh ls thou ds lkjs egÙoiw.kZ dke l/krs gSaA chekjh gks] ?kj&[kpZ pykuk gks
;k ?kj ds vU; izca/k djus gksa] blesa mez vkSj vuqHko dke vkrk gS] i<+kbZ&fy[kkbZ ughaA ys[kd dh vEek¡] nknk vkSj gsMekLVj
lkgc dh cw<+h ek¡ ds mnkgj.k lkeus gSaA ogk¡ mez vkSj vuqHko dke vkrs gSa] i<+kbZ&fy[kkbZ ughaA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
fgUnh 21
VI. vU; egRoiw. kZ ijh{kksi;ksxh iz' uksÙkj
fopkj@lan s'k lac a/ kh iz'uksÙkj
iz' u- 1 *cM+s HkkbZ lkgc* uked dgkuh ls vkidks D;k izsj.kk feyrh gS\
mÙk j% *cM+s HkkbZ lkgc* dgkuh gesa ;g izsj.kk nsrh gS fd ge viuh fLFkfr] 'kfDr vkSj lhek dks le>saA nwljs 'kCnksa esa] viuh vkSdkr
dks tkusaA mlh ds vuq:i O;ogkj djsaA ;fn ge Lo;a vius fxjscku esa ugha >k¡drs fdarq vkSjksa ls mEehnsa djrs gS] rks ge g¡lh
ds ik= cu tkrs gSaA ;fn ge Lo;a ;ksX; ugha gSa] lQy ugha gSa rks ge fdlh dks mins'k nsus dk vf/kdkj Hkh [kks cSBrs gSaA
bl dgkuh ls gesa ;g izsj.kk Hkh feyrh gS fd ge i<+kbZ dks lgt :i ls djsaA ge mldk gkSOok u [kM+k djsaA ge ijh{kk ds ruko
esa pkSchlksa ?kaVs fdrkcksa esa u ?kqls jgsaA blls gekjk fnekx can gks tkrk gS vkSj i<+kbZ O;FkZ gks tkrh gSA
bl dgkuh ls rhljh izsj.kk ;g feyrh gS fd i<+kbZ dks jVus dh ctk; mls le>us dh dksf'k'k djsaA viuh le> dks fodflr
djsaA pkSFkk lans'k ;g feyrk gS fd [ksy&dwn i<+kbZ ds fojks/kh ugha gSaA ;s i<+kbZ esa lgk;d gks ldrs gSaA
iz' u- 2 cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ ls dSls laca/k pkgrk gS\ mldh leL;k D;k gS\
mÙk j% cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ ds fy, cM+k vkSj ekxZn'kZd cuk jguk pkgrk gSA mldh leL;k ;g gS fd og ekxZn'kZd cuus ;ksX; ugha
gSA og HkkbZ dks ftl ekxZ ij pykuk pkgrk gS] mlesa og Lo;a fQlìh gSA vr% mldk ekxZn'kZu ,d va/ks dk ekxZn'kZu gSA ijarq
tSls /k`rjk"Vª v;ksX; gksus ij Hkh jktxíh ugha NksM+rk] mlh rjg cM+k HkkbZ Hkh vius cM+Iiu dh yhd ugha NksM+rkA og tSls&rSls
ml ij viuh Js"Brk dk jkSc yknuk pkgrk gSA
fo"k;&cks/ k lac a/ kh iz'uksÙkj
iz' u- 1 cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ ij 'kklu djus ds fy, dkSu&dkSu lh ;qfDr;k¡ viukrk gS\
mÙk j% cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ ij 'kklu djus ds fy, fuEufyf[kr ;qfDr;k¡ viukrk gS&
og ges'kk NksVs HkkbZ ds [ksy&dwn vkSj LoPNanrk ij fu;a=.k j[krk gSA mlls jkst loky iwNrk gS fd og dgk¡ x;k Fkk\
og HkkbZ }kjk u i<+us ij vkSj [ksyus esa eu yxkus ij yacs&yacs Hkk"k.k nsrk gSA ml Hkk"k.k esa vius Qsy gksus dk] i<+kbZ ds
dfBu gksus dk] Lo;a ds [ksy&dwn ls nwj jgus dk mnkgj.k nsrk gSA
Lo;a Qsy gksus ij og lQyrk dh ctk; cqf) ds fodkl dks egÙoiw.kZ crkrk gSA fQj og vius Kkr dh Mhax gk¡ddj ml
ij gkoh gksrk gSA
ys[kd }kjk euekuh djus ij og mls ?keaM u djus dh lh[k nsrk gSA og jko.k] 'kSrku] 'kkgs:e tSls cM+s&cM+s vfHkekfu;ksa
dh Qthgr ds mnkgj.k nsrk gSA
og bfrgkl] vytcjk vkSj fuca/k&ys[ku dh f'k{kk dks O;FkZ crkrk gSA
og vkpj.k dh efgek vkSj xkSjo dks egÙoiw.kZ crkdj NksVs HkkbZ dks viekfur djrk gSA
og fdrkch f'k{kk dh ctk; thou ds vuqHko dks vf/kd dke dh pht crkrk gSA
iz'u-2 cM+k HkkbZ ?keaM dk fojks/k D;kas djrk gS\ mlds fy, fdu&fdu ds mnkgj.k nsrk gS\
mÙkj% cM+k HkkbZ vius NksVs HkkbZ dks fu;a=.k eas j[kus ds fy, mls ?keaMh dgrk gSA fQj og ?keaM dks cgqr cqjh chekjh dgrk gSA blds
fy, og jko.k] 'kSrku vkSj 'kkgs:e ds mnkgj.k nsrk gSA jko.k vaxzstksa ls Hkh cM+k jktk FkkA fQj Hkh mldk vfHkeku pdukpwj
gks x;kA 'kSrku dks Hkh ujd Hkksxuk iM+kA 'kkgs:e Hkh[k ek¡x&ek¡x dj ej x;kA cM+k HkkbZ dgrk gS fd vf/kd ?keaM djus ij
mls Hkh fry&fry dj ejuk iMs+xkA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
22 fgUnh
iz' u- 3 cM+k HkkbZ fdl dkj.k ys[kd ij fuxjkuh dk vf/kdkj le>rk Fkk\
mÙk j% cM+k HkkbZ mez esa cM+k gksus ds dkj.k ;g viuk tUefl) vf/kdkj le>rk Fkk fd og NksVs HkkbZ ij fuxjkuh j[ks] mls csjkg u
gksus nsA mls i<+us ds fy, izsfjr djs rFkk le; u"V djus ls cpk,A
iz' u- 4 og LoHkko ls v/;;u'khy Fks& blesa D;k O;ax; gS\
mÙk j% bl fVi.kh esa xgjk O;aX; gSA cM+k HkkbZ izdV :i esa cgqr v/;;u'khy tku iM+rk FkkA tc Hkh ns[kks] og fdrkcksa esa ?kqlk jgrk
FkkA ;gk¡ rd fd mlus i<+&i<+ dj viuk psgjk rstghu dj Mkyk FkkA fdarq mldk v/;;u ,d ukVd FkkA og le>rk rks
dqN Fkk ughaA og dsoy jVrk FkkA tc jVrs&jVrs cksj gks tkrk Fkk rks fdrkcksa vkSj dkfi;ksa ij csdkj dh vkM+h&frjNh ydhajs
[khapus yxrk FkkA
iz' u- 5 cM+s HkkbZ }kjk NksVs HkkbZ dks viuk mnkgj.k nsuk dgk¡ rd Bhd gS\
mÙk j% lekurk ges'kk leku xq.k okyksa esa gksrh gSA cM+k HkkbZ i<+kbZ esa fQlìh gSA og jêwihj gSA blfy, gj lky Qsy gks tkrk gS vkSj
i<+kbZ dks cgqr dfBu gkSOok le>rk gSA og viuh {kerk ds vk/kkj ij vius NksVs HkkbZ dks mins'k nsus yxrk gSA xyrh ls og
viuh esgur dk rFkk vius Qsy gksus dk mnkgj.k nsrk gSA ;g rqyuk vuqfpr gSA blls rqyuk djus okyk g¡lh dk ik= curk
gSA
iz' u- 6 cM+k HkkbZ vuqHko dks egÙoiw.kZ crkus ds fy, dkSu&dkSu ls mnkgj.k nsrk gS vkSj D;ksa\
mÙk j% cM+k HkkbZ vuqHko dks egÙoiw.kZ fl) djus ds fy, viuh vEek¡] nknk rFkk gsMekLVj dh cw<+h ek¡ ds mnkgj.k nsrk gSA ;s rhuksa
vf/kd i<+s&fy[ks ugha gSaA fQj Hkh bUgsa ftanxh dk vuqHko vf/kd gSA blfy, ;s le>nkjh ls izca/k djrs gS]a dq'kyrk ls ?kj&[kpZ
pykrs gSa vkSj vPNh rjg ns[kHkky dj ikrs gSaA
iz' u- 7 vkn'kZ fLFkfr cuk, j[kus ds fy, cM+s HkkbZ lkgc dk cpiuk dSls frjksfgr gks tkrk gS\
mÙk j% ifjokj esa vkn'kZ fLFkfr ;g gS fd cM+k HkkbZ NksVs HkkbZ dk laj{kd gksA ;g dke cgqr gh Vs<+k gSA bl dgkuh dk cM+k HkkbZ Lo;a
Hkh uo;qod gSA mldk fny ckr&ckr ij epyrk gSA ijarq mldh etcwjh ;g gS fd mls NksVs HkkbZ ds lkeus Lo;a dks cM+k fl)
djuk gSA blds fy, og ckr&ckr ij mls mins'k nsrk gS] Mk¡Vrk gS rFkk cM+s laj{kdksa dh Hkk¡fr O;ogkj djrk gSA ifj.kkeLo:i
mldk cpiuk xk;c gks tkrk gSA og NksVs dks la;fer j[kus ds fy, viuh eLrh R;kx nsrk gSA
Motion Education | 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar | : 1800-212-1799 | url : www.motion.ac.in
You might also like
- Unit 2 Electricity Magnetism & SemiconductorsNo ratings yetUnit 2 Electricity Magnetism & Semiconductors38 pages
- HSC Physics Module 4: Electricity & MagnetismNo ratings yetHSC Physics Module 4: Electricity & Magnetism20 pages
- W1 Electric Charge Coulumbs Law Electric Fields and Electric FluxNo ratings yetW1 Electric Charge Coulumbs Law Electric Fields and Electric Flux81 pages
- Electric Charge: - 1 Class 10 - ElectricityNo ratings yetElectric Charge: - 1 Class 10 - Electricity4 pages
- Transformers and Rectifiers What You LL Learn in Module 1.1: The TransformerNo ratings yetTransformers and Rectifiers What You LL Learn in Module 1.1: The Transformer26 pages
- Introduction To Generator Thermal: What Is Generator Thermal Types of Generator ThermalNo ratings yetIntroduction To Generator Thermal: What Is Generator Thermal Types of Generator Thermal9 pages
- Electrostatics: Electric Charges and Fields100% (1)Electrostatics: Electric Charges and Fields21 pages
- Physics Syllabus For JEE Mains & AdvancedNo ratings yetPhysics Syllabus For JEE Mains & Advanced7 pages
- Electronic Fundamentals - Introduction To Electronics and Electronic Components Lesson 1.0No ratings yetElectronic Fundamentals - Introduction To Electronics and Electronic Components Lesson 1.015 pages
- Electromagnetism: 21. Electric Charge and Electric FieldNo ratings yetElectromagnetism: 21. Electric Charge and Electric Field50 pages
- Types of Faults and Effects in Electrical Power SystemsNo ratings yetTypes of Faults and Effects in Electrical Power Systems6 pages
- GenPhysics 2 Quarter 3 Module 2023 2024No ratings yetGenPhysics 2 Quarter 3 Module 2023 202456 pages
- PHY 105 - Introduction To Electricity - Coulombs LawNo ratings yetPHY 105 - Introduction To Electricity - Coulombs Law51 pages
- Fundamentals of Electrohydraulics: Collection of Transparencies TP 601No ratings yetFundamentals of Electrohydraulics: Collection of Transparencies TP 60115 pages
- Application of Superconductivity in Electric Power SystemNo ratings yetApplication of Superconductivity in Electric Power System9 pages
- Electric Field Strengthin An Uniform Electric FieldNo ratings yetElectric Field Strengthin An Uniform Electric Field12 pages
- Powerpoint - Electrostatics 2011-12 RevNo ratings yetPowerpoint - Electrostatics 2011-12 Rev14 pages
- Concept Paper II Chapter 2 - Statical ElectricityNo ratings yetConcept Paper II Chapter 2 - Statical Electricity14 pages
- Le 10 Electric Current and Its Effects Notes (24-25)No ratings yetLe 10 Electric Current and Its Effects Notes (24-25)6 pages
- Rps Olympiad 2024 Prize Winners (Class - X) : Student'S Name Father'S NameNo ratings yetRps Olympiad 2024 Prize Winners (Class - X) : Student'S Name Father'S Name1 page
- Rps Olympiad 2024 Prize Winners (Class - Vi)No ratings yetRps Olympiad 2024 Prize Winners (Class - Vi)1 page
- Rps Olympiad 2024 Prize Winners (Class - Ii)No ratings yetRps Olympiad 2024 Prize Winners (Class - Ii)1 page
- Mathematical Solution Unifying the Four Fundamental Forces in NatureFrom EverandMathematical Solution Unifying the Four Fundamental Forces in NatureNo ratings yet
